B W OF AT THE / WORLD'S COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION May 1 October 30, 1893. SPRINGFIELD, ILL.t H. W. ROKKER, PRINTER AND BINDER, 1895. Illinois Board of ... World's fair Commissioners OFFICERS. President, LAFAYETTE FUNK, Shirley. Vice-President, DAVID GORE, Carlinville. Director-in-Chief, JOHN P. REYNOLDS, Chicago. Secretary, W. C. GARRARD, Springfield. Treasurer, JOHN W. BUNN, Springfield. COMMISSIONERS. J. IRVING PEARCE, Chicago. JOHN P. REYNOLDS, Chicago. J. HARLEY BRADLEY, Chicago. WILLIAM STEWART, Chicago. BYRON F. WYMAN, Sycamore. A. B. HOSTETTER, Mt. Carroll. SAMUEL DYSART, Franklin Grove. WARREN D. STRYKER, Plain Held. JOHN VIRGIN, Fairbury. DANIEL W. VITTUM, Canton. ELIJAH B. DAVID, Aledo. WILLIAM H. FULKERSON, Jerseyville. JAMES W. JUDY, Tallula. SHERIDAN W. JOHNS, Oreana. E. E. CHESTER, Champaign. JAMES K. DICKIRSON, Lawrenceville. DAVID GORE, Carlinville. EDWARD C. PACE, Ashley. B. PULLEN, Centralia. JAMES M. WASHBURN, Marion. LAFAYETTE FUNK, Shirley. GEO. S. HASKELL, Rockford. M1G8755 TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE. Acknowledgments 524 Agricultural Exhibit 345 Archaeology 227 Architectural Drawings, Maps, etc., Report of Committee on 33 Bartlett, S. P 337 Bureau of Information 658 Bureau of Information, Eeport of Committee on 657 Clay Exhibit, The 323 Compensation, Report of Committee on 667 Conrad, Martin, Superintendent 311 Construction and Interior Furnishings, Report of Committee on 20 Cook, John W., President 473 Custodian Illinois Building, Report of 652 Director-in- Chief, Report of . . . 4 Educational Exhibit, Report of Committee on 384 Examination of Some Soils from Illinois, Report on the 9 * Exhibit of Live Stock 575 Fish Exhibit 337 Finance Committee, Report of 671 FINANCIAL STATEMENT Agricultural Committee 746 Construction Committee ' 699 Education 725 Fish Exhibit , 756 General Fund 673 Grounds Committee 709 Horticultural Committee 752 Live Stock Account 745 Maps and Drawings Committee 735 , 738 Natural History 713 , 720 Printing and Stationery Committee 711 State Institutions, Committee on 706 Statement of Expenditures 757 Statistics : 743 vii Vlll Forbes, S. A 327 Forestry 311 Freight and Express Keceipts and Shipments, Report of 661 Funk, LaFayette, President, Report of 1 Geological Report 65 Geological Section Across the Northern Part of Illinois 117 Geological Section, St. Louis to Shawneetown 155 Glacial Geology 305 Grounds and Exterior Ornamentation, Report of Committee on 30 Guthrie, Ossian 305 Horticulture and Floriculture, Report of Committee on 371 Illinois Board of World's Fair Commissioners v Illinois State Normal University 473 Jenkins, William, Superintendent 389 Letter of Transmittal xiii Leverett, Frank, Ass't U. S. Geologist 77 Lindahl, Prof. J 65 Live Stock, Exhibit of 575 Live Stock, Premiums Paid 648 Live Stock, Report of Committee on 573 Loy, A. O 323 McAdams, Prof. Wm ." 227 Model School Room 386 Natural History and Archeeology, Report of Committee on 59 Nickles, Prof. J. M 155 Officers, List of , 1 Page, J. M., Superintendent 658 Parkinson, D. B., Superintendent. 439 Premiums Paid Live Stock 648 President, Report of the 1 Printing Committee, Report of the 663 Public School Exhibit 389 Raab, Henry, Superintendent Public Instruction 386 Reception and Ceremonies, Report of Committee on 654 Report of Committee on Architectural Drawings, Maps, etc 33 Report of Committee on Bureau of Information 657 Report of Committee on Compensation 667 Report of Committee on Construction and Interior Furnishing 20 Report of Committee on Educational Exhibit 384 Report of Committee on Grounds and Exterior Ornamentation 30 Report of Committee on Horticulture and Floriculture 371 Report of Committee on Live Stock 573 Report of Committee on Natural History and Archeology 59 IX Report of Committee on Eeception and Ceremonies 654 Eeport of Committee on State Charitable Institutions 557 Keport of Committee on Transportation 666 Eeport of Custodian of the Illinois Building 652 Eeport of the Director-in- Chief 4 Eeport of Finance Committee 671 Eeport of Freight and Express Eeceipts and Shipments 661 Eeport of Printing Committee 663 Eeport on the Examination of Some Soils from Illinois 93 Eeynolds John P., Director- in- Chief, Eeport of 4 Soils of Illinois 77 Southern Illinois State Normal University 439 State Charitable Institutions, Eeport of Committee on 557 State Laboratory of Natural History 327 Stryker, W. D., Superintendent 661 Transportation, Eeport of Committee on 666 Udden, Prof. J. A 117 University of Illinois 605 Whitney, Milton 93 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Agricultural Exhibit 857 Asylum for the Feeble-Minded, Lincoln 541 Charitable Institutions' Exhibit 535 Cultivated Timber and Fish Exhibit , 333 Department of Geology 63 Departments of Geology and Archaeology 223 Exhibit University of Illinois 501 Fish Exhibit 335 Geological Section Across Northern Illinois 115 Geological Section Across Southern Illinois 153 Glacial and Soil Map of Illinois 75 Grain Inspection and Forestry Exhibit 309 Horticultural Exhibit 368 Illinois Building Frontispiece Illinois Central Hospital for the Insane, Jacksonville 547 Illinois Clay Exhibit 321 Illinois Eastern Hospital for the Insane, Kankakee 555 Illinois Soldiers' and Sailors' Orphan's Home, Normal 537 Illinois Southern Hospital for the Insane, Anna 551 Illinois Southern Hospital for the Insane, Anna, Annex 553 Illinois State House, Kaskaskia 35 Illinois State House, Vandal'a 37 lUinois State House, Springfield, (Third) 39 Illinois State House, Springfield, (Present) 41 Institution for the Education of the Blind, Jacksonville 543 Institution for the Education of the Deaf and Dumb, Jacksonville. . . . 545 Memorial Hall 669 Northern Hospital for tho Insane, Elgin 549 Picture on Wall of Agricultural Exhibit 343 Public Free Schools' Exhibit 387 Relief Map of Illinois 43 Soldiers' and Sailors' Home, Quincy 539 Southern Normal University, Carbondale 437 State Laboratory of Natural History, and University of Illinois, Exhibit 325 State Normal University, Normal 471 State Normal University, and Southern Normal University, Exhibit. . 469 University of Illinois 503 LETTER OF TRANSMITTALu SPRINGFIELD, ILL., May 7, 1895. To His Excellency, JOHN P. ALT GELD, Governor of Illinois: iK HAVE the honor to herewith transmit a statement m of the transactions of the Illinois Board of World's Fair Commissioners. In view of the importance of the ex- position to the people, and bearing in mind the liberal appropriation made by the State, it has been deemed but a matter of justice to have each committee present a full and detailed statement of its transactions. It is a matter of congratulation to the members of the Board, and I feel assured will be to the people, that after presenting the most elaborate exhibit of any state, as well as acting host to the people of all nations, we were enabled to return to the State Treasury for unexpended balance and salvage, over $90,000.00. Thanking your Excellency, as well as your immediate predecessor, Hon. Joseph W. Fifer, for the kindly manner in which our efforts have been aided, I submit the report, LAFAYETTE FUNK. REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT. Y virtue of "An Act to provide for the participation of the State of Illinois in the 'World's Columbian Exposition/ authorized by act of Congress of the United States, to be held in the city of Chicago, during the year 1893, in commemoration of the discovery of America in the year 1492, and for an appropriation to pay the cost and expense of the same," "the present members of the State Board of Agriculture are hereby constituted and appointed commissioners, to be known as the Illinois Board of World's Fair Commissioners. Said Board of World's Fair Commissioners shall serve until the close of the World's Columbian Exposition, and until the duties of said Commission, in connection with said Exposition, are fully performed as contemplated in this act." This act was approved June 17, 1891. The Board was organized in the city of Chicago, July 1, 1891, by the election of the following officers: PRESIDENT : LAFAYETTE FUNK, Shirley; VICE-PRESIDENT : DAVID GORE, Carlinville; DIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF : JOHN P. REYNOLDS, Chicago; SECRETARY : WILSON COBURN GARRARD, Springfield; TREASURER : JOHN W. BUNN, Springfield; and the appointment of standing committees and the adoption of necessary rules. Standing- Committees. CONSTRUCTION AND INTERIOR FURNISHING Messrs. Vir- gin, Pace, Pearce, PulleD, Bradley, Yittum, Judy and Wash burn. GROUNDS AND EXTERIOR ORNAMENTATION Messrs. Pul- len, Fulkerson, Dysart, Hostetter and Johns. PRINTING AND STATIONERY Messrs. Dickirson, Haskell, Dysart, David and Washburn. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY, MAPS AND DRAWINGS Messrs. Dysart, Pace, Chester, Wy- man and Stryker. TRANSPORTATION Messrs. Pearce, Vittum and David, COLLECTION OF EXHIBITS Entire Board of Commis- sioners. INSTALLATION OF EXHIBITS The President, Vice-Presi- dent, and Director-in-Chief. LIVE STOCK EXHIBIT Messrs. Fulkerson, Chester, Vir- gin, Wyman and Johns. EDUCATIONAL EXHIBIT Messrs. Chester, Bradley, Wash- burn, Dickirson and Johns. NATURAL HISTORY AND ARCHEOLOGY Messrs. Pace r Hostetter, Stewart, Pullen and Stryker. CHARITABLE INSTITUTIONS Messrs. Washburn, Hostet- ter, Wyman, Judy and Stryker. FINANCE Messrs. Stewart, Pearce, David, Bradley and Fulkerson. RECEPTIONS AND CEREMONIES Messrs. Judy, Haskell, Vittum, Virgin and Dickirson. COMPENSATION Messrs. Pearce, Pullen and Vittum. AGRICULTURE AND DAIRYING Messrs. Vittum, Wyman, Washburn, Chester and Fulkerson. HORTICULTURE AND BEE CULTURE Messrs. David, Dick- irson, Stryker, Pullen and Johns. 3 The reports of these committees are herewith pre- sented, and a consideration of them will show the man- ner in which the duties intrusted to the Commission have been discharged. The resignation of Director-in-Chief Keynolds, at the opening of the Exposition, made it necessary that most of the duties formerly discharged by him should be un- dertaken by the President. These, as well as all other duties properly belonging to the office of President of the Commission of the great State of Illinois, acting in the capacity of host of the visiting states and nations, have been discharged with an appreciation of the honors and responsibilities in- volved, to the best of my ability. All of which is respectfully submitted. LAFAYETTE FUNK, President'. REPORT OF JOHN P. REYNOLDS, DIRECTOR-IN-CHIEF. 'HEN, in 1890, the Congress of the United States provided for holding the World's Columbian Ex- position in the City of Chicago, in 1893, the State of Illinois was placed in very peculiar, important, and in some respects unique, relations to that event. The great honor conferred by the selection clearly brought with it obligations and duties which did not seem to rest upon the citizens of any other State in the Union. To determine just what those obligations and the re- sultant duties were, and in what manner to best meet and properly discharge them, at once became a subject of serious consideration with all thoughtful citizens. Invitations to participate in the Columbian Exposi- tion had been extended by the President of the United States to the National Governments of the civilized world, and through him to their respective peoples in- dividually. Similar invitations were extended to the States and citizens of the United States. The event to be thus celebrated the discovery of America by Christopher Columbus in 1492 was already known to all the world as having contributed to the welfare of mankind in a degree beyond all computation as having, in much that stands for substantial pro- gress towards the highest civilization, given a new birth to the human race. Every quarter of the globe had felt and acknowledged its benign influence, and when the great Kepublic of the new world made the appeal the response came at once spontaneous, enthusiastic and universal. 4 In this State, the Board of Agriculture having in charge the State Department of Agriculture took the initiative in canvassing the subject of Illinois' partici- pation in the celebration. Conferences were held with Governor Fifer, the heads of the several Department of State, of the State Educational and other institu- tions, with representatives of important voluntary edu- cational, industrial and scientific associations, and with many intelligent private citizens eminent from their broad views and for their patriotic devotion to the public welfare. In every instance such interviews were both cheering and instructive, resulting in the preparation of u a bill for an act to provide for the participation of the State of Illinois in the World's Columbian Exposition," which, being presented to the Thirty-seventh General Assembly then in session, was passed, and, by the approval of His Excellency, Governor Fifer, became a law in all its essential features June 17, 1891. The purpose, scope and general character of the pro- posed exhibit by this State are succinctly stated in the following paragraphs quoted from the preamble and from sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the act: "WHEREAS, The great importance to mankind of the event which it is intended thus to commemorate, the location of said Exposition in the chief city of this State, affording to our citizens opportunity for educational improvement and material benefits rarely accorded to any people, the prominent position already attained by this new commonwealth in the ranks of industrial pro- gress and its abundant resources from which to gather additional wealth and honors all appeal to our patriot- ism, State pride, sense of duty and self-interest so urgently as not to be wisely disregarded, demanding that the State of Illinois, following the example of the Federal Government, shall, in its municipal capacity, 6 participate as an exhibitor in the World's Columbian Exposition in a manner at once creditable to its citizens and of attractive interest to all visitors; therefore "SECTION 1. Be it enacted ly the people of the State of Illinois, represented in the General Assembly: That, in order that the State of Illinois may participate in the said World's Columbian Exposition, the present mem- bers of the State Board of Agriculture are hereby con- stituted and appointed Commissioners, to be known as the Illinois Board of World's Fair Commissioners. Said Board of World's Fair Commissioners shall serve until the close of the World's Columbian Exposition, and until the duties of said Commission, in connection with said Exposition, are fully performed, as contemplated in this act. ******** * "SEC. 2. The said Board of Commissioners is hereby empowered to obtain and cause to be properly installed in said exhibition building or buildings a collective de- partmental exhibit for the State of Illinois, which shall illustrate the natural resources of the State, together with the methods employed and results accomplished by the State, in its municipal capacity, through its several departments, boards, commissions, bureaus, and other agencies, in the work of promoting the moral, educa- tional and material welfare of its inhabitants, so far as such methods and results are susceptible of exhibition in the manner proposed, such collective exhibit to in- clude and to be chiefly composed as follows: "First (a). A model common school-room of high grade, fully equipped and furnished, under the direction of the State Superintendent of Public Instruction. "(&). An illustration of the methods and results of educational work as pursued in the State Normal Uni- versities, the public, technical and art schools, and the high schools of the State. "(o o JC""* 1"^ co" -^" o o i i O O O iO X 5 5 Ill 1 a "a 8 s r^ d5 ^ cS t o ^ H i-S ^ S nventioi Names. ct v -i. ! O ' OO OO CD 00 co os oq O CO IO 00 10 o o g S of co"" 00 CD 03 I QT) O >> .5 CD r 5 S * N {> 33 P^ O ? a 7 s s T-t r 10 r r lO C OS s r-l g s . a g 'S .s s fe ^ 2 c? j^ 5 o 7- c8 113 -8 ft J 13 1 o oo oo o o OQ 7- o S fe o A GEOLOGICAL SECTION ACROSS THE NORTHERN PART OF ILLINOIS. BY PROF. J. A. UDDEN. Introductory. better line could be chosen for the construction of a section running east and west, to illustrate the geological structure of the State of Illinois, than the line following the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railroad from the Mississippi river to the Indiana line on the east. Most of the State is drift-covered, and exposures of the bed-rock are often few in the uplands, and occasion- ally also scarce in the lowlands. Data for determining the position of the deeper formations are mostly only to be had in exposures along the water courses and from well- drillers. Most of the deeper borings now made are in- tended for artesian purposes, and are most frequently met with on the lowlands along the larger rivers. Here, only, are found data for the construction of geological sections. A glance at the map of the State is sufficient to show us why the sections constructed by the earlier geologist mostly run north and south. The Mississippi, the Illi- nois, the Wabash, and even Rock river, have their general trend in this direction. But it may also be noticed that eastward from Rock Island county, a line may be extended in such a way as to follow one of three rivers for the greater part of the distance across the State. These rivers are the Mississippi, Green, and Illinois. A closer ex- amination of this line will show that, even where rivers are wanting, the topography along the line is favorable for making geological observations. 117 118 Beginning at Rock Island, we first follow the south bluff of the Mississippi for a distance of about seven miles. At Port Byron Junction we turn a little to the south and trace our line along the south bluff of an alluvial bottom known as Pleasant Valley, which con- nects the bottom lands of the Mississippi with those of Kock river. Crossing the latter stream at Colona, and also crossing Green river, we proceed, with extensive low- lands on our left, due east, below the gently-marked bluff line on the south of this river, for a distance of thirty-three miles, until we come to Sheffield, where Green river turns to the north. Here the lowlands of this river are succeeded by a wide swale, which turns to the south- east, crossing a great moraine and extending for some eight miles. At this point we strike the branches of Bureau creek and nine more miles southeast, along this creek, bring us down to the Illinois river. For the next fifty- eight miles we may then go nearly due east, under the often steep bluffs on the north side of this river, until we are at a point nearly due south of Minooka. From this point we may still proceed east, for about five miles, on the lowlands between the Kankakee and the Desplaines rivers ; but here, if we do not wish to turn either north or south and follow one of the two rivers, we have to ascend the slope of another moraine, and the remaining thirty- three miles take us over highlands, presenting, for the most part, only gentle reliefs and few exposures of the bed-rock. The line here described was chosen by Dr. J. Lindahl as one particularly well suited to exhibit the geological structure of the State, and as one yielding more data than any other line across the State. It follows the route of the Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Railroad from Rock Island to Minooka. A survey was made, and all the topographic and stratigraphic data obtainable were secured. A section was then constructed on the scale of 119 one-half inch to the mile, horizontally, and one inch to five hundred feet, vertically. We will here briefly discuss the most important features of this section. The Superficial Features of the Section. Not more than twenty rods southeast from the Union Depot at Rock Island, there is an old quarry in the De- vonian limestone. A closer examination of the beds in this place, reveals below: (a). A ledge of unfossiliferous, compact, white, or slightly dove-colored, limestone. Three feet of this is ex- posed near the east end of the quarry, and about five feet near the west end. It has small crevices which are lined with iron pyrites, and near the top there are nodu- lar masses of a mortar-like composition, consisting of a matrix of carbonate of lime, in which there are a few grains of quartz sand. Occasionally it acquires a brecciated appearance. (b). Next above this there are four ledges, each a little more than two feet in thickness, of a hard and tough limestone, somewhat less fine in its texture and rich in fossil corals. In the upper part it becomes somewhat shaly. (c). This is followed by about twenty-four feet of beds of shaly limestone and calcareous shale, full of fossil brachiopods and some corals. The quarry is in an outlier of the upper part of the Devonian rocks, which have, for the most part, been carried away by erosion. Proceeding east, the erosion is found to have extended seventy feet below the top of this outlier, a well on Dr. Gordon's property, close to the river, having passed through a black shale to that depth before striking the Devonian limestone. This shale is connected with a coal seam, fire clay, and arenaceous beds, which appear in several exposures in the vicinity and constitute the scattered outliers of the base of the 120 coal measures. The unfossiliferous beds of the Devonian limestone soon appear again, and its surface is a hori- zontal plstne twenty feet above the level of the Mississippi for the next three miles to the east.- East of Moline, near the old Deere farm, there is another small outlier of the upper ledges of the Devonian rock. The top of the bed "a" is seventeen feet higher than at Rock Island, show- ing a small dip towards the west. At East Moline, the limestone disappears under the base of the coal measures and is not seen again along the bluffs. At Carbon Cliff, the beds "b" have been encountered in some wells at an elevation of 580 feet A. T., showing that there is no extensive tilting of these beds either east or west. The coal measures cover the limestone in the bluffs west of this place with a 'thickness of nearly sev- enty-five feet, but the erosion in the Rock river valley seems to have just reached the plane of the contact be- tween the two formations, and the outcrops in this part of the valley and in the bed of the river are exposures sometimes of Devonian limestone and sometimes of carboniferous sandstone. This is also true of the low- lands for several miles to the east of Colona. From re- cords of borings and shafts around Colona it appears that the level at which the upper surface of the lime- stone is found is not always the same, but it varies from twenty to sixty feet below the general level of the bottom lands. Five miles farther east the beds "a" of the Devonian limestone have been quarried in the bed of Green river. Their thickness at this place is probably not very great, for only three miles farther north the Silurian limestone forms the bed-rock in Rock river. As we come nearer Geneseo the coal measures become thicker and continuous, their upper surface rising in the series and their base descending in altitude, until we come to Tiskilwa, in Bureau county, or some distance east of this place. It should be remembered, however. 121 that the upper surface' of the coal- measures is by no means an even plane, but presents even greater reliefs- than the present topography of the land. Thus we find in the valley of Spring creek, east of Geneseo, the drift having a thickness of from 60 to 70 feet, while on the higher land at Atkinson the coal measures come up to within a few feet of the surface, the drift being thicker over the low lands along Green river and its tributaries than on the low swells approaching the river between the latter. Again, along the extensive lowlands of Mud creek we find the coal measures covered by considerable- thickness of drift until we pass Mineral slough and ascend the gentle slope to the east. This excavation of the coal measures under the low- lands has removed the greater part of the two coal seams r which occur at the level of about 100 feet above the base of the series, leaving them only in the low swells which extend northward from the high prairie on the south between the main tributaries of Green river. The gradual increase in thickness of the coal measures eastwards along this section may be seen from the following table : Thickness of coal measures at Geneseo 60 feet " " Atkinson 130 " " " " " " Annawan 139 " " " " " Sheffield, (estimated) 290 " " "- Tiskilwa (partly estimated). 400 " Near the city of Tiskilwa the coal measures disappear under a heavy deposit of drift, the surface of which rises no higher than the general level to the west. The last seen of them is in the Rocky Run, west of Tiskilwa, In this creek there are huge blocks of a ledge of lime- stone belonging to the coal measures. These blocks have not been far removed from their original site. In several places they bear the marks of ice-scoring, and in one instance the scored blocks were evidently nearly in situ, being but little tilted. 122 For the next ten miles, in the valley of the Bureau creek and along the Illinois river, there are no outcrops of bed rock of any kind. In the country to the north of our section a number of borings have been made, and the coal measures have been struck at a depth ranging from 440 feet below the surface at Princeton to 50 feet below the surface in the bottom lands a little to the northeast of the city of De Pue. Just a little west of the mining town of Loceyville the coal measures again make their appearance in the north bluffs of the Illinois river, and at Spring Valley, three miles east of this place, they rise to a height of at least seventy-five feet above the level of the river. Proceeding in this direction the drift is noticed to diminish in thickness until we come to LaSalle, where the coal measures rise fully 150 feet -above the river, just north of the city. Crossing the Little Vermillion, we see the limestone ledges in the coal measures slowly rising, with a dip to the west of less than 2 for about one mile. But here the dip increases, and for the next quarter of a mile it varies in different places from 5 and 6 to 12 and 13, averaging perhaps 10. About 500 feet west of the west end of the railroad tunnel the base of the coal measures is seen to come up above the level of the road-bed and ascend at first a gentle slope formed by the upper surface of the Silurian rocks, the uppermost visible member of which is the Trenton limestone. The coal measures are composed of fragmentary material. There are pieces of white and black chert, blocks of sandstone and limestone, etc., imbedded in a clayey base. Upward this changes into the regular coal bearing clays and sand stones. The dip o? the Trenton is on the average 18 to the west and, as it runs along the railroad track for a distance of 205 feet, the exposure exhibits the lower 60 feet of the formation. A short distance from the west end of the tunnel, the St. Peter sandstone in its turn rises above the railroad bed. It dips in the same direction, but the tilting is somewhat irregular, measuring in one place 18, and in other places 20, 26, 27, 23, 22 and 19. The average dip is perhaps 22. This sandstone runs along the railroad for a distance of 300 feet with this dip. At the east end of the tunnel the lower part of the formation is concealed and its total thickness cannot be measured, but as its dip is very much decreased in the exposures which are seen close by, to the east, it is not likely that this thickness exceeds 175 feet. For one-half mile to the east of the tunnel the dip is still to the west and the Magnesian limestone rises in the bluffs at a low angle. At about this place, a few rods west of the cement works, the dip changes to the east. The highest point in the low anticline is a few rods west of the cement works. At this place there are exposed nearly 80 feet of the Magnesian limestone. Following the north bluff of the river, we notice the line of con- tact between the Magnesian limestone and the St. Peter sandstone descending until the former disappears and the latter makes up the greater part of the bluff. In the course of a mile and a half the descent is about 75, feet, and at Utica this line is only a few feet above the railroad level, the total descent in eight miles being about 130 feet. A mile arid a half east of Utica the coal measures again make their appearance in the bluffs, capping the St. Peter sandstone, first by a very thin rem- maut, and farther east by a thickness of some 60 or 70 feet of shales, near the bottom of which there is a work- able seam of coal, which has been mined bv stripping at several points along the section. In some places the coal can be seen to rest almost on the bare Silurian sandstone, and in other places it is separated from this 124 by a few feet of fire clay. At Ottawa the erosion of the river valley extends a little below the contact of the coal measures and the St. Peter sandstone. To the east of the city coal measure clays begin to cover it, and the sandstone soon passes out of sight. The river bluffs, which, between LaSalle and Ottawa, form a low but mostly vertical escarpment, here change their na- ture and present gentler slopes and well rounded con- tours. For the first five miles east of Fox river we find dark shales with thin seams of coal, which are seen suc- cessively at lower levels in the ravines. About a mile west of the city of Marseilles the shales are succeeded by a sandstone, which reaches a thickness of about 50 feet northeast of the city, but afterwards thins out and descends so as to form only an inconsiderable feature in the bluffs. As the strata of the coal measures slowly descend in this part of the section, the drift again ac- quires a greater thickness, having formed an inconspicu- ous capping only for most of the distance between La- Salle and Marseilles. Some distance west of Seneca its total thickness is not less than 100 feet in the uplands, and for several miles it forms nearly all of the bluffs east of Seneca, but as we come nearer to Morris, low out- crops of coal measures again appear in the low lands. These continue with interruptions for a few miles to the east of the city. The drift has been nearly all removed in the lowlands about Morris, and coal has been stripped in several places near the city and at other places mined at a short distance from the surface of the ground. About three miles northeast of this city, a short dis- tance to the north of where the Rock Island road crosses Au Sable creek, the Trenton limestone crops out in the lowland, but following this creek eastward we find that it runs over coal measure sandstone for two miles, or a little more, perhaps, when this is again followed by 125 a Silurian limestone, which, however, belongs to the Cincinnati series. The railroad here ascends the outer slope of a moraine, near the summit of which is located the town of Minooka. The thickness of the driffc in this moraine is about 130 feet, concealing from our view the bed rock, which, however, again appears in the low- lands along the DuPage river, consisting of limestone belonging to the Cincinnati series, alternating with shales of the same age and often presenting glacial scorings on its upper surface. Following the railroad four miles east of this river the Cincinnati rocks disap- pear under the base of the Niagara limestone which forms the bed rock for the remainder of the distance to the city of Chicago. If, instead of following the railroad in its northeast course from the crossing of Au Sable creek, we proceed eastward along the Illinois river and its headwaters, the DesPlaines and the Kankakee, we find in the lowlands near the junction of the two last rivers that the bed rock consists of occasional outliers of the coal measures, filling depressions in the upper surface of the Cincinnati series of limestone and shales. The remnants of the coal measures become smaller and less numerous as we go east, and about two miles east of the junction of the headwaters of the Illinois there is a low rise in the land, which marks the western limit of the Niagara limestone, under which the Cincinnati series disappears. The con- tact is seen some distance to the north of our section in Jackson creek along the line of the Chicago, Alton & St. Louis railroad. From this point we ascend the slope of a moraine, and for the next five miles the bed-rock is mostly concealed, the drift varying from 130 to 50 feet in thickness. About two miles west of Manhattan the drift is thin and several exposures are seen of the Niagara limestone, some in the upland and some along the streams. This 126 continues for a half mile to the east of Manhattan, where our section runs up against the south bend of still another moraine which covers the rock, sometimes to a depth of 200 feet, for the greater part of the re- mainder of the section. The Stratigraphy of the Section. THE DRIFT. The drift exhibited along the section may properly be divided into three divisions : alluvium, loess and boulder clay. The alluvium varies in its character in different valleys, and must, no doubt, be referred to different sub- epochs of post-glacial history. We shall not discuss the most recent phases which are to be seen along every stream in the State. In Pleasant Valley we find it con- sisting of a fine sand, the surface of which is at least fifteen feet above the highest stage of water known in either the Mississippi or Eock river. It appears to have been deposited at a time when the main channel of the Mississippi followed the lower channel of Rock river, and it may possibly belong to a terrace formation which seems to have been formed during the last epoch of glaciation of this continent. A similar sand occurs near the mouth of Green river south of the town of Colona, and contin- ues in the low banks of sand which skirt the bottom lands of Rock river as well as Green river east and northeast of this place. The loess is best developed in the west end of the sec- tion. Near Rock Island its thickness approaches 40 feet. At this place it is occasionally stratified, exhibiting seams of a fine sand in its lower part. Near the town of Colona it is not as heavy, but mostly a little coarser, especially near the surface. This is particularly the case on top of the bluffs, bounding the highland between Rock river and Green river. On the north side this 127 sandy loess forms an irregular ridge some 20 or 30 feet higher than this highland, and along the bottom land north of Green river is a similar but less pronounced accentuation of the bluff. The formation presents similar features south of Green river, eastward past Geneseo. Proceeding in this direction it becomes thinner, and finally disappears, occuring in isolated places as far as Sheffield. Over the rest of the section the typical loess is absent, but the boulder clay is covered in many places with a layer of silt from 2 to 10 feet in thick- ness. In the neighborhood of Wyanet this silt is some- what sandy, and farther north its appearance is much like the sandy loess in Henry county. In the drainage area of Bureau creek its appearance is often so very much like that of loess that it cannot be distinguished from it. It seems to cover nearly all of the upland in Bureau county, but along the east end of the section it occurs mostly in isolated places. Under the base of the loess, in the west end of the section, there is often found a silt, sometimes dark and sometimes greenish or whitish in color, and mostly known by well-diggers as u sea mud," "grand mother's garden," or the "forest bed." In it are often found pieces of branches of trees and logs and other remnants of decayed vegetation, snail shells, and remains of large mammals. Below the loess and the forest bed lies the bowlder clay. This is composed of a finely ground mass of clay, sometimes whitish, sometimes bluish, and sometimes of a buff color, containing sand, gravel, pebbles and bould- ers of all sizes and of a great variety of material. The proportion of the fine and the coarse material varies greatly. Gen-rally the boulder clay has no marks of stratification, but in various localities it shows the most perfect sorting and bedding. It varies in thickness from 128 to 450 feet, and along the whole section it displays a tendency to develop its greatest thickness in de- pressions in the bed-rock. To this general rule, there are several exceptions, especially towards the east. As to the nature of the material of which the boulders are composed it may be said that eastward from Shef- field there is a greater proportion of limestone than westwards from this place, in fact the boulder clay in the west end of the section is more thoroughly ground up and contains smaller and fewer boulders. Between Wyanet and Loceyville stratification is a common feat- ure in the boulder clay, and quite often the material is seen to be cemented together so as to form a solid mortar rock, the cementing material being in most cases carbonate of lime, often quite pure but sometimes ferruginous. The mortar rock is known by well-drillers as "hard-pan." In the Bureau creek valley the lower part of the drift is composed of sand and gravel. Below the boulder clay and its assorted materials there has been found in some borings a fine, bluish or reddish silt, somewhat like loess in appearance, and resting on the bed-rock. The Coal Measures. The highest beds in the coal measures series are seen at LaSalle, north of the city. They consist of variously colored shales, alternating with thin seams of limestone and carbonaceous material. A section taken at this place is as follows: 129 SECTION AT LASALLE. A. T. (1). 37 feet variously colored shales 580-543 (2). 1 foot blue limestone (weathering rod) 543-542 (3). 2 feet bituminous shale and coal 542-540 (4). 32 " variously colored shales 540-508 (5). 20 " limestone 508-488 (6). 3 " bituminous shale and coal 488-485 (7). flre clay (sometimes absent) (8). 17 " shale 485-468 (9). 2 " limestone (several feet concealed) 468-466 (10). shales NOTE : In the following pages these numbers refer to the eleva- tion above the level of the sea in feet, a minus sign ( ) being used when the section is below the sea level. The levels were obtained by aneroid measurements checked to the nearest known level. In the bluff at Loceyville there are exposed some beds which may probably belong to a lower horizon. A sec- tion of the greater part of the bluff at this place is as follows: SECTION AT LOCEYVILLE. A. T. (1). 7 feet limestone 527-520 (2). 26 " bluish shale 520-494 (3). 2 " limestone 494-492 (4). shale (mostly concealed ) About a mile west of Tiskilwa in the Rocky Run, the following exposure is seen: SECTION IN EOCKY RUN, TISKILWA. A. T. (1). 40 feet sandy shales 674-634 (2). 4 " shales with nodular seams of ferrugin- ous limestone 634-6M (3). 2 " coal 630-628 (4). Probably several feet of limestone 9 130 A limes bone which cannot be far below the base of this section is broken up into huge blocks which are seen in the bottom of the creek. This limestone is prob- ably identical with the upper limestone in the previous section. Near Sheffield the following section is seen: SECTION IN COAL CREEK. SHEFFIELD. A. T. (1). 12 feet micaceous sandstone thin bedded, often rippled-marked, with ferruginous no- dules, indurated below 683-671 (2). 15 " micaceous sandy shales above, argillace- ous shales with bands of nodules below 671-656 (3). 1 foot black indurated thin splitting shale. . . . 656-655 (4). 5 " coal 655-650 (5). 2 " limestone 650-648 Numbers 4 and 5 in this section are the equivalents of 3 and 4 in the previous section. The same succes- sion is seen south of Mineral, where Mr. TV. H. Forrest has sunk a shaft and observed the following section: MINERAL. A. T. (1). 12 feet sandstone 709-697 , (2). 18 l{ light colored shale 697-679 (3), 6 " bituminous shale 679-673 (4). 5 " coal 673-668 (5). 1 foot flre clay 668-667 (6). Limestone The beds which are found under the limestone of these sections are not exposed anywhere along the line of the survey, except in the vicinity of LaSalle, but from borings which have been made in various places in Bureau and LaSalle counties they are known to consist of alterna- tions of shales and sandstone, with seams of coal and limestone. In a well which was bored about a mile and 131 one-half southeastof Annawan, on Mr. L. A. Ferguson's farm, strata below this horizon were passed through as follows : ANNAWAN. A. T. (1). Drift - (2). 6 feet miner's "slate" 557-551 (3). 3 " coal 551-548 (4). 1 foot fireclay 548-547 (5). 10 feet shale 547-537 (6). seam of limestone (7). 16 " sandy shales 537-521 At Atkinson coal is mined at a small depth, from a seam which is probably identical with number 3 in the section of Ferguson's well. In Mr. Kiley's mine, south of the city, the succession of the beds is as follows: MR. RILEY'S SHAFT, ATKINSON. A. T. (1). Drift (2). 4 feet shale 648-644 (3). 1 foot concretionary limestone 644-643 (4). 15 feet shale 643-628 (5). 1 foot limestone . . 628-627 (6). 2 feet shale 627-625 (7). 3 " miner's "slate" 625-622 (8). 3 " coal 622-619 (9). Fire clay The same is seen in a shaft on Mr. James Kay's farm, four miles west of the city. MR. KAY'S SHAFT, ATKINSON. A7T. (1). Drift (2). 1 foot limestone 642-641 (3). 17 feet shale 641-624 (4). 2 " miner's "slate" 624-622 (5). 3 " coal 622-619 132 Mr. Johii Mowbray some years ago explored below this coal not far from Mr. Kay's place and found the following beds below it: MR. MOWBRAY'S SHAFT, ATKINSON. A. T. (1). 4 feet pyritiferous flre clay 619-615 (2). 2 " concretionary limestone 615-613 (3). 12 " blue shale 613-601 (4). 2 " sandstone 601-599 (5). 1 foot coal 599-598 (6). 4 feet fine fire clay - 598-594 (7). Impure flre clay - The lower part of the coal measures contain a greater percentage of arenaceous material. This is first seen at Geneseo. SECTION IN GENESEO CREEK. A.T. (1). Concretionary (2). Sandstone (partly concealed) - (3). 2 feet black shale 623-621 (4). 1 foot coal and shale 621-620 (5). 3 feet flre clay. 620-617 It is also seen in the ravines back of Carbon Cliff. SECTION OF ARGILLO WORKS CLAY PIT. A.T. (1). Drift (2). 10 feet sandstone 645-635 (3). 1 foot coal 635-634 (4). 4 feet flre clay 634-630 (5). 25 " shale 630-605 In Heagey's mine, south of Port Byron Junction, the succession is as follows: HEAGEY'S MINE, PORT BYRON JUNCTION. A.T. (1). 50 feet drift 684-634 (2). 14 " sandstone and "cap rock" 634-620 (3). 3 " coal 620-617 133 Donald and Jamison's shaft, about a mile southwest of this place, was sunk through the following strata: A. T. (1). Drift (2). 15 feet sandstone 630-615 (3). 8 " dark shale 615-607 (4). 2 " coal ("bone coal") 607-605 (5). 4 " fireclay 605-601 (6). Not reported 601-590 (7 ). Coal The arenaceous character of the lower part of the coal measures is, however, best developed east of Ot- tawa. At Marseilles and Seneca there is a sandstone over 50 feet thick, and in the vicinity of Morris the ex- posures of the coal measures along the canal mostly consist of sandstone. This is the equivalent of the famous fossil bearing sandstone of Mazon creek. The character of the material constituting the base of the coal measures is quite varied. Most commonly it consists of sandstone. This is the case farthest east in the DuPage river south of Channahon in the Kankakee river above its mouth, and in Au Sable creek, east of Morris, West of Morris the lowermost of the coal meas- ures are composed of shale overlying a seam of coal, as seen in the following sections: PRENDERGAST AND Al'CLARY SHAFT, SENECA. A. T. (1). Alluvium , - (2). 20 feet sandstone 502-482 (3). 8 " "soapstone" '. . 482-474 (4). 2 " hard black shale 474-472 (5). 10 " sandstone 472-462 (6). 63 u "soapstone" 462-399 (7). 3 " coal 399-396 134 CARNEY BROTHERS' SHAFT, % MILE EAST OF MARSEILLES. A. T. (1). Drift (2). 4 feet coal 551-547 (3). 57 " sandy shales and sandstones 547-490 (4). 1 foot black miner's slate 490-489 (5). 69 feet shales 489-420 (6). 3 " coal 420-417 RIVER BLUFF, MARSEILLES. A. T. (1). Drift (2). 60 feet sandstone 580-520 (3). 5 " darkshale 520-515 West of Ottawa, the coal measures may be said to be- gin with a seam of coal resting on the St. Peter sand- stone. At Split Rock they consist, as already noted, of brecciated fragmentary material. In the vicinity of Bureau Junction, where a number of borings have been made, some of the drillers have reported "zinc ore" from the horizon under consideration, but as no com- petent analyist has examined the material, so far as known, nothing definite can be stated as to the nature of the borings so named. At Anna-wan the lowest strata of the coal measures run as follows: SECTION OF ANNAWAN CREAMERY WELL. A. T. (1). 124 feet drift 629-505 (2). 14 feet dark shale , 505-491 (3). 1 foot bituminous seam 491-490 (4). 21 feet shale 490-469 (5). 1 foot limestone 469-468 (6). 1 " coal 468-467 (7). 1 foot fire clay 467-466 (8). Niagara Limestone 135 On the lowlands along Green river coal has been stripped from the top of the Devonian limestone, and this coal was capped by a black bituminous limestone, but some distance to the west of this place a sandstone is found occupying the position of this coal. Along the Mississippi river, near Port Byron Junction, the little remnant left of the coal measures consists of sandstone, in which pebbles are occasionally found imbedded. In the city of Rock Island an outlier of Devonian limestone is capped by a small remnant of a hard con- glomerate, which consists for the greater part of chunks of yellow chert containing Silurian fossils. Though positive proofs are wanting, there are good reasons to believe that this conglomerate belongs to the coal meas- ures. A Marked Unconformity. The coal measures are separated from the rocks below them by a marked unconformity. For the greater part of the distance across the State it appears as an uncon- formity without tilting. At Kock Island it displays -erosion forms in the underlying horizontal strata, with reliefs of nearly 70 feet, and the lower rocks are studded with caves which are filled with sandstones and shales of the coal measures. Similar appearances have already been referred to above as occurring near East Moline and at Carbon Cliff. In nearly all of these localities the underlying limestone is studded with caves which are filled with sandstones and shales belonging to the coal period. South of Channahon, on the bank of the Du Page river, eroded depressions in the Niagara and the Cincinnati formations were observed to be filled with oal measure sandstones, in which were found, with im- perfectly preserved woody tissue of plants of the coal age, various fragmentary materials of the underlying 136 rock, such as lumps of the Cincinnati shale and small blocks of Niagara limestone, containing casts of the fossils of that age. At LaSalle it appears as an uncomformity produced by tilting with a differential precarboniferous erosion of 900 feet, this thickness having been removed (in ex- cess of the denudation on the west side) from the under- lying rocks on the east side of the monocline at this place. In its general aspect, the unconformity may be said to be connected with a general tilling of the sub- jacent formations, for these are seen to slowly ascend and run out under the superimposed coal measures, both in the east and in the west end of the section. The Rocks *>f the Devonian Age. To recapitulate what is already stated in the descrip- tion of the superficial features, the exposed Devonian rocks may be given as follows: SECTION NEAR ROCK ISLAND DEPOT. A. T. (1). 20 feet shaly limestone and calcareous shale, containing throughout fossil brachio- pods, and near the top stems of various crinoids 599-579 (2). 6 " composed of three ledges of limestone separated by seams of shale, and con- taining about the same fossils as the beds above 579-573 (3). 7 " consisting of three solid ledges of a strong limestone, containing a less num- ber of brachiopods and more corals 573-566 (4). 5 " even grained, sometimes brecciated, limestone, containing no fossils 566-561 Below this there are probably some 70 or 80 feet of limestone, like No. 4 of the above section, but though 137 there are quite a number of exposures of this limestone, no continuous section can be constructed for this local- ity. On Sylvan Island, just north of Moline, there is a typical exposure of these lower beds which may be described as follows: SWAN TROPP'S QUARRY, ON SYLVAN ISLAND. A. T. (1). 7 feet irregularly bedded white and hard lime- stone, but little brecciated and weather- ing into thin layers 577-570 (2). 5 " darkish compact limestone, with a pecu- liar lamination, occasionally presenting a low dome-shaped structure 570-565 (3). 1 foot pure and white, massive limestone 565-564 (4). 4 feet dark limestone, resembling No. 2 564-560 (5). 3 " white limestone, sometimes massive, and sometimes brecciated and composed of good-sized blocks of dark material im- bedded in the white 560-557 From borings made at Rock Island it seems as if there were 40 feet or more of similar rocks below this section. Materials resembling these rocks are reported from the boring at Geneseo, but nothing can be said with certainty as to the occurrence of Devonian rocks at this place. In the boring at Annawan they are, without a doubt, absent, but in several borings in Bureau creek valley and in the artesian well at Hennepin, as well as in the wells at Peru and LaSalle, calcareous shaly beds were encountered on top of the Silurian limestone, which in all probability belong to this age; but here again positive knowledge from fossils is wanting. The thick- ness of these undetermined shales averages 100 feet. 138 THICKNESS AND POSITION OF DEVONIAN ROCKS. (Estimated from borings). Rock Island, shales and limestone . . Moline limestone 80 feet. 50 " A. T. 599 519 565 515 Carbon Cliff limestone 80 " 580 500 Searles' AVell limestone ( g ) 40 " 560 520 Geceseo, limestone . . (?) 40 " 520 480 Princeton, shales and limestone. . . . . . (?)100 " 120 20 Hennepin, shales and limestone . . . . . (?)100 " 130 30 LaSalle, shales... ,. (?H30 " 130 The Contact Between the Devonian and the Silurian Systems. The contact between the Devonian and the Silurian rocks is not exposed for certain anywhere in Rock Isl- and county. About one-half mile below Hampton there is seen in the bank of the Mississippi some buff-colored limestone, which Professor Worthen refers to as the southernmost exposure of the Niagara limestone along the river in this county. (Geol. Surv. of 111., vol. V., p. 223.) There is no doubt that the top of the Niagara limestone comes near to the surface at this place, for it soon, appears in the river above Hampton. But on a closer examination of the rocks at this point they show a greater resemblance to the lowest unfossiliferous layers of the Devonian rocks than to the uppermost of the Silurian strata. The color is the same as that of the latter, but this color is due to weathering of an originally bluish-white limestone, like the Devonian in texture, as can be seen on a freshly broken sur- face of some of the ledges. It may be that the rocks seen farthest to the north at this place belong to the Silurian system. If such is the case, we have here the contact between the two systems. Nothing is exhibited in distinctness. The beds are all apparently horizontal. But there are found in the limestone broken pieces of 139 chert, which have a decided appearance of being trans- ported fragments rather than concretions formed in situ. This is the only evidence of an unconformity be- tween the two systems at this place. If the undetermined shales under the coal measures at Peru and LaSalle belong to the Devonian age, it would seem that we have at this place another evidence of an interval of erosion at this horizon. In the well bored by the Illinois Zinc Company the thickness of the Niagara limestone is considerably less than in the wells farther west. This may be best explained as being due to erosion previous to the deposition of the shales sup- posed to belong to the Devonian age. The Silurian System. The Niagara Limestone. The Niagara limestone forms the uppermost member in this system. Its thickness in the west part of the State is onty known from borings, and is found to vary from 275 feet to 400 feet, averag- ing 350 feet. The upper part seen on the Mississippi and on Rock river is yellowish and hard, but rendered some- what porous by the removal of imbedded corals and stems of crinoids, the empty moulds of which remain. It is seen to have an oblique and variable bedding, which persists across the State, being well exhibited in the exposures northwest of Manhattan in Will county. Drill cores taken below the coal measures from Mr. Weise's well in the Bureau valley were from rock belong- ing to this horizon. The lower part of the Niagara formation consists of a bluish white, compact, and evenly bedded limestone which contains, especially in the upper part, bands of gray and white chert. It was identified in drillings from the creamery well at Annawan. 140 THICKNESS AND POSITION OF THE NIAGARA LIMESTONE. (Estimated from borings). A. T. Rock Island 364 feet. 519-155 Moline 349 " 515-166 Carbon Cliff 388 "' 500-112. Searles' Well 370 " 520-150 Geneseo. 383 " 480-97 Annawan (eroded) (?)300 " 466-(?)!66 Princeton 335 " 20315 Hennepin 350 " 30320 LaSalle (probably eroded) 234 " 130364 Joliet (eroded) 230 " 540-310 Chicago (eroded) 254 " 530-276 The Cincinnati Formation. The Cincinnati formation, which underlies the Niagara, varies in. thickness, as re- ported by drillers, from 68 to 250 feet. The exposures in the vicinity of the headwaters of the Illinois river are too much scattered for correlation into a continu- ous section, but in a series of borings taken with more than ordinary care, by Mr. W. Moore, from the artesian well at the Illinois Zinc Company's Works at LaSalle, the following succession was seen: A. T. (1). 16 feet blue shale, occasionally stained with iron 364 380 (2). 5 " light blue shale 380335 (3). 25 " blue shale 385 410 (4). 5 " gray crystalline limestone 410 115 (5). 25 " hard brownish limestone 415 440 (6). 10 " blue shale 440459 (7). 11 " gray limestone 459 470 (8). 5 " bluish limestone 470475 (9). 8 " brownish limestone 475483 (10). 18 " dirty brown limestone 483 501 (11). 12 " shale and limestone 501513 (12). 29 " lighter limestone and shale 513 542 141 Number 4 iii the above section resembles a limestone belonging to the Cincinnati, which is seen around Goose Lake in Grundy county. It is there crystalline and may almost be called a marble. THICKNESS AND POSITION OF THE CINCINNATI FORMATION. (Estimated from borings). A. T. Kock Island, shale 200 feet. 155 45 Moline, shale 213 " 166 47 Carbon Cliff, shale 180 " 112 68 Searles' Well, shale, sandy grit below.. 75+ " 150-(?) Geneseo, shale 95 " 97-2 Princeton, shale with limestone near middle 175 " 315 490 LaSalle, shale, with two bands of lime- stone near middle 138 364 502 Morris' Driving Park, white shale (eroded?) 70 " 430-360 Blodget, bituminous, calcareous shale. 75 " 505430 Joliet, shale 68 u 310-242 Chicago, shale, with limestone near middle . . .250 " 276-26 The Trenton Limestone. The Trenton limestone, which follows in downward succession, is quite uniform in its development, averaging 350 feet in thickness and vary- ing less than 70 feet either way. In its upper part it is hard and slightly crystalline and white or brownish in color, while below it is bluish and massive, sometimes slightly brecciated and occasionally containing fine sand. The only exposures along the section have already been noticed. 142 THICKNESS AND POSITION OF THE TRENTON LIMESTONE. (Estimated from borings). A. T. Kock Island 440 feet. 45 485 Moline 320 " 17 367 Carbon Cliff (not bored through) 241+ " 68-(?) Searlos' Well, (exact limits unknown,) at least 250 Geneseo 430 " 2 428 Princeton 410 " 490 900 LaSalle 405 " -502 907 Marseilles (eroded), a few feet at 410 (?)Peddicord's Well (eroded), perhaps 20 feet at 390 Seneca (eroded) 120 " 400-280 Hoge's Well (eroded?) 200 " 480-280 Morris' Driving Park (eroded?) 170 " 360-190 Blodget 300 - " 430-130 Joliet.. .333 " 242 91 The St. Peter Swndstone. Below the Trenton forma- tion lies the St. Peter sandstone, ranging from 140 to 240 feet in thickness and averaging 200 feet. It is white, friable, pure, siliceous sandstone, remarkably uniform in its lithological character across the whole State, generally accompanied by a few feet of shale above and below, and in the borings at Rock Island, Moline and Geneseo, in the west part of the State, it has been found to contain a shaly stratum in its mid- dle part. 143 THICKNESS AND POSITION OF THE ST. PETER SANDSTONE. (Estimated from borings). A. T. Eock Island 145 to 200 feet. 465 610 Moline 200 " 367 567 Searles' Well (thickness unknown)... (?) " 315-(?) Geneseo 220 " 428648 Princeton 160 " 900 1060 LaSalle (shaly below at San Bede College) (?)175 ;( 9071082 Utica (exposed in bluff and eroded).. 40 " 522-482 Ottawa (partly exposed and eroded) . 130 " 483-345 Marseilles (?)200 " (?H?) Peddicord's Well 275 " . 350-75 Seneca (?)220 " (?)250-30 Hoge's Well 268 " 274-6 Morris' Driving Park Well (?) " 180-(?) Minooka (?) " (?)82-(?) Joliet 211 " 91 302 The Magnesian Limestone. The Magnesian limestone is the lowermost formation exposed in the State. It is an impure, somewhat thin-bedded limestone, with many seams of siliceous sand distributed through its entire thickness, and sometimes with sand distributed through the mass of the limestone. In the exposures between Utica and LaSalle it often contains concretions of a peculiar texture, which show siliceous sand grains imbed- ded in a siliceous matrix, which evidently is a result of infiltration. In many of the thin seams of clay, which separate the limestone layers, there are marks of sun- cracks, and in the mines of the Utica Cement Works there are disclosed ripple marks of an unusual size measuring by estimate 2 feet from crest to crest of the waves. Westward from Joliet a bed of sand 100 feet in thickness is developed in its upper part, and at Geneseo the upper half of the formation has by the drillers been reported as sandstone. Going from east to west the 144 formation increases in thickness, and at Bock Island it is reported by Professor J. H. Southwell as having a thickness of 811 feet. The Potsdam Series. The greater part of the Mag- nesian limestone and all of the Potsdam series, being known in the State only from borings, the proper boundary between the two are of course somewhat uncertain. If we make it at the point where the sandy, light limestones are succeded by shales and sandstones, with occasional less heavy deposits of limestone, the formation, as far as explored, may be said to consist of two sandstones separated by an intervening shale. There is a noticeable correspondence in the strata reported by the drillers from the deepest wells along the east end of the section, and a strong flow of water has been uniformly met with in a sandstone which occurs at a depth of from 1700 to 2300 feet. Of course it is quite possible that the correspondence in the strata is acci- dental and that the "Potsdam sandstone" of the drillers belongs to an underlying series which may be uncon- formable to the Potsdam. The Structural Features of the Section. These are of the simplest kind and may be regarded as typical of the structure found in the upper Mississippi valley. We see two blocks of horizontal or only very slightly inclined strata separated by a monoclinal fold. The downthrow and the trough limb is on the west, .while the upthrow and the arch limb is on the east. The total displacement of the Silurian strata amounts to 1,575 feet, while the carboniferous beds are only displaced about 625 feet. The trend of the axis of disturbance is considerably west of north, the strike of the outcrops of the upturned coal measures being about N. 30 W. The average dip in the displacement at LaSalle is about 145 22 for the Silurian rocks and about 8 for the rocks of the coal measures. The block of strata west of the monocline is nearly horizontal in an east to west direc- tion from Rock Island to Annawan and from Prince- ton to LaSalle, but between Annawan and Princeton there is a dip to the east of about 25 feet to the mile, or there is a concealed displacement of that extent between these two places. This dip may be partly ac- counted for by the dip to the south, which is found along the whole section. The block of strata on the east of the monocline has a nearly uniform dip to the east of about 12 feet to the mile. Some Points Bearing- on the Geological History of the Northern Part of Illinois. It would be idle to speculate much on the physical geography of this part of the State at the time of the deposition of the lowest series of rocks exhibited in the section. From the nature of the strata we may suppose that during the age following the Potsdam period there was a subsidence, during which the Magnesiau limestones were deposited, following this an elevation causing the accumulation of the St. Peter sandstone, again a sub- sidence during the formation of the Trenton limestone, then again a slight elevation during the Cincinnati period, followed by a subsidence during the Niagara period. This was brought to a close by an elevation, which first caused irregularities in the bedding of the calcare- ous sediments, and finally raised the top of the lowest sediments above the surface of the water, but probably did not expose them to any extensive erosion. When these lands again subsided the limestones and shales of the Devonian age began to accumulate on top of the perhaps but slightly eroded Silurian rocks. The -10 146 comparative length of the duration of these conditions cannot be estimated, for this was succeeded by an eleva- tion which not only affected northern Illinois but the northern part of all of the Mississippi valley and con- tinued for a time long enough for the removal of several hundreds of feet of the early rocks and for the formation of all the rocks belonging to the sub-carbonif- erous limestone in the southern part of this State. During this period of elevation there commenced at Split Bock a tilting of all previously deposited rocks. The east side was lifted up and the west side was depressed. As a consequence erosion proceeded much faster on the elevated side than on the side where the beds were being lowered, or at any rate, were raised less. By the end of this period of elevation 900 feet of rock were removed from the summit of the incline at Split Bock, which, as yet, remained intact west of La- Salle. Eastward from Split Bock the denudation was also gradually less effective, presumably on account of the lesser elevation. Thus we find all of the Trenton limestone removed as far as Marseilles and all of the Cincinnati shales carried awa,y west of Morris, and nothing remaining of the Niagara limestone west of the junction of the DesPlaines and the Kankakee rivers, while from Manhattan to Indiana this formation suffered no more erosion than it did in the vicinity of Bock Island. Assuming that the land contours produced at the end of this interval of elevation were as uniform as those of the present, the tilting was equal to the differ- ence of erosion, or 900 feet, and the dip of the inclined strata at Split Bock, which now averages 22, may be supposed to have been at that time considerably less. Then again followed a subsidence of the laud, with the possible exception of that in the eastern part of the State. This time, however, the subsidence was not as 147 deep as during the previous ages, nor as extensive in a northerly direction, for we find the coal measures every- where- containing remains of plants, sometimes grown near the place where they are found. The land was kept slowly oscillating, mostly below the surface of the water, and seldom reaching a depth great enough for the accumulation of limestone. The duration of the epriod of formation of coal in northern- central Illinois, though certainly not as long as the time which was taken for the deposition of Silurian strata, cannot be closely estimated on account of the lack of knowledge of the extent to which the coal measures have been afterwards eroded. The 500 feet of strata yet remain- ing were, no doubt, formed in a considerably shorter time than an equal thickness of the older beds, for the reason that the coal measures were formed nearer the land, where sedimentation is more rapid than it is farther out in the open sea, where the Silurian and the Devonian strata were mostly formed. No rocks of the Mesozoic or the Tertiary ages have been observed, and there is little doubt that, since the time of the coal period, northern Illinois has been above water and subjected to continual erosion. The extent of this erosion is partly concealed by the glacial deposits. Borings in the Bureau valley and at Hennepin show that before the incursion of the ice there was at this place a drainage channel cut nearly 200 feet below the present level of the Illinois river, and bounded by slopes which rose to a height of 300 feet and over. The com- paratively greater depth of the drift in the valleys crossing our section west of Atkinson and west of An- nawan and close to Mineral as well as the northward slope of the surface of the bed-rock all along the sec- tion from Rock Island to the Illinois river, and the deep- ly drift-covered lowlands to the north, indicate a west- 148 ward extension of this drainage channel. The long-con- tinued denudation of which these deep reliefs were, no doubt, a result, was checked by the advance of an ice-field, which extended several hundred miles to the south. This ice-sheet itself, to some extent, planed down the land over which it crept, but in this region the quantity of boulder clay and sand which it deposited far exceeded the material it removed. The occurrence of forest beds and several moraines indicate different stages of advancements and recessions, if not total dis- appearance of the ice, until it finally left the land in its present appearance, minus the drainage channels of creeks and rivers, which have, for the most part, after- ward been carved into the drift. Artesian Water. The universal dip from the north, where the elevation of the surface of the land is higher, renders the condi- tions for obtaining artesian water generally favorable in this part of the State, and a number of flowing deep wells have been made. Theoretically all rocks below the level of complete saturation are water-bearing and will yield water, but practically we find that water is sup- plied in quantities that can be utilized only by rocks which are somewhat porous, as sandstones and porous limestones. In northern Illinois there are a number of horizons which are porous enough to yield water. Many of these are only local in their development, and the supply is in such case limited. Other porous rocks ex- tend over wide areas and are readily supplied with great quantities of water. In the wells, from which the lower part of the section was constructed, the various water- bearing rocks which have been encountered areas follows: 149 (1). The drift. (2). The base of coal measures. (3). The Niagara limestone. (4). The Trenton limestones. (5). The St. Peter sandstones. (6). The sands of the Magnesian series. (7). The Potsdat^ sandstone. The Drift and the Base of the Coal Measures. The artesian water, which is found in the drift, is al- ways limited to particular localities. Some of the bor- ings north of Bureau Junction have yielded flowing water, which has come from sandy layers in the drift. At Bureau Junction and at Hennepin a flow of water has been reported from a depth which coincides with the lower part of the coal measures. The flow was small and of little economical importance. It is a mineral water. The Niagara Limestone. The upper part of the Niagara formation furnishes a strong flow of water at Peru and LaSalle. The Hen- nepin well also taps the Niagara. This formation fur- nished a small flow in Mitchell & Lynde's well, at Eock Island, and gives the chief flow in Mr. Wiese's well north of Bureau Junction. The water is more or less salty to the taste, and at Peru it is a strong brine. The head of this water, as near as can be made out, is as follows : HEAD OF NIAGARA WATER. (Of course this head is local). A. T. Kock Island 560 feet Wiese's well 535 " Peru.. ..563 " 150 The Trenton Limestone. A little below the middle of the Trenton limestone there has been found water in nearly all the wells going through this rock. The yield is generally not very great, and the pressure, lower than that of the St. Peter water, with which it otherwise seems to be con- nected. It contains a large amount of sulphur gas, and has in some places been piped off on account of its disagreeable smell. The height to which it will rise is mostly a little below 575 feet west of LaSalle, and not much above 515 along the east part of the section. The St. Peter Sandstone. The St. Peter sandstone is tapped by more wells in the State than any other formation. Its water is less sulphurous than the Trenton water, and along the east part of the section it contains more iron. The quantity of water is large. The head averages at least 580 feet in the west part of the section. Near the outcrops of the formation it is much lower, rising again to the east, viz.: HEAD OF ST. PETER WATER. A. T. Eock Island 580 feet. Peru 592 Illinois Zinc Company 571 Ottawa 540 Hoge's well. -. 580 Cryder Collin's well 580 Wilmington 586 " The Magnesian Sands. In the east part of LaSalle county, in Grundy county, and in the west part of Will county the sandstones of the Magnesian series are bored into whenever the flow of the St. Peter sandstone is not found sufficiently strong. 151 Between Utica and Marseilles nearly all bored wells take their supply from these sands and at Ottawa there are over 100 wells that draw their supply from them. They probably also furnish some of the water in the Prince- ton well. It is the purest of all our artesian waters, containing only a small amount of soluble salts. The head is generally some 30 or 40 feet above that of the St. Peter water, being at Ottawa about 573 feet. The Potsdam. The water which will rise highest, since the rock in which it occurs has the highest outcrop, is the water of the Potsdam sandstone. The rock has a good supply of a somewhat salty water. The saltiness increases with the depth, and it is sometimes difficult to procure a good, large flow without going down so deep as to make the water too salty for general use. If the upper flows are properly piped off, the head is a trifle above 700 feet, as seen below. HEAD OF POTSDAM WATER. A. T. G-eneseo (no casing) 670 feet. Minooka (no casing:) 660 " Oatlin's well (Ottawa) 705 " GEOLOGICAL, SECTION ST. LOUIS TO SHAWNEETOWN. BY PROF. J. M. NICKLES. Introductory. )HE field work for this section was carried on during July and August, 1892. The limited time and small number of exposures of strata and the consider- able intervals by which these exposures were commonly separated made it impossible to ascertain the exact position of each particular outcrop in the vertical series or determine the relations of the various outcrops to one another. This difficulty is increased by the striking sameness in material composing the deposits of the Coal Measures Series in southern Illinois ; sandy shales, some- times shading off into sandstone, at other times into clay shales, being predominant, and limestones few and infrequent. Fossils are rare or wanting at all but a few horizons, though in some beds and in some localities abundant. But from the general likeness of the strata and the uniformity in deposition and character of ma- terial, with the preliminary work done years ago by the Geological Survey, under the direction of Prof. A. H. Worthen, of which I have freely availed myself, it has been comparatively easy to decide to which of the main divisions of the Coal Measures to assign the various outcrops. For the surface contour I am indebted to Prof. J. W. Rolfe, of the University of Illinois, who kindly sent me tracings from the topographical county maps, prepared 155 156 under his direction from the survey undertaken to pre- pare the topographical map of the State, which formed part of the Illinois exhibit at the World's Fair. The diagrams of the sections which are given on the accompanying plate are reproduced, on a smaller scale, from those displayed in the geological department of the Illinois exhibit. Some of the data contained in the fol- lowing pages are shown in the diagrams, but the greater part" are precluded from appearing by the necessarily small scale of the diagrams. The line of the sections extends in a southeast-by-east direction from St. Louis, on the Mississippi river, to Shawneetown, on the Ohio river. The line passes diagon- ally through the center of St. Glair county, a little southwest of the center of Washington county, intersects the northeast corner of Perry county, southwest part of Jefferson county, the northern part of Franklin county, the southwest corner of Hamilton county, northeast corner of Saline county, and the center of Gallatin county. All the strata outcropping on the line or in its imme- diate vicinity belong to the Carboniferous Series and the Coal Measures Division. During the reconnaissance, search was made for exposures, and, whenever found, measure- ments of the thickness of the outcropping strata were made, and specimens of the different strata collected. The sec- tions thus made and other data accumulated, logs of coal shafts and drill holes, are given in the following pages, to show the data from which the diagram sec- tions were constructed. But few exposures are found in the vicinity of the line, owing to the comparatively small variation in altitude of the surface, and to the entire region being covered with a sheet of Quaternary deposits, clay, gravel, or loess, to the depth of from 10 to 150 feet, 157 and also to the general softness of the strata, so that even along the streams but few outcrops are seen, and these of limited extent. It is as Mr. Engelmann justly said, in describing the geology of Washington county: "In conformity with the predominating prairie character and on account of the softness of most of the strata, outcrops of rocks are quite scarce, and rocky cliffs are only developed on a small scale." The section is begun with the Belcher well at St. Louis, the record of which will be found in the "Transactions of the St. Louis Academy of Science" (Vol. I., pp. 80-86, 1857). East of the Mississippi river the line of the section crosses first the flood plain of the Mississippi, known as the American bottom, for a distance of about seven miles, in which there are no exposures. The first outcrops are found in the bluffs which rise to a height of from 120 to 200 feet above the plain at their foot; at the time of my examination the bluffs were so over- grown with vegetation that the strata could be seen in but few places. St. Clair County. GEOLOGICAL FORMATIONS. (GEOL. SUR. ILL. I., 298.) Quaternary, marl, clay, sand, gravel, etc 20-150 feet. Lower coal measures, including the conglomerate, about 300 " Subcai boniferous or Mississipian series, comprising the Chester and St. Louis subdivisions, about 300 ' SECTION I. Outcrop in Mississippi river bluff, seven miles northwest of Belleville, on the northwest quarter of section 35, town- 158 ship 2 north, range 9 west. Top of section is about 500 feet above sea level. 1. Shale, blue, argillaceous, exposed 8 feet. 2. Shale, yellow, argillaceous 6 " 3. Limestone, in part nodular with conchoidal fracture 1 foot. 4. Shale, blue, argillaceous, like No. 1 2 feet. 5. Limestone, like No. 3 3 " 6. Shale, bituminous, slaty - 3 inches. 7. Coal No. 6, "Belleville Coal" 5 feet. Total thickness seen 25 " 3 " SECTION II. Outcrop in bluff at Strowbinger's coal mine, about one- fourth mile southwest of preceding section. Top of sec- tion about 490 feet above sea level. 1. Limestone 3 feet. 2. Shale, bituminous, slaty 3 " 3. Coal No. 6 7-8 " 4. Fire-clay, from 1 foot 6 inches to 4 " 6. Limestone, exposed 2 " Total thickness seen 20 " SECTION HI. Section in Chris. Lauf's stone quarry on bank of Kich- land creek, and coal shaft below quarry in Belleville. Top of section is about 510 feet above sea level, 1. Clay, loess, quarried for the manufacture of brick, tile, etc 15-25 feet. 2. Limestone, brownish, fossiliferous 3 " 6 inches. 3. Fire-clay 7 " 4. Limestone, granular, fossils, few, indistinct. 6 " 5. Limestone, fine-grained, bluish, bottom of quarry - 6 " 6. Limestone, one eight feet ledge, several two feet ledges 21 tt 7. Shale, bituminous, the "slate" of the miners. 2 " 8. Coal No. 6, "Belleville Coal" 7 " Total thickness... 77 feet 6 inches. 159 SECTION IV. Kecord of a well bored at Belleville, near the northwest corner of section 3, township 1 north, range 8 west, in 1889, taken from the Belleville News-Democrat of March 8, 1889. Top of well is about 530 feet above sea level. 1. Soil and clay 26 feet. 2. Sand and gravel 2 " 3. Yellow clay 34 " 4. Limestone 58 " 5. Coal (No. 6) 7 " 6. Fireclay 2 " 7. Shale and sandstone 16J) " 8. Gray sandstone 14 " 9. Black shale 3 " 10. Sandstone, white 10 " 11. Clay shale 8 * 12. Sandstone, reddish 47 " 13. Sandstone, white 10 a 14. Sandstone, gray 12 " 15. Shale ^ 27 a 16. Sandstone, soft 14 " 17. Sandstone, hard 15 " 18. Sandstone, gray 58 " 19. Sandstone, dark 21 " 20. Limestone > 25 " 21. Sandstone, brown 19 " 22. Limestone 13 " 23. Sandstone 16 " 24. Limestone, hard 21 " 25. Shale 100 * 26. Limestone 93 " 27. Shale 86 " 28. Sandstone 10 " 29. Conglomerate 30 " 30. Shale 56 " 31. Sandstone and shale 70 " 32. Shale, black 20 " 33. Sandstone and shale ; 25 * 34. Chertyrock 20 " Total depth 1141 feet. 160 No 20, in the above, marks the uppermost limestone, or No. 1, of Worthen, of the Chester group. The divid- ing line between the lower coal measures and the con- glomerate is not easily drawn ; perhaps No. 12 above may be regarded as the top of the conglomerate; this gives the conglomerate a thickness of 204 feet. Per- haps this is too great a thickness, and it may be better to regard No. 17 as the top; this would make the con- glomerate 94 feet thick. No. 34 probably marks the summit of the St. Louis group. If so, the thickness of the Chester group, under St. Clair county, at this point, is 584 feet. Prof. A. H. Worthen (Geol. Surv. 111. I, 305.) says: "This group (Chester), which is at least 600 feet thick in the southern part of Randolph county, has already thinned out, before reaching the southern part of St. Clair, to an aggregate of less than 100 feet, and includes only the lower sandstone and a thin bed of limestone, which probably represents also the lower limestone division in Randolph County." The section above would indicate that the Chester group does not thin to the north as rapidly as has been supposed. If the interpretation given above is correct, and it seems the best explanation of the record, it goes to show tharb the study of surface exposures, few in number, without the knowledge given by the drill, is misleading; a,nd illustrates how really small is our knowledge of the geology of Illinois, and enforces the necessity for a new geological survey of the State, or if not a new survey, then a continuous organization which shall accumulate and utilize the facts developed by the drill and other exploitation. 161 As correlated with the Chester group of Randolph county, the beds in the record above have their equiva- lents as follows: No. 20 Limestone No. 1. No. 21 Sandstone No. 1. No. 22 Limestone No. 2. No. 23 Sandstone No. 2. No. 24 Limestone No. 3 No. 25 Lyropora shale, ft os. 26 and 27 Limestone No. 4. Nos. 28 to 33 Basal sandstone, or Aux Vases sandstone, of the Chester group. SECTION V. Van Court's coal shaft, at O'Fallon, 111. Top of shaft about 520 feet above sea level. 1. Soil 1 foot 6 inches. 2. Yellow clay 29 feet. 3. Yellow sandstone 16 " 4. Blue slate, mixed with sandstone . . , 29 " 5. Blue slate, mixed with iron ore 35 " 6. Fire clay 4 " 7. Conglomerate 1 foot 6 inches. 8. Ke ' 19. Soft sandstone 22 " 20. Blue shale 26 " 21. Coal No. 7 1 foot 2 22. Fireclay 1 " 8 23. Conglomerate of sand and limestone 4 " 6 " 24. Sandy shale 63 " 25. Blue and black shale 43 " 26. Fire clay 1 foot 8 27. Blue shale 3 feot. 28. Fire clay 4 " 6 29. Soft rock, mixture of sand and limestone 5 ' 30. Fire clay 1 foot 6 31. Hard limestone 15 feet 10 32. Black shale 3 " 8 " 33. Blue shale, with boulders and lime rock . . 3 " 34. Sandy shale 5 " 35. Sandstone 9 " 36. Fireclay I to 37. Blue shale. . . 2 feet 168 38. White shale feet 6 inches. 39. Limestone 4 ' 2 40. Dark blue shale 2 " 6 41. Fossiliferous limestone " 10 42. Dark blue shale 7 " 6 43. Black limestone 4 " 6 44. Dark gray limestone 3 ' 6 45. Black shale 2 " 8 46. CoalNo.6 6 " Total depth 420 feet. If No. 46 is really the No. 6 coal, which seems to be the general opinion, the general section of the Coal Meas- ures given in Geol. Sur. 111., VI., 2-4, does not give suffi- cient thickness of strata between Coal No. 6 and the Shoal creek limestone. In 1889 a drill hole was put down at Nashville to the depth of 1,000 feet, or some- what more, but if a record was kept, about which there is some dispute, repeated efforts have failed to obtain it. SECTION XIV. Outcrop on Locust creek, about the middle of section 24, township 3 south, range 3 west. Top of section about 410 feet above sea level. 1. Clay and gravel (Quaternary) 20 feet. 2. Shale, soft, micaceous, sandy 8 * Total thickness 28 feet. SECTION XV. Outcrop on Watering creek, on the northeast quarter of section 18, township 3 south, range 2 west. Top of section about 420 feet above sea level. 1. Clay and gravel (Quaternary) 2. Limestone " 4-6 3. Shale 10 " 4. Sandstone layer, soft 1 foot. 5. Shale, argillaceous 10 feet. . Sandstone, hard " 8-10 Total thickness 22 feet 4 inches. 169 SECTION XYI. Outcrop on Beaucoup creek, on the northwest quarter of section 35, township 2 south, range 2 west. Top of section is about 470 feet above sea level. 1. Soil and clay (Quaternary) 2. Shale, argillaceous, bluish 1 foot. 3. Coal No. 9 feet 6 inches. 4. Shale, black, carbonaceous 3 " 6 " 5. Shale, argillaceous, partly nodular 7 Total thickness 12 feet. A short distance below where the section was taken, fragments of the Shoal Creek Limestone were found in the bed and on the banks of the creek, but no outcrops could be found showing the limestone in place. Hence 1 could not determine how great a distance intervened between the Coal No. 9 and the Shoal Creek Limestone at this point. SECTION XVII. Outcrops adjacent to Little Muddy river, on the west half of section 27, township 3 south, range 1 west. Top of section about 510 feet above sea level. 1. Sandy shale and thinly stratified sandstone 20 feet. 2. Sandstone, even-bedded, layers from three to twelve inches thick, has been largely quarried 4 ' Total thickness. . 24 feet. Perry County. The line of the section passes diagonally through the northeast township of the county. The few surface out- crops are near the dividing line between the Upper and Lower Coal Measures. A bed of sandy shale, about 15 feet thick, was seen near Little Muddy river, on the north- east quarter of section 3, township 4 south, range 1 west, the same bed as No. 1 in Section XVI. 170 SECTION XVIII. Outcrop on northeast quarter section 13, township 4 south, range 1 west. (Geol. Sur. 111., Ill, 96). Top of section is about 485 feet above sea level. 1. Gray shale, with nodules of iron 3 feet. 2. Hard, bluish-gray limestone (Shoal Creek) 5 " 3. Shale 4 " 6 inches. 4. Coal No. 9 1 foot. 5. Clay shale 6 feet. Total thickness 19 feet 6 inches. Jefferson County. The line of the section cuts diagonally the southwest corner of Jefferson county. The very few surface exposures represent the lowest strata of the Upper Coal Measures, the Shoal Creek Limestone being but a short distance beneath the surface. SECTION XIX. Outcrop on Little Muddy river and adjacent hillside, near the line between sections 30 and 31, township 4 south, range 1 east. Top of section about 480 feet above sea level. 1. Sandy shale 10 feet. 2. Interval not exposed, probably shale 10 " 3. Sandstone, soft, ferruginous, partly massive, partly evenly stratified 8 * Total thickness 28 feet. Franklin County. The surface of the northern part of the county tra- versed by the line is rolling, but presents no great variation in altitude, hence outcrops are few, and but limited in vertical extent. The Quaternary varies from 10 to 30 feet in thickness. All the outcrops belong to the lower part of the Upper Coal Measures. On a small branch in section 5, township 5 south, range 2 east, an exposure of three feet of micaceous 171 sandstone was seen. No other exposures were met on the Big Muddy river or its affluents in the northwestern part of the county. Two miles north of Ben ton, on the west half of section 6, township 6 south, range 3 east, an outcrop of about thirty feet of soft, brownish, ferruginous sandstone, with some sandy shale interstratified, has been quarried for building purposes. About two and one-half miles northeast of Ben ton, in the northeast quarter of section 9, township 6 south, range 3 east, an outcrop of soft, ferruginous, micaceous sandstone, of about 20 feet, underlaid with two or more feet of clay shale, with concretions, usually of small size, of kidney iron ore, and with the fragmentary remains of fossil plants, occurs on a small branch. A little far- ther on, near the center of section 36, township 5 south, range 3 east, the wagon road cuts through sandstone and sandy shale, exposing about six feet. In a small run in township 7 south, range 4 east, on section 12, probably was seen an exposure of clay shale, with concretions of kidney iron ore. These were all the outcrops examined in Franklin county. The only boring at all near the line, of which I could learn, and it too shallow to give much informa- tion, is the following section. SECTION xx. Boring at Parrish, 111., near the line of the St. Louis & Paducah R. K. Surface about 450 feet above sea level. Data furnished by Mr. J. N. Bryant. 1. Soil and clay 3 feet. 2. Sandstone 11 " 3. Carbonaceous shale 3 " 4. Coal (No. 8?) 1 foot. 5. Clay shale 30 feet. 6. Sandstone , 12 " Total thickness. . , 60 feet. 172 Hamilton County. But one small exposure was discovered in the south- western corner of Hamilton county, about one-half mile east of the county line, on section 6, township 7 south, range 5 east, where about six feet of a micaceous sand- stone outcropped. Saline County. The geological formations outcropping, are: Upper Coal Measures. Lower Coal Measures. Chester Group. The exposures of the Chester are in an axis of uplift in the southeastern part of the county, several miles southwest of the line, known as the Eagle mountains. The few outcrops discovered belong to the Upper Coal Measures. About one-half mile north of Gallatia, some 25 feet of shale are exposed, with about three feet of the underly- ing sandstone. SECTION xxi. Boring at Ledford, on section 29, township 9 south, range 6 east, about ten miles southwest of the line of the section. Surface about 420 feet above sea level. These strata belong to the Lower Coal Measures. 1. Loess 13 feet. 2. Hard sandstone 6 3. Gray shale 2 4. Sandstone 7 5. Gray shale 2 6. Hard sandstone 6 7. Hard, dark shale 2 8. Hard sandstone 3 9. Sandstone and shale 9 10. Soft sandstone 17 11. CoalNo.6 5 12. Soft sandstone 45 Total thickness 117 feet. 173 Gallatiii County. The geological formations of this county are Lower Coal Measures and Chester Group. The latter occupies the hilly or mountainous country in the southwestern corner of the county. Along the line only Coal Measure strata appear at the surface. SECTION XXII. Outcrop on east bank of the North fork of the Saline river, on the northeastern quarter of section 22, town- ship 8 south, range 8 east. Top of section 390 feet above sea level. 1. Soil and clay 2. Shale, arenaceous, ferruginous 3 feet. 3. Shale, dark blue, argillaceous, contains nod- ules of kidney iron ore 30 ' 4. Shale, arenaceous, micaceous 12 " 5. Limestone, chert-like, splintery, much cracked and seamed at the surface 3 " 6 inches. 6. Shale, black, friable, exposed 4 ' Total thickness. . . 52 feet 6 inches. SECTION XXIII. Strata at north end of Equality, at Peter Brightness coal mine, on section 17, township 9 south, range 8 east. Data from Mr. Brightner. This section overlies the next (XXIV) at some interval, which I had no means of de- termining. 1. Sandstone 30 feet. 2. Fire clay 1 foot. 3. Limestone "bastard," very hard 4 feet. 4. Black shale * 6 inches. 5. Coal No. 7 4 " 6. Fireclay 2 " Total thickness. . 41 feet 6 inches. 174 SECTION XXIV. Outcrops at Equality, on southeast quarter of section 17, township 9 south, range 8 east. Top of section about 430 feet above sea level. 1. Sansdtone, ferruginous, micaceous 10 feet. 2. Argillaceous shale 15 " 3. Coal (No. 6?) Ifoot 6 inches. 4. Shales and sandstone 40 feet. Total thickness . . 66 feet 6 inches. SECTION XXV. Record of the Shawneetown Gas and Oil Co.'s well boring, made 1887-8. As a churn drill was used, the thickness assigned the various strata is only approxi- mately correct. Surface about 350 feet above sea level. 1. Clay, sand and gravel 110 feet. 2. Hard, flinty rock 2 " 3. Soft, black slate 10 " 4. Soft sandstone 10 " 5. Fire clay 1 foot 6 inches. 6. Shale 80 feet. 7. Coal No. 7 7 " 8. Shale 78 " 9. Coal No. 5 ft " 10. Clay shale... 130 " 11. Sandstone 15 " 12. Shale, lower part producing a limited amount of gas 96 " 13. Sandstone 20 " 14. Shale 30 " 15. White sandstone, with some oil 50 " 16. Shale 10 17. Coal No. 1 2 " 18. Slate 25 " 19. Clay shale 37 " 20. Black shale 10 " 21. Soft blue sandstone (saltwater) 55 M 22. Sandy shale 60 " 175 23. Soft white sandstone 20 feet. 24. Sandy shale 15 " 25. Clay shale 25 " 26. Sandy shale 40 " 27. Shale 30 " 28. Hard white sandstone 30 " 29. Soft shale 5 " 30. Hard sandy shalo 40 " 31. Shale . ... GO " 32. Hard sandstone (salt water) 1!)0 " 33. Soft shale 10 " 34. Shale 15 " 35. Hard sandstone (salt water) 50 " 36. Shale 10 " 37. Hard sandstone 70 " 38. Limestone 30 " 39. Hard sandstone 10 " 40. Soft sandstone 20 " Total depth 1513 feet 6 inches. Nos. 1-27 may be regarded as Lower Coal Measures proper; Nos. 28-37 as the Conglomerate. The dividing line is seldom well marked, and may be drawn somewhat higher or somewhat lower in the series without doing any violence. No. 38 marks the highest limestone of the Chester Group. This makes the thickness of the con- glomerate 480 feet at this point very much greater than has been hitherto thought. Prof. A. H. Worthen, in the Geological Survey of Illinois, volume VI, pp. 2-5, where an exhaustive section of Coal Measures strata is given, says that the thickness of the coarse sandstone or conglomerate forming the base of the Coal Measures, usually range from 20 to 110 feet. Possibly only Nos. 35-37 should be regarded as Conglomerate; this gives a thickness of 130 feet. In this event, there is a vastly greater accumulation of strata between the Conglom- erate and Coal No. 1 than is given in Prof. Worthen's section above referred to. 176 SECTION XXVI. Outcrop on bank of Ohio river, in front of Shawnee- town. (Compare Geol. Sur. 111., VI, 198). Strata all dip to the south, at an angle varying from 10 to 25. Estimates of thickness are somewhat doubtful approxi- mations. The vertical thickness of the strata is given, not the amount of space occupied horizontally. The sec- tion crosses the upturned edges from north to south. 1. Black shale, with concretionary bands of clay iron- stone interstratified 15 feet. 2. Hard, black, bituminous shale . . 6 * 3. Coal 2 " 4. Bluish shale, with irregular beds of thin, fine-grained sandstone interstratified ... 12 ' 5. Shale, gray or dove-colored 10 ' 6. Arenaceous shale 6 ' 7. Argillaceous shale ". 30 " 8. Sandstone, hard, fine-grained 20 ' 9. Shale and sandstone, layers alternating 10 ' 10. Shale, arenaceous, micaceous 3 ' 11. Sandstone, fine-grained 10 ' 12. Shale, bluish, arenaceous, micaceous 4 ' 13. Sandstone, ferruginous 30 ' Total thickness 158 feet. 14. Interval not exposed. 15. Sandstone, soft, ferruginous, horizontal, exposed, 5 feet. The indications are that there is a fault between Nos. 13 and 15, but the limited examination I could make, and the insufficient exposure, furnished me no da,ta for establishing the surmise. These strata belong to the lowest part of the lower Coal Measures, in part to the basal sandstone known as the Conglomerate. 177 Geological Section in Southern Illinois through Water- loo, Sparta, Murphysboro and Ol instead. Introductory. This line essentially parallels the Mississippi Kiver at a distance from it of from 15 to 20 miles. Beginning with the Lower Carboniferous it crosses the southwestern border of the Lower Coal Measures, again issues upon the Lower Carboniferous and leaves the State after pass- sing through the Tertiary in Pulaski county. The line changes direction at Sparta and Murphysboro, bending each time more towards the south. Monroe County. Monroe is one of the most interesting counties in the State to the geologist and paleontologist. The outcrop- ping strata over a large part of the county belong to the Lower Carboniferous, or Subcarboniferous, for which term Mississippian is now being substituted, a formation abounding with a wealth of fossils often exquisitely pre- served. In the extreme northern part the county is crossed by an axis of disturbance, bringing to the sur- face some of the lower formations; entering from Mis- souri the uplift causes quite a dislocation near Salt Lick Point, and disappears southeastwardly. The following table of geological formations, having surface outcrops, is taken from the Geol. Sur. 111. V., 270. Coal measures 40- 50 feet. Chester group 100-350 " Upper St. Louis limestone 140-150 " Lower St. Louis or Warsaw beds 120-130 " Keokuk limestone .'.... 150 " Burlington limestone 75-100 Kinderhook group 80-100 " Trenton limestone (in part) 120 " -12 178 No boring could be found which would give an idea of the underground geology. An artesian well was put down at Waterloo some years ago, but no record seems to have been kept. The time at my disposal was too limited to enable me to make much exploration of the surface outcrops. SECTION XXVII. Outcrops along Fountain Creek on sections 27 and 34, township 2 south, range 10 west. Strata dip to the west at a low angle. Top of section about 540 feet above sea level. All strata belong to the St. Louis group. 1. Limestone, in layers from four inches to four feet thick, with occasional shaly or marly , partings between layers, fossiliferous, some layers weathering cherty 15 feet. 2. Limestone, cherty fossils numerous, mainly bryozoa and brachiopoda 5 " 3. Limestone, quarried for building purposes .. 12 " 4. Marl layer with a peculiar assemblage of small fossils, mainly gesteropoda, pen- tremites and bryozoa, varying in thick- ness from 2 inches to 10 inches, averaging " 6 inches. 5. Limestone 4 " 6. Marly or shaly layer contains most abund- antly an undescribed species of stenopora " 4 inches. 7. Limestone, fossiliferous 5 " Total thickness. 41 feet 10 inches. SECTION XXVIII. Outcrop on small branch flowing into Prairie du Long creek, on west half of section 21, township 3 south, range 8 west. Top of section about 450 feet above sea 179 level. All the strata belong to the Chester group, but the exact position in the series has not been determined.. 1. Limestone layers with shaly partings. 8 feet. 2. Limestone layer 2 " 3. Limestone layers with shaly and marly part- ings 5 4. Limestone layer 1 foot. 5. Shale and marl with thin slabs of limestone intercalated 9 feet. 6. Limestone layer " 8 inches. 7. Limestone layers with shale partings 4 feet 6 " 8. Blue marly shale 1 foot 3 " 9. Limestone layers 4 feet. Total thickness 35 feet 5 inches. All the limestones in the above sections are fossiliferous, but the shales and marls much more so. Brachiopods, pentremites and fragments of crinoids are common, but the bryozoa are by far the most numerously represented, the genera Fenestella, Archimedes and Rhombopora leading in representation. More examples of the rare Coelocomus granosus, Ulrich, have been obtained from this locality than from any other though it is a widely distributed form. My studies in the Chester Group confirm the earlier observations of Prof. Worthen, that the different beds of the Chester so much resemble each other lithologically and in their fossil contents, that the identification of the various beds, either by their fossils or lithological characters, is impossible. It may be that long-continued, painstaking, patient collection and study of the fossils will serve to discover some distinctive or particular horizons, so that eventually we may be able to say just where in the series any given outcrop belongs; but at present, unless continuous outcrops showing relative superposition give the clue, we are unable to place any given outcrop in its proper place. 180 Randolph County. The geological formations seen at the surface in this county are the Lower Coal Measures, including the Conglomerate, the Chester Group and the St. Louis Group. The line of the section cuts the northern and eastern parts of the county, and all the outcropping strata passed over belong to the Chester and Lower Coal Measures. It is in this county that the Chester has its typical development; for comparison with what follows, Prof. Worthen's tabular presentation is given. (Geol. Sur. 111., I, 284). Chester Group. 1. Gray, compact, siliceous limestone No. 1 25-30 feet. 2. Shale and shaly sandstones, partially exposed.. . 80-90 " 3. Shaly limestone No. 2 15-18 " 4. Massive brown sandstone 40 5. Limestone No. 3 40-45 6. Green and blue argillaceous shales, with plates of limestone 45-70 7. Arenaceous and argillaceous limestone No. 4 20-30 8. Massive and shaly sandstone 15-20 9. Compact and granular gray limestone No. 5 , with intercalations of blue, green and purple shales, about 150 " Iti. Massive quartzose brown sandstone 120 " I have, in this report, adopted the numbering of the limestone beds as given above, though afterwards, in the reports of the Geological Survey, in the chapters describ- ing the geology of Johnson, Massac, Pope and Hardin counties, the beds are differently numbered. Whether detailed study will bear out this division into five different successive limestone beds, each with an un- derlying sandstone except No. 3, I am not prepared to say. There may also be some doubt whether these sand- stones are continuous over wide areas. 181 SECTION XXIX. Strata displayed in hillside northwest of court house at Chester, 111., from top of hill to river level (ten feet of water in the channel). 1. Not exposed, elsewhere shown to be sandstone in lower part 73 feet. 2. Limestone 1 foot. 3. Green, blue and purple shales 12 .feet. 4. Limestone, regularly bedded 10 " 5. Limestone, irregularly bedded, partly nodular and argillaceous 42 " 6. Green, blue and purple shales, partly marly, highly fossiliferous in places (Lyropora shale) 53 " 7. Compact gray limestone 27 " 8. Not exposed, elsewhere seen to be limestone mainly. . 46 " Total thickness 264 feet. Nos. 4 and 5, above, are the Limestone No. 3 of the general section; No. 7, above, is the Limestone No. 4; and No. 8, above, is probably Limestone No. 5, in which case there is no sandstone at this place between Lime- stones Nos. 4 and 5. To No. 6 of the section above, I have given the name of Lyropora shale. It forms an easily recognized horizon, in which the bryozoan Lyro- pora, to whose stony supports, with the fenestration between lost or broken away, the name "frog mouths " has been popularly applied, is very characteristic. I have not yet succeeded in ascertaining whether the Lyropora is restricted to this shale and the underlying limestone, but at any rate it is rare, or wanting in strata higher in the series. SECTION xxx. Boring made with diamond-core drill at Red Bud, 111., in 1888. Data generously furnished by Mr. Geo. Saxe- meyer. Surface about 450 feet above sea level. 182 1. Soil and clay 8 feet. 2. Limestone 14 " 6 inches. 3. Clay shale 11 " 1 4. Sandstone 2 " 6 " 5. Clay shale 7 " 6. Clay shale and sandstone mixed 6 " 11 " 7. Sandy shale 19 " 6 " 8. Limestone 1 foot. 9. Sandstone feet 10 " 10. Limestone 2 " 3 " 11. Clay shale 2 " 4 " 12. Limestone, with shale partings 25 ' 7 " 13. Green and brown shale 10 " 14. Limestone and shale mixed 2 " 3 " 15. Green and red shale 7 " 16. Limestone, fossilif'rous 3 " 6 " 17. Ked clay shale 1 foot. 18. Sandstone 6 " 9 " 19. Clay shale 13 " 20. Sandstone and sandy shale 15 " 3 " 21. Clay shale 15 " 9 22. Sandstone and sandy shale 12 " 23. Clay shale 15 " 24. Sandy shale 3 " 25. White sandstone, coarse, siliceous 63 " 6 " 26. Hard limestone 198 " 6 " 27. Limy sandstone 18 " 28. Limestone 28 " 29. Sandy limestone 12 " 30. Limestone 64 " Total depth 580 feet. Expressed in geological terms, the preceding section reads : Nos. 1. Quaternary 8 feet. 2. Chester Group Limestone No. 4 14 " 6 inches. 3-7. " Sandstone and shale.. 47 feet. 8-17. " Limestone No. 5 55 " 9 " 18-25. " Sandstone (Aux Vases). 134 ' 3 " 26. St. Louis limestone 198 " 6 " 27-30. St. Louis (Warsaw Division) 122 " Total thickness.. . 580 feet. 183 SECTION XXXI. Outcrop of Chester Group strata on the Okaw or Kas- kaskia river, on the northwest quarter of section 16, township 4 south, range 7 west. Top of section about 380 feet above sea level. 1. Limestone in ledges measuring 9, 8, 15 and 10 inches 3 feet 6 inches. 2. Marly shale, with abundance of characteris- tic fossils 1 foot. 3. Limestone, exposed 1 " 8 " Total thickness 6 feet 2 inches. Natural Gas at Sparta. 1. BRIEF HISTORY. A period of depression had fallen upon Sparta and the adjacent country. Something must be done to pull out from the slough of despondency into which all things had fallen. To Mr. W. B. Taylor was due the suggestion which led to the formation of a stock company, in December, 1887, to bore into the earth. The drill was started January 28, 1888, in the west end of the city of Sparta. Various delays and ill luck at- tended the drillers, but at length on the eighth of June, at a depth from the surface of 845 feet, most unex- pectedly, gas with strong pressure and in large volumes burst forth. The discovery was as grateful as it was unexpected. For a time, in the absence of any means of holding it in or utilizing it, the gas was suffered to flow out unchecked, and many millions of feet went to waste. Meantime the large burning flame, twenty feet in height, aroused the surrounding country to a wonder- ful degree. But soon mains were laid, and the citizens were industriously piping their houses and putting gas burners into their stoves, and proceeded to enjoy nature's most impressive gift to man. Exploitation continued with the degree of success usually attending the drill. 184 A second well, one-half mile west of the first, gave no gas. A third well, one-half mile distant, in a south- easterly direction, gave an abundant supply. And now the usual cupidity came into play with the attendant wastefulness. An adjoining landowner put down a well as near No. 3 as he could get. Of course it was success- ful, but as it was draining the same territory it simply decreased the life of its predecessor. The following table shows the continuation of the exploitation, and the accompanying chart the location of the wells. 2. TABLE SHOWING EXPLOITATION. Number of Well. When Bored. Result. Present Condition 1 Jan.-June, 1888 Strong flow of gas .... Produced but lit- 2 Aug.-Sept., 1888 No gas tle after 1890; abandoned in 1893. 3 4 Sept.-Oct., 1888 Oct.-Nov., 1888 Very strong flow of gas Strong flow of gas Quit suddenlv, June, 1894. Still yielding 5 Dec.-Jan., 1889 Scarcely any gas. slightly. Never used 6 Feb.-Mar. 1889 Small flow of gas ; rock close textured Never used. 7 April, 1889 Scarcelv any gas Never used. 8 June, 1889 A little gas; rock close textured Never used , 9 Sept.-0ct., 1889 Strong flow of gas .... Has ceased to 10 Sept.-Dec., 1890 Abandoned before reaching gas rock with loss of tools. yield. 11 12 Oct.-Nov., 1891 November, 1891 Strong flow of gas Strong flow of gas Still producing. Ceased producing 12a Nov.-April, 1892 Abandoned at 480 feet with loss of tools suddenly. 13 December, 1891 Strong flow of gas Producing. 14 December, 1891 Strong flow of gas . . . Producing 15 Jan.-April, 1892 Medium flow of gas Producing. 16 April-May, 1892 Strong flow of gas Producing. 17 January, 1893 Strong flow of gas Producing. 18 Mar.-April, 1893 No gas ; rock close textured. 19 20 May-June, 3893 Dec.-Jan., 1894 A moderate flow of gas Medium flow of gas . Producing a little. Producing 21 April.-May, 1894 No gas; rock close textured. 22 June- Aug., 1894 185 Diagram Showing Location of Wells. Sketch showing location of wells at Sparta. Productive gas wells -f N- n- producing wells Scale : 2 inches = 1 mile. 186 3. RECORDS OF BORINGS. Logs of the wells, showing the thickness of the strata passed through and kind of material, were kept of wells Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5 and 8, which will be given hereafter. None are very reliable, though No. 8 seems most worthy of confidence. No records have been preserved of later wells. In the earlier wells, the gas sand was penetrated from four to seven feet, but in the later wells, Nos. 12 to 20, the rock has been penetrated deeper, from ten to forty feet. Sometimes the flow has been increased by going deeper, other times not. Had records of all the wells been preserved, an interest- ing chapter might have been written upon the topography prior to the glacial period. The depth of drift deposits varies from 34 feet, in No. 1 and 57 feet in No. 2, to 99 feet in No. 3, 116 feet in No. 5, 65 feet in No. 7, 70 feet in No. 8, 104 feet in No. 11, 109 feet in No. 13, 107 feet in No. 14, 120 feet in No. 16, 315 feet in No. 17, 94 feet in No. 15. These figures, even if not all accu- rate, indicate a very uneven surface under the drift, pos- sibly the bed and banks of an ancient water-course. 4. ROCK PRESSURE AND FLOW. The confined pressure of the wells had never been ac- curately determined. No. 1 exceeded 200 pounds, but how much was never known. No. 3 reached 350 pounds on a steam gauge, the limit of the gauge. The later wells, Nos. 12, 13 and 14, had an initial pressure of from 180 to 200 pounds. This accords with experience in other fields, that the pressure lessens as the field is opened up. But one measurement had been made of the open or flow pressure on No. 4, at an early date, by Mr. D. McConathy, of Louisville, Ky. This showed between four and five pounds through a two-inch pipe, which would 187 represent a production of something over a million feet per day. This is, however, a maximum under the best conditions. 5. LIFE OF WELLS. No. 1 was greatly weakened by No. 3, which has probably produced a larger amount of gas than any other well. Nos. 3, 4 and 9, all within a few feet of each other, supplied the town for considerably more than two years ; after which they still continued to yield, but had to be helped by additional wells. No. 3 has lasted about five and a half years; No. 4 is still yielding slightly, but shows signs of exhaustion. Seven years will represent the extreme life of a well in this area, under the best conditions. As the field is drained, the later wells cannot be expected to last as long or be nearly as productive as the early ones. During the winter of 1890-1, during the cold spells, the wells were allowed to flow freely, i. e., without any back pressure. The next winter showed them greatly weakened. 6. PRODUCTION AND COST. The following data, for which, with many others, I am indebted to Mr. D. P. Barker, the obliging secretary of the Sparta Natural Gas and Oil Co., were furnished to the agent of the Census Bureau. They cover the year 1889: Total production of gas 80 , 830 , 000 cubic feet. Waste from leakage and other causes 4 , 000 , 000 " Consumed for domestic fuel (400 fires). . . . 54,000,000 " Consumed in steam establishments (3) 22 , 830 , 000 " Gas sold for $3,842.30 Tons of coal required for equivalent work. 3 , 340 Value of coal displaced, at $1.50 per ton. . $5,010.00 The Gas Company furnished about two-thirds of the gas consumed, hence the total production of the field, for the year, would aggregate in the neighborhood of 188 120,000,000 cubic feet. As this was the year of maxi- mum production, the total output of the field since its opening has fallen not far short of 500,000,000 cubic feet. This from a territory less than one mile square. The amount of money expended by the Gas Company and private parties in developing the gas, has amounted, in round numbers, to $60,000, composed of the follow- ing items: Drilling, casing and equipping wells $30,000 Pipe lines 15,000 Labor, repairs and miscellaneous items 15,000 In addition, the piping of some 200 houses, paid for by the owners, at an average cost of $25, amounts to $5,000. To offset this amount of $65,000 which has gone after the gas, there is an income of $40,000 from the sale of gas. This corroborates experience in some other fields, that the gas involves an actual money loss. However, the convenience, comfort and cleanliness of gaseous fuel, fully compensate for its increased cost. When at its best, the gas supplied some 600 domestic fires, five steam establishments, and one brick-burning plant. 7. WELLS. The wells have all been put down with a cable rig. Two attempts were made with a pole rig, but were fail- ures. The time required to drill to gas rock has varied, but after some experience in handling the strata was acquired, it was no uncommon thing to go the 845 or 865 feet in two weeks. Most of the wells have been cased as follows : Eight inch drive-pipe to work, varying from 30 to 116 feet; next, five and five-eighths inch pipe to about 500 feet, to shut out water from the shales and sandstones resting upon Limestone No. 2; lastly, four and one-quarter inch pipe, with packer nearly to the gas 189 rock. In the earlier wells, the gas sands could seldom be drilled deeper than three or four feet. Later, some of these wells were deepened. In the later wells, the drill has usually been sent down from 14 to 40 feet after the gas was encountered. 8. EXTENT OF THE FIELD. The area exploited at Sparta, covers less than two square miles. Although drilling in other parts of south- ern Illinois was stimulated by the discovery at Sparta, at no other place has gas been found in commercial quantities. Hence 'not enough is known to determine the extent or capacity of the field. That all the wells but one drilled without a small, well defined area, have proved failures, .seems rather inexplicable. The records of the borings are not accurate enough to determine, in BO small an area, what is the structure of the gas sand and adjoining strata, whether we have to deal with a quaquaversal or dome, or with an anticline. The sand- stone, which serves as the holder for the gas, varies in porosity, being most porous in the strongest wells, and quite dense in those which have yielded little or no gas. Further exploitation may prove differently, but it looks as though we had here a small but once bountifully filled pocket, which is now (August, 1894,) rapidly nearing exhaustion. SECTION xxxn. Borings at Sparta, 111. Surface from 520 to 545 feet above sea level. I have attempted, in the following table, to correlate the record of such of the gas wells as were kept by the drillers. The borings were made with a churn drill, the results of which are always inaccurate, and are made up with less or more of guess-workusually more. In 190 this case the records are further corroded by the fact that the drillers were drillers, and not geologists or min- eralogists. The men had no interest except to reach the gas sand as quickly as possible, and so, besides, being unable to always discriminate the strata, they were un- interested and careless. The record of well No. 3 is espec- ially inaccurate. The drillers gave a depth of 886 feet to the gas sand, while 864 feet of casing were put into the gas sand. Of the logs given, that of No. 8 seems the most accurate. The drilling was stopped whenever gas was found in quantity. If gas failed to come, the drilling was con- tinued, as in wells Nos. 2, 5 and 8, until the water became salty. Below salt water, the drillers stoutly maintained, gas could not be found; they had all learned their lesson in the Ohio and Indiana field: That the con- ditions in this field might be different, was to them mani- festly impossible. However, it is very improbable that more gas can be found by going deeper. 191 4^ o rH rH N CO O *- 1ft > "a ^ rH ""* d fc T3 S 6 a *rg^" : HH *> 'd 3 jz 3 -^ 3 a ctj CO cp *"* S JE S * d 1 a 3 Hill a 3 ^J 05 rH c T3 i d SH g 6|*|, d o to d 1 3 lalll I 3 KB -ij -tr** ^ CO 10 C^l 5 . 4J 0) O IH & 03 > 'O Ea * c^ . 1 g j 5 d I "i -u 1 1 Limestone . Ij O O2 Limestone . . 3 S S CO 00* fej q^ as d >> -S ^ sfl .' LOWE 1 1^ w "C : ill Limeston^ 1 ,2 02 OH dD ,J "* O Q co co S 0) rH P 1-1 i -" I CO . i PH " ' 8 " 1 1 li 1 A n ^ ^to CD Cj & pi ^ I^H S3 02 P s 03 a ZH S ^3 o || o I i S S f T3 ) CO (M J H ^ i i CN i- C* r-H r4 rH i D rH rH rH o o o o CO ^ cq I ^^" HrH CN rH -> s PH : ! ; I ^3^3 ' p*2 53 05 * d? 05 J-< * j g M 1 * O 1 05 a S3 ' 3 'S | "co 05 1 C5 S-" ^o tc 3 cocc 5 }-3 80 2 cl , 03 ^ Sc^S CO @ 00 B d ,& tJ ^ : ' j 1 ^ 1 '. 05 j 1 I-l O fe M w 1 ill CO CO CO 1 3 a ? CO T-H d >3 ' 05 T: o ^ ^ d 1 ;| 1 1 1 05 11 I 4 M |_3 coco 3 (O 0) a (3 cc c"3 13 3^ g? ai >l -M 30 o iO o K S i-H 05 r 7 l ll T* *7* 2 ^ ^ PH 2 O 5J i ^ s 05 a CO S 1 ?^ o ^U j to IB M 1-| 1 si 05* d !? 1 1 ' f ' >* CO "co ^ 1 s|| pfc H cc S ^ S ^5 co O 195 s c ?t re co S-2 c ->-> c J " s 8 : : : :3 |3 ;3 j 'ec S "5 S3 sS aa o o to a 2 o " 196 O r-l i-i --i 00 Tt< 00 Q !D C i o^ co ; ..... ; - 5-!!!:S : c ^^ -1 :|1 S : 11 g W 1 illll t-< Si 1 2 o "^ I '' 3 05 cr-fl 5| 11 | 197 In the following table are given some figures compiled from the preceding logs, showing thickness of forma- tion, etc.: Well No. 1. Well No. 8. Well No. 2. Well No. 3. Well No. 5. Elevation of top of well above 545 545 535 525 520 Depth of well 850 948 ]025 891 981 Depth from surface to gas sand 845 845 822 886 894 Depth to gas sand from top of first limestone beneath surface 781 775 765 787 778 Thickness of strata between the top of the first limestone and the top of Coal No. 6 . . 54 49 44 50 50 Thickness of Coal Measures (including conglomerate) from top of first limestone beneath suiface 334 340 331 394 340 Thickness of Chester to base of Limestone No 4 332 307 287 191 266 Thickness of Chester to top of gas sand 447 435 434 39:5 438 Thickness of Chester Lime- stone No. 5 to gas sand. . . . 80 100 109 103 142 Total of Limestone No. 5 penetrated 80 203 312 103 229 198 It seems probable that well No. 2 penetrated into the basal sandstone of the Chester Group, but from the re- cord it is impossible to exactly mark the beginning. In the record of No. 3, I am unable to locate the base of the Coal Measures. As I have placed it, the thickness is too great. To regard the "limestone 11 feet," which I have placed in the Conglomerate as Limestone No. 1 of the Chester, does not give nearly enough thickness. SECTION XXXIII. From a comparison of the records of the wells and Prof. Worthen's sections, I have constructed the follow- ing ideal section, as it may be termed, to show what a fairly accurate record of drilling would disclose: 1. Soil and drift, about 40 feet. 2. Sandstone, at top more or less decomposed 30 " 3. Limestone 10 " 4. Coal(No.7) 2 " 5. Fire clay and shale 15 " 6. Limestone, with shale pat tings 22 " 7. Shale.... 0-3 " 8. Coal (No. 6) 6 " 9. Fire clay and shale 6 " 10. Limestone 8 " 11. Shale.... 4 " 12. Coal (No. 5) 4 " 13. Shale 8 " 14. Limestone, with shale partings 16 " 15. Shale , 14 " 36. Coal (No. 3?) 2-4 " 17. Shale 35 " 18. Coal (No. 2?) 3 " 19. Sandstone and shale (Conglomerate) 180 " 20. Limestone (No. 1 of Chester Group) 20 " 21. Shale 15 " 22. Sandstone 40 " 23. Shale 17 " 24. Limestone (No. 2 of Chester Group) 15 " 199 25. Shale 20 feet. 26. Sandstone 40 " 27. Shale 18 " 28. Limestone (No. 3 of Chester Group) 30 " 29. Soft shale (Lyropora shale) 65 " 30. Limestone (No. 4 of Chester Group) 30 " 31. Sandstone , 30 " 32. Shale and limestone 30 " 33. Shale 15 " 34. Sandstone (gas) 7 " 35. Shale , 20 " 36. Limestone 14 " 37. Shale 40 " 38. Sandstone and sandy shale (Aux Vases sandstone). 120 " Total thickness. . .1046 feet. Nos. 2-19 are Coal Measures, No. 19 being the basal sandstone (Conglomerate). Nos. 20-38 represent the en- tire thickness of the Chester Group, which, in this section, is made 636 feet. Prof. Worthen's section, referred to before, gives 613 feet. Between Coal No. 6 and Coal No. 5, Prof. Worthen gives 30 to 40 feet of shaly sandstone. This must have been a mistake in stratigraphical correlation, as none of the borings bear this out, and the miners in the county state that the interval between Nos. 6 and 5 is only from 15 to 20 feet. All the mines of the county, with one or two exceptions in the neighborhood of Percy, work No. 6, though No. 5, while not so thick, is uni- versa'ly considered a finer coal. Probably Prof. Worthen identified a lower seam as No. 5. In his description of 'Randolph county, he considers that but two seams ap- pear developed in this county. The drill indicates the presence of three, and perhaps four, seams. 200 SECTION XXXIV. Log of Isabella Thompson coal shaft, south of Eden,, on the northwest quarter of section 8, township 5 south r range 5 west. Top of shaft 497 feet above sea leveL Shaft put down July to September, 1888. 1. Soil and clay 3 feet. 2. Yellow clay 17 " 3. Blue clay 3 " 4. Quicksand 4 " 5. Silt 2 " 6. Gravel 4 " 7. Silt 3 " 6 inches. 8. Quicksand and gravel 6 " 6 9. Silt, very pure and pale 8 ' 10. Silt, coarser, mouse -colored 3 " 11. Hardpan or concrete 4 ' 12. Sand, fine, gray, close, firm 6 " 13. Hardpan, sand and clay mixed -6 " 6 inches. 14. Silt 2 " 6 " 15. Boulder clay 6 " 3 " 16. Fine gravel 4 17. Boulder clay 1 foot 9 18. Laminated clay 5 feet. 19. Nodular limestone, bluish gray 6 ' 10 " 20. Clay shale " 10 " 21. Coal (No 7?) 1 foot 7 " 22. Light, argillaceous sandrock 1 8 " 23. Fire clay 3 feet 2 " 24. Blue clay shale 5 " 11 " 25. Buff-colored limestone 2 ' 26. Blue-banded limestone 1 foot 11 " 27. Clay shale 3 feet 6 " 28. Clouded gray and buff limestone 3 " 6 " 29. Fire clay parting ' 4 30. Bluish gray slate 3 " 1 " 31. Black limestone 2 " 32. Buff and black spotted limestone 1 foot 1 " 33. Gray and black lime bands 1 ' 34. Brownish gray limestone 3 feet 10 " 35. Black slate 1 foot 8 " 36. Coal No. 6 6 feet 6 " Total depth 140 feet 5 inches.. 201 The section condensed, is: 1. Soil and drift 90 feet. 2. Limestone and shale 7 '* 8 inches. 3. Coal (No. 7?) 1 foot 7 " 4. Fire clay and shale 10 feet 9 " 5. Limestone 22 " 3 " 6. Black slate 1 foot 8 7. Coal No. 6 6 feet 6 Total thickness 140 feet 5 inches. The slate above Coal No. 6 is variable, ranging in thickness from to 3 feet. The coal varies from 5 feet 10 inches to 6 feet 4 inches, being thickest where the black shale above it is thickest. SECTION XXXV. Boring at Coulterville, 111. Record from Mr. J. Q. A. Nisbet, through the kindness of Mr. J. P. McClurken. Surface 545 feet above sea level. 1. Soil and drift 30 feet. 2. Slate 50 " 3. Clay shale 20 " 4. Black slate 40 " 5. Clay shale J 15 " 6. Shale 45 " 7. Clay shale 20 " 8. Slate 75 " 9. Limestone 15 " 10. Coal (No. 6) 7 " 11. Clay shale 30 " 12. Slate 25 " 13. Black slate 13 " 14. Coal 8 " 15. Slate 20 " 16. Limestone 7 " 17. Black slate 10 " 18. Limestone . . 6 " 202 19. White slate 20 feet. 20. Limestone 10 " 21. Clay shale 25 " 22. Limestone 20 " 23. Clay shale 15 " 24. Brown slate 20 " 25. White sandstone 55 " 26. Slate 40 " 27. Sandstone 215 " 28. Slate 10 " 29. Limestone 10 " 30. Slate 15 " 31. Limestone 20 " 32. Slate 40 " 33. Bedrock 10 " 34. Limestone 40 " 35. Ked rock 30 " 36. Limestone 20 " 37. Slate 25 " 38. Ked slate 1 25 " 39. White sandstone, salt water 17 " Total depth 1117 feet. If .the record is at all correct, No. 14 above is probably Coal No. 3. If so, it shows unusual thickness at this point. It can hardly be No. 5, as it is too far below No. 6. As best I can interpret the record, Nos. 2-28 are Lower Coal Measures, Nos. 24-28 being the Con- glomerate, giving it a thickness of 340 feet; Nos. 29- 39 are the Chester Group, No. 29 being the Chester Liinstone No. 1, No. 31 the Limestone No. 2, No. 34 the Limestone No. 3, No. 36 the Limestone No. 4, and No. 39 the horizon of the gas sand at Sparta. This in- terpretation makes the Coal Measures and Conglomerate much thicker here than at Sparta, and the Chester Group much thinner, but the total distance between Coal No. 6 and the gas sand horizon only about 75 feet greater than at Sparta. 203 SECTION XXXVI. Boring on Rurey farm, on northeast quarter of section $, township 6 south, range 5 west. Record kindly fur- nished by Mr. C. E. Kingsbury. Surface about 450 feet above sea level. 1. Soil and drift 23 feet. 2. Slate and sand 4 " 3. Gray slate, with one foot of coal 37 " 4. Sandstone 6 " 5. Sandstone, dark 25 " 6. Sandstone and slate 30 " 7. Sandstone 159 ' 8 Slate 16 " 9. Limestone 15 " 10. Slate.: 15 " 11. Limestone 70 " 12. Slate 30 " 13. Shale 16 " 14. Black shale 22 " 15. Limestone 112 " 16. Slate 62 " .17. Limestone 10 " 18. Slate 15 " 19. Limestone 73 " 20. Slate 7 " 21. Limestone 28 " 22. Slate 10 " 23. Slate and sandstone 16 " 24. Sandstone 6 " 25. Sandy shale 16 " 26. Slate 5 " 27. Sandstone 22 " 28. Limestone and shale 10 " 29. Shale 62 " 30. Sandstone 5 " 31. Shale 5 " 32. Sandstone 1 50 " 33. Limestone 207 " Total depth 1289 feet. 204 Expressed geologically, the section reads: Nos. Feet. Feet,. 1. Quarternary 23 2-5. Lower Coal Measures (proper) 72 6-8. Conglomerate 20i> 9. Chester Group Limestone No. 1 15 10. " Shale 15 11. " Limestone No. 2 70 12-14. " Shale 68 15. " Limestone No. 3 112 16-18. " Lyropora shale 87 19. " Limestone No. 4 73 20. " Shale 7 21-31. " Limestone No. 5 185 32. " Aux Vases Sandstone ] 50 782 33. St. Louis Limestone 207 Total thickness 1289 The horizon equivalent to the Sparta gas sand is some- where in No. 29. The Chester Group is 782 feet thick, or about 150 feet more than is indicated by the borings at Sparta. SECTION XXXVII. Well bored at Stellville with diamond core drill. Record given me by Mr. C. E. Kingsbury, who has taken an active part in promoting and keeping records of drillings. Sur- face about 450 feet above sea level. 1. Soil and quicksand 60 feet. 2. Sandstone 48 ' 3. Limestone ' 5 inches. 4. Sandstone 2 " 7 5. Coal " 5 6. Clay shale 8 " 7 7. Sandy shales and sandstone 5 ' 6 " 8. Sandstone, with dark streaks 2 " 9. Sandstone and sandy shale 7 10. Soft clay shale 9 " 2 " 11. Striped sandy shale 1 foot 6 " 12. White sandstone and striped sandy shale . . 3 feet 6 '* 13. Limestone.., " 4 " 205 14. Striped sandy shale 1 foot. 15. Dark clay shale 9 feet. 16. White sandstone 1 foot. 17. Dark sandy shale 4 feet. 18. Gray sandstone 1 foot 3 inches. 19. Limestone feet 4 20. Sandstone and sandy shale " 6 " 21. Dark shale 8 " 22. Sandstone 3 " 6 23. Hard rock " 5 24. Striped sandstone 10 ' 6 25. Hard rock , " 6 26. White and gray sandstone 11 " (> " 27. Limestone o " 1 " 28. Sandstone 3 " 29. Dark, coarse sandstone " 3 30. White sandstone 34 " 2 31. Sandstone, with dark nodules 1 ' 32. White sandstone 12 " 33. Dark, coarse sandstone 1 " 34. Conglomerate " 2 35. Coarse sandstone 47 " 10 Total depth ;,00 feet. The greater part o! this accurate section is Conglom- erate, with a few overlying strata of the Lower Coal Measures proper. I am unable to draw this line in the record. Possibly No. 7 may be considered the top of the Conglomerate. Even an examination of the strata themselves is not always sufficient to decide, as the sand- stones and shales of the two formations are very much alike. In fact, we may very much doubt the utility of attempting to separate the formations in the Illinois coal field, though in the Appalachian coal field the dividing line is easily drawn. 206 Perry County. The line of the section passes diagonally through the southwestern corner of Perry county. No exposures were seen near the line of the section. A very careful and accurate boring made on the line of the Wabash, Ches- ter & Western Railroad, in July, 1887, at Galum creek, about four miles northeast of the line, is here given, to give some idea of the character of the strata comprised in the lower Coal Measures along this portion of the line. The record has been previously published in Geol. Sur. 111., VIII, 56. SECTION XXXVIII. Boring at Galum creek, on section 35, township 5 south, range 4 west. Surface about 440 feet above sea level. 1. Soil and clay 17 feet 6 inches. 2. Black shale 1 foot 10 3. Dark blue limestone 8 feet 8 " 4. Black shale 2 " 6 5. Coal No. 6 5 " 10 6. Fire clay .' 1 foot 6 7. Limestone 1 " 3 8. Soft white shale 2 feet 3 " 9. Light gray limestone 2 " 10. Sandy shales 7 " 10 11. Hard white limestone 6 " 7 " 12. Hard gray shale 2 13. Hard blue limestone . 14. Coal No. 5 4 15. Fire clay 11 1 16. Limestone 9 17. Shale 2 18. Sandy shale and sandstone 52 19. Blue shale, with limestone nodules 5 20. Fossilferous limestone 1 foot 4 21. Black shal 8 feet 3 22. CoalNo.4 3 " 1 23. Gray clay shale. .. 1 foot 8 24. Coal feet 2 25. Dark shale, with sulphur nodules 2 " 4 26. Gray shale with pyrites " 9 207 27. Gray shale feet 10 inches, 28. Black shale, with limestone nodules 6 " 2 " 29. Limestone " 1 inch. 30. Shale 13 " 10 inches. 31. Black shale 2 " 9 32. Coal No. 3 2 " 2 33. Gray shale 8 " 6 " 34. Limestone " 9 " 35. Shale a; d sandstone 3 " 9 " 36. Shales, with bands of sandstone and lime- stone 15 " 7 " 37. Shale 9 " 8 38. Coal No. 2 1 foot 6 39. Green clay shale feet 6 " 40. Limestone " 11 " 41. CoalNo.2, 2 " 6 42. Fire clay 1 foot 7 " 43. Gray shale feet 8 " 44. Sandy limestone " 8 " 45. Gray shale " 9 " 46. Dark shale " 5 " 47. Soft coal and rock mixed " 9 " 48. .Brown and gray shales, with limestone nodules 7 " 6 " 49. Shale 12 " 9 50. Sandstone 4 " 6 51. Black shale, fossilferous 1 " 11 " 52. CoalNo.l 3 " 5 " 53. Black shale " 5 " 54. Dark sandy shales 8 " 7 " 55. Gray shale, with limestone nodules 1 foot 9 " 56. Shale 13 feet 5 57. Coal 1 foot 7 " 58. Dark shale, with limestone nodules 2 feet 2 " 59. Sandy gray shales 6 " 9 " 60. Shale, with streaks of coal 5 " 5 61. Shale 28 " 9 62. White sandstone, with streaks of coal 1 foot. 63. Coarse sandstone 14 feet 8 " 64. Pebbly conglomerate 1 foot. Total thickness 344 feet. No. 63 marks the top of the Conglomerate Division of the Lower Coal Measures. 208 Jackson County. This is another very interesting county from a geologi- cal standpoint. The outcropping formations are given in the following table taken from the Economical Geology of Illinois, vol. 1, p. 505. Lower Coal Measures, including conglomerate 500-GOO feet. Chester Group 800 " St. Louis Group 250 " Keokuk Group 150 " Burlington Limestone 100 " Hamilton Group 40-75 " Corniferous limestone 20-30 " Onondaga limestone 60 " Oriskany Gi oup (Clear Creek limestone) 250 " Lower Helderberg limestone. 200 " Along the line of the section the outcropping rocks are Lower Coal Measures exclusively. The Chester Group occupies a large area in the western and northwestern parts of the county, and the lower formations a rather email area in the southwestern part of the county. SECTION xxxix. Outcrops along the line of the Mobile & Ohio Railroad between Bryden and Ava, on sections 28 and 29, town- ship 7 south, range 3 west. Top of section about 550 feet above sea level. 1. Heavy-bedded sandstone 35 feet. 2. Shale with iron concretions 25 " 3. Interval not exposed, estimated at 10 " 4. Shale 3 " 5. Shaly sandstone 4 " 6. Sandstone 4 " 7. Shale 4 " 8. Sandstone thinly bedded 4 " 9. Sandstone ledge 2 " 10. Shale . . 4 " 209 11. Sandstone, heavy bedded with traces of plants 11 feet. 12. Shalo 4 " 13. Sandstone, thinly bedded 3 '' 14. Sandstone 5 " 15. Coal 8 inches to 1 foot. 16. Shale with remains of plants feet. 6 inches. 17. Sandstone 3 " Total thickness 122 feet 6 inches. The section is near the top of the Conglomerate and may embrace a few strata belonging to the Lower Coal Measure proper. I was unable to determine the exact horizon. SECTION XL. Boring at Murphysboro, 1888. Record kindly fur- nished me by Mr. W. H. Hull. Surface about 430 feet above sea level. 1. Soil and drift 98 feet. 2. Black shale 27 " 3. Coal No. 2 6 " 4. Blue shale 20 " 5. Grav sandstone 48 " 6. Gray sandy shale 67 " 7. White sandstone 163 " 8. Blue shale 118 " 9. Limestone (?) 30 " 10. Light blue shale 20 " 11. Dark shale 25 " 12. Limestone 3 " 13. Dark blue shale 10 " 14. Gray limestone 18 " 15. Dark blue shale : 13 " 16. Limestone 54 " 17. Bituminous shale 2 ( 18. Light blue shale 20 " 19. Gray sandy shale 16 " 20. Dark blue shale f 4 ' 21. Dark sandy shale 23 " -14 210 22. Gray limestone 5 feet. 23. Dark limestone 10 " 24. Dark blue shale 25 " 25. Limestone 14 " 26. Dark blue shale 11 " 27. Dark sandy shale 13 " 28. Gray sandstone 15 " 29 Dark limestone 12 " 30. Dark blue shale 44 " 31. Dark limestone 4 " 32. Gray limestone 30 " 33. Dark limestone 22 ' 34. Blue shale 15 " Total depth 1005 feet. No. 9 is certainly an error, it should be sandstone. Expressed in geological terms the above section reads: Nos. Feet. 1. Quaternary ... 98 2-6. Lower Coal Measures 168 7-11. Conglomerate 356 12-14. Chester Group Limestone No. 1 31 15. Shale 13 16. Limestone No. 2 54 17-21. Sandy shale 65 22-23. Limestone No. 3 15 24. Lyropora shale 25 25. Limestone No. 4 14 26-28. Sandstone and shale , 39 29-34. Limestone No. 5 127 383 Total thickness. . 1005 SECTION XLI. Boring made with diamond drill in 1892, near Mur- physboro, on the northwest corner of the southwest quarter of section 34, township 8 south, range 2 west. Record furnished by Mr. J. D. Peters, the accomplished superintendent of the St. Louis Iron & Steel Co. Surface elevation about 445 feet above sea level. 211 1. Clay and sand 86 feet. 2. Shale 30 " 6 inches. 3. Dark blue shale, with concretions 33 " 5 " 4. Coal No. 2 6 " 4 5. Dark blue shale 15 " 6. Gray sandstone 20 " 7. Blue sandy shale, with black partings 3 " 8. Gray sandy shale, with black partings 13 " 9. Dark sandy shale, with black partings 30 " 10. Bituminous shale 9 " 11. Gray sandy shales, with black partings 7 " 12. Brown sandstone 69 " 13. Dark shales, with sand partings 35 " 14. Light sandstone 5 " 15. Dark shale, with sand partings 21 " 16. Light sandstone 46 " 17. Dark shale, with sand partings 3 " 18. Sandstone 6 " 19. Light sandy shale 5 " 20. Light sandstone 51 " 21. Sandstone, with traces of coal " 1 inch. 22. Light sandstone 34 " 11 inches. 23. Dark sandy shale 3 " 24. Dark blue clay shale 67 " 6 ' 25. Sandstone, with shale partings 1 foot 6 " 26. Dark blue clay shale 3 feet. 27. Sandstone, with shale partings 45 " 28. Sandstone 9 " 29. Limestone 1 foot. 30. Blue clay shale, with sand partings 5 feet. 31. Limestone 33 " 32. Dark blue clay shale 10 " 33. Limestone 26 " 34. Clay shale 9 " 35. Light sandy shale 23 " 6 " 36. Soft coal and shale mixed 1 foot 6 " 37. Sandstone feet 6 " 38. Soft coal and shale mixed 1 foot 6 " 39. Light sandy shale 15 faet. 40. Sandstone, with streaks of coal 42 " 41. Limestone 1 foot. 42. Dark clay shale 5 feet. 4.3. Limestone . 2 " 212 44. Dark clay shale 5 feet. 45. Limestone 1 foot. 46. Dark clay shale 3 feet. 47. Light limestone 11 " 48. Dark clay shale 5 " 49. Light sandy shale 2 " 50. Limestone.. 5 " 51. Datk clay shale. 14 " Total depth 881 feet. Expressed geologically, the section reads: Nos. Feet. 1. Quaternary 86 2-12. Lower Coal Measures 237 13-28. Conglomerate '. 336 29-31. Chester Group Limestone No. 1 , 39 32. Shale 10 33. Limestone No. 2 ' 26 34-40. Sandy shale : 93 41-45. Limestone No. 3 14 46-49. Lyropora shale 21 50-51. Limestone No. 4 19 222 Total thickness.. . 881 SECTION XLII. Outcrop on hillside east of Makanda, 111., on the west half of section 27, township 10 south, range 1 west. Top of section 725 feet above sea level. 1. Soil and clay 10 feet. 2. Conglomerate Sandstone 150 " 3. " Shale and thin ledges of sandstone. . 36 " 4. Concealed to level of railroad track 52 ' Total thickness 248 feet. About a mile and a half southeast of Makanda and not far from the county line, near the top of the conglomerate hill, occurs a bit of picturesqueness, which locally had received the name "Giant City". It consists 213 of a seri s of chasms or clefts varying from a foot to twelve feet wide, and in depth from a few feet to thirty or more, intersecting each other at various levels and varying angles. Whether this unusual structure is due to erosive or other agencies, the limited examination I could give failed to disclose. At Moore, two miles south of Makanda on the Illinois Central Railroad, the conglomerate sandstone is quar- ried; the vertical face of the quarry, all white sandstone of excellent quality, measured 87 feet. Some of the layers are slightly stained with iron. Union County. The line of the section passes not far from the middle of the county, cutting diagonally the townships in range 7 west. The conglomerate ridge crossing the northern part of the county gives it an almost mountainous aspect. Bald Knob, the highest elevation in southern Illinois, is about five miles west of the line. The forma- tions outcropping are very much the same as in Jackson county, but do not run quite so high up in the series. The following formations w.ere identified by the geolog- ical survey of the state. Conglomerate sandstone 200 feet. Chester Group 800 St. Louis Group 200-250 Kinderhook 80-100 Chemung (black slate) 40-60 Hamilton Group 60 Cornif erous 25 Onondaga 60-90 Oriskany (Clear creek) 200-250 Lower Helderberg 250 No deep wells have come to my knowledge which would throw any additional light upon the above. A well 566 feet deep was sunk at the Southern Illinois Insane 214 Asylum, but no record was found. A few samples pre- served showed the drill to have passed almost entirely through limestone, probably all of the St. Louis Group, stopping in the Warsaw division. If this interpretation is correct, though it is little more than guesswork, the St. Louis Group is thicker than indicated in the table of formation above. The line of the section crosses successively the Con- glomerate, the Chester and the St. Louis, the other formations being confined to the western side of the county. SECTION XLTII. Outcrop three and one-fourth miles south of Makanda, 111., not far from the center of section 9, township 11 south, range 1 west. Top of section about 530 feet above sea level. 1. Thin bedded flaggy sandstone with fossil plants 7 feet. 2. Shale 5 " 3. Heavy bedded limestone, (Chester No. 1,) with charact- eristic fossils, exposed 18 " Total thickness 30 feet. This section shows the conformable superposition of the Conglomerate upon the Chester Group. From the southwest quarter of section 16, township 11 south, range 1 west, for about two miles to Cobden, the railroad cuts through the sandstone, called No. 2, in the geology of Union county, by Prof. \Vor then, lying immediately under the limestone No. 1. The thickness of the sandstone could not be measured as the exposures are not continuous. The sandstone which is mostly micaceous, lies in ledges from four to six inches thick. SECTION XL1V. Outcrops (not continuous) north and northeast of Anna, 111., on sections 8 and 17, township 11 south, range 1 west. Top of section about 625 feet above sea level. 215 1. Limestone in ledges from one to twelve inches in thickness, with thin shale part- ings especially near the bottom ; charact- eristic Chester fossils abundant 30 feet 2. Shale, somewhat marly, dark green, purple, and chocolate in color, with numerous finely preserved bryozoa, also brachiopods usually crushed and pentremites 20 " 3. Limestone heavily bedded 20 " 4. Sandstone and sandy shale, only partially exposed 5. Interval not exposed 6. Limestone 6 " 7. Green shale, destitute of fossils 1 " 8. Limestone with few fossils 8 ' 9. Sandy layers, only partially exposed 10. Interval not exposed 11. Limestone becoming leached 12. Crystalline limestone 2 " 8 inches. 13. Oolitic limestone " 5 " 14. Crystalline limestone 2 " 8 15. Crystalline limestone, with characteristic St. Louis Group brachiopods and pentre- mites 15 " 16. Oolitic limestone 5 " Nos. 1-9 belong .to the Chester Group, Nos. 11-16 to the St. Louis Group. As the outcrops were not con- tinuous there was no way of determining the thickness of the basal sandstone of the Chester, immediately over- lying the St. Louis. Pulaski County. The area of this county is occupied almost entirely by two formations, the St. Louis Group and the Tertiary. No records of deep wells or borings were discovered. The St. Louis consists of limestones presenting the usual char- acters. The Tertiary consists mainly of clay, micaceous sand derived from decomposed coal measure strata, and a ferruginous, pebbly, conglomerate. 216 SECTION XLV. Outcrop in hillside east of Pulaski, 111., near the center of section 15, township 15 south, range 1 west. Top of section about 455 feet above sea level. 1. Soil, loam and clay 59 feet. 2. Pebbly conglomerate 8 " 3. Clay shale, bluish and drab 30 " 4. Sand 1 foot. 5. Impure lignite " 2-4 inches. 6. Drab clay 1 " 7. Sand, very fine and white 12 feet. 8. Concealed to level of railroad track, prob- ably sand 4 " Total thickness 115 feet 4 inches. SECTION XLVI. Outcrops in the vicinity of Caledonia, 111., on section 23, township 15 south, range 1 east. Top of section about 400 feet above sea level. 1. Soil and clay (quaternary) 25-30 feet. 2. Pebbly conglomerate 8-12 " 3. Clay shale 35 " 4. Sandy marl, greenish and brownish 18 " 5. Ferruginous sandstone 2-3 " 6. Bluish marl 3 " 7. Purplish marl or variegated clay 6 " 8; Impure lignite 2 " Total thickness 109 feet. The beds underlying No. 8 were covered by the high water of the Ohio river which was about 32 feet above low water mark on the day when the above section was measured. In both the preceding sections the different deposits succeeded each other in the same order. Whether this is true of all the tertiary deposits in this end of the State, or whether there is an indiscriminate commingling of the various kinds of material, my field-work was too limited to determine. 217 In sinking the piers of the Illinois Central bridge over the Ohio an Exogyra costata was found in excavating showing that the Cretaceous exists under the bed of the Ohio; but no outcrop of Cretaceous has ever been re- corded in Illinois. In the course of this work one thought has forced itself upon me again and again. If only the State could be induced to undertake a series of borings and keep care- ful and exact records of the strata penetrated, our knowl- edge of the geology of Illinois would gain a wonderful expansion. There can hardly be a doubt but that such an undertaking would be in the highest degree beneficial even from a utilitarian and economic standpoint, while from a scientific standpoint the results would be incal- culably valuable. ADDENDA. In the prosecution of the work the following additional sections were collected, which have not been previously published. SECTION XLVH. Shaft of coal mine and boring of Centralia Mining and Manufacturing Co., at Centralia, Marion county. The record of the shaft is given in Geol. Sur. 111. VI, 5; since publication a boring with a diamond core drill was made from the bottom of the shaft. For convenience of refer- ence and comparison with the next section, the entire section is here given: 1. Hard pan 2 feet 6 inches. 2. Yellowclay 9 " 6 " 3. Clayshale 11 " 4. Blue slate 47 " 5. Shale " 8 " 6. Limestone 1 foot 6 " 7. Coal feet 8 8. Blue slate 24 " 6 9. Clayshale 2 " 218 10. Limestone 5 feet 6 inches. 11. Hard sandstone 5 " 12. Coal " 2 13. Soft sandstone 6 " 14. Coal " 6 " 15. Sandstone 2 " 6 16. Coal " 2 " 17. Clay shale 4 " 18. Limestone 2 " 19. Sandstone 12 " 2 " 20. Blue rock 1 foot 6 " 21. Fireclay 2 feet. 22. Clay shale 15 " 6 " 23. Blue slate 29 " 24. Limestone (Shoal Creek) 11 " 25. Shale 5 " 6 " 26. Coal " 4 27. Clay shale 4 " 28. Sandstone 10 " 29. Slate 50 " 30. Limestone 1 " 31. Shale 2 " 32. Clay shale 3 " 33. Sandstone 24 " 34. Blue slate 79 " 35. Coal 1 " 2 " 36. Coal shale 3 " 37. Conglomerate of limestone 8 " 38. Light colored slate. 10 " 39. Sandstone f 6 " 40. Dark colored slate 43 " 41. Black slate with carbonate of iron " 6 " 42. Coal " H " 43. Clay shale with sulphite of iron 3 " 44. Soft stratified rock, a mixture of limestone, kidney ore and fire clay 11 " 45. Sandstone with sulphite of iron 1 foot. 46. Deep black slate 1 " 47. Fireclay 1 " 6 " 48. Gray limestone 2 feet. 49. Variegated shale 8 " 50. Coal 2 " 51. Marble limestone 8 ' 52. Blue shale.. 2 " 219 63. Gray limestone 4 feet 6 inches. 54. Blackshale 2 " 6 55. Gray limestone 4 " 56. Blackshale 12 " 57. Blue limestone 7 " 58. Bituminous shale 2 " 6 " 59. Coal (bottom of shaft 276 feet) 7 " 60. Sump, fire clay 10 " 61. Sand, shale and lime mixed 3 " 62. Lime shale 1 foot 2 " 63. Coal and slate " 4 64. Clay shale 62 feet 6 65. Black slate 5 " 66. Coal 2 " 2 67. Dark clay shale 2 " 10 " 68. Limestone 1 foot 4 " 69. Clay shale 11 feet 8 " 70. Gray slate 7 " 71. Sandy shale 14 " 72. Clay shale 3 " 3 73. Black slate " 9 74. Coal 1 foot 3 75. Soft brown fire clay 3 feet 9 " 76. Conglomerate limestone and shale 1 foot. 77. Sandy shale 9 feet. 78. Dark clay shale 4 " 79. Black slate " 8 " 80. Coal " 4 81. Gray shale 1 foot. 82. Coal foet 1 inch. 83. Sandy shale 5 " 11 inches. 84. Dark shale... 2 " 85. Black slate 1 foot 2 " 86. Coal 1 " 3 " 87. Gray shale 1 " 7 " 88. Sandy shale 4 feet. 89. Gray shale with limestone partings 3 " 6 " 90. Coal " 6 " 91. Gray sandstone 5 " 92. Sandy shale 2 " 93. Clayshalo 3 " 6 " 94. Coal " 6 95. Fireclay 3 " 96. Clay shale 2 " 220 inches. 97. Black slate .. 1 foot 3 98. Coal .. 1 3 99. Brown clay shale .. 4 feet 6 100. White fire clay .. 1 foot. 101. Fire clay .. 3 feet 6 102. Limestone .. 1 foot 6 103. Clay shale .. 2 feet. 104. Black slate 1 foot 7 105. Coal .. 6 feet 11 106. Dark shale 1 foot 6 107. Sandy shale .. 14 feet. 108. Sand&tone . . 16 109. Gray shale .. 4 " 110. Clay shale .. 25 6 111. Conglomerate of sand and boulders .. 6 " 6 112. Sandy shale .. 2 113. Clay shale .. 12 " 8 114. Coal .. 4 115. Fire clay 2 116. Clay shale .. 3 11 7 117. Sandstone .. 18 3 Total depth ...................... 886 feet. SECTION Log of Pittenger & Davis' coal shaft at Centralia, 111, 1. Hard pan 3 feet. 2. Ked clay 10 " 3. Red clay and gravel 2 " 4. Blue clay 10 " 5. Clay shale, 5 " 6. Coal " 10 inches. 7. Fireclay 2 " 6 8. Blue shale 8 " 9. Blue limestone 2 " 6 " 10. Blue shale 6 " 11. Limestone " 6 12. Fireclay 2 " 6 13. Sandy shale (! " 14. Blue shale 50 " 15. Limestone " 8 " 16. Coal.. " 8 " 221 17. Fireclay 5 feet. 18. Blue shale 50 " 19. Sandy shale 10 " 20. Sandstone 75 " 21. Blue shale 5 " 22. Limestone (Shoal creek) 10 " 23. Black slate 3 " 24. Coal " 6 inches. 25. Fireclay 2 " 6 26. Clay shale 6 " 27. Blue shale 53 " 28. Conglomerate limestone 1 " 6 " 29. Black shale 3 feet. 30. Limestone " 6 " 31. Fireclay 2 " 6 32. Fire clay and boulders 4 " 33. Sandy shale 4 " 34. Clay shale 6 " 35. Sandy shale 10 " 36. Blue shale 78 " 6 M 37. Coal 1 foot 2 " 38. Fireclay 1 " 8 39. Conglomerate rock 2 feet. 40. Sandstone 2 " 41. Clay shale 1 foot 6 42. Limestone 1 " 43. Blue shale 10 feet. 44. Sandstone 36 " 45. Blue shale 4 " 46. Sandy shale. 2 " 47. Sandstone, with carbonate of iron 14 " 48. Sandy shale 5 " 49. Dark colored shale 37 " 50 Fireclay 1 " 6 " 51. Conglomerate rock 1 " 6 ** 52. Clay shale 8 " 53. Blackshale " 6 " 54. Bed fire clay 6 " 55. Conglomerate rock 1 " 6 " 56. Gray limestone 5 " 57. Shale 3 " 58. Variegated shale 1 " 6 59. Fireclay 4 " 60. Dark colored shale. .. 5 " 222 61. Coal 3 feet 4 feet. 62. Fireclay 1 " 3 ' 63. Limestone 5 " 64. Shale 1 " 6 " 65. Gray limestone 2 " 6 " 66. Blue shale 3 " 67. Gray limestone 1 " 8 " 68. Blue shale " 8 69. Coal " 2 " 70. Black rock 12 " 71. Dark blue rock 3 " 72. Black shale 1 " 8 " 73. Coal 6 " 4 " 74. Sandstone not penetrated Total depth 637 feet 6 inch. SECTION XLIX. Boring at Highland, Madison county, 111., for the High- land Prospecting Co. Data kindly furnished by Mr. George Roth. 1. Soil and drift 66 feet. 2. Limestone 4 " 6 inches. 3. Black slate 3 " 4. Fire clay 7 " 5. Clay shale 16 " 6 " 6. Black shale 6 " 7. Brown limestone 28 " 8. Shale 55 " 9. Sandstone 73 " 10. Blue clay shale 10 " 11. Fireclay 10 " 12. Bedrock 2 " 13. Limestone 22 " 14. Shale 5 " 15. Sandstone 12 " 16. Shalo 12 " 6 " 17. Sandstone G " 18. Shale 20 " 19. Sandstone 39 " 20. Shale 20 " 21. Sandstone .. 40 " 223 22. Black shale 6 feet. 23. Sandstone 6 " 24. Black shale 35 " 25. Coal 1 foot 10 inches. 26. Fire clay 10 feet. 27. Shell sandstone 5 " 28. Coal 1 foot 2 " 29. Fireclay 4 feet 6 " 30. Black shale 55 " 31. Sandstone 25 " 32. Black shale 25 " 33. Shale 75 " 34. Limestone 4 " 35. Shale 30 " 36. Sandstone 29 " 37. Shale 27 " 38. Brown limestone 6 " 39. Shale 4 " 40. Limestone 8 " 41. Bedstone... 2 " 42. Shale 4 " 43. Sandstone 8 " 44. Shale 3 " 45. Brown sandstone 20 " 46. Bedstone 12 " 47. Shale 6 " 48. Brown sandstone 19 " 49. Green sandy shale 15 " 50. Green sandstone 18 " 51. White sandstone 92 " 6 " 52. Limestone 75 " Total depth 1089 feet inches. -15 ARCHAEOLOGY. BY PROF. WM. MCADAMS. f!HE Stone Age in the region now occupied by the State of Illinois began long ages ago. There seems to be some evidence, possibly, of indigenous man who inhabited caves and cliff shelters about our rivers and streams. At least there seems to have been a very prim- itive people but little above the wild beasts with which they fought for the possession of these shelters, 'Cave Men fighting for their Homes. Their bones are found buried together in the debris of ages ago. What the weapons of these early people were, we can only conjecture, may be only a stone or the por- tion of the branch of a tree. Accident, or perhaps the 227 228 dim promptings of some brighter savage mind may have brought the two together, and the branch was fastened to the stone. It is singular that primitive man all over the world should have used similar weapons. The spear followed the stone axe, and in course of time came the bow and arrows. Of course from the beginning to the end of the Stone Age there was great improvement from the very rude to the more finished specimens. In order that the student may have a comprehensive view of the Stone Age of Illinois, he must understand that the age was a very long one, probably several thousand years, and that in all this time smelting was unknown here, and no metal was used except a comparatively small quantity of native copper. But the objects manufactured from stone in the region of Illinois were so varied, and had such a wide range of application, that we think there is not another place in the world that can show such a variety of forms. From the more primitive and rude of our specimens to the more elaborate productions of our Stone Age is a long way, and perhaps no people went farther, for we are able to show from the mounds of our State as fine, polished, chipped stone implements as we have seen from Europe. In preparing the Archaeological Collection for the World's Columbian Exposition, we were allowed by the Commission ample opportunitj 7 to visit different parts of the State to observe and study various private collec- tions. From some of these collections we obtained, by pur- chase or otherwise, some very choice objects. We also made an interesting series of photographs of these col- lections. We also had opportunity to do some exploring in the mounds. A selection from these, as well as from those we had collected for the State in previous years, made one of the choicest and most representative col- lections we have ever seen exhibited. 229 In our history and description of the objects in the State exhibit in the beautiful cases in the Illinois Building at the World's Columbian Exposition, we may digress occasionally for the sake of comparison or analogy, as well as for suggestions germane to the subject. We shall do this with a confidence which more than thirty years' work in field-investigations has given us. Stone Objects Used as Tools* The Stone Age of Illinois is represented by a great variety of forms both in flint and granitic rocks that were used as tools and not as weapons. One of the most common of the ancient tools is the grooved axe. Of these there are a great variety of forms, especially in the valley of the Illinois river. One of the most common of these is shown in the engraving. Grooved Stone Axe. 230 They were evidently designed to chop with, the sharp- ened edge as well as to use the poll or rounded end for hammering. They are made mostly of some varieties of granite found among the drift rocks so very plentiful in the glacial deposits of central and northern Illinois. No doubt a stone was selected from the drift gravels as near as could be found of the right shape, and the edge as well as the groove and pattern of the implement was formed by a continued and persistent picking with the point of another hard stone. Many times we have found these axes plainly showing the pick marks. Often one is found that shows that it had been broken and it has been repaired or formed in a new shape by picking. Sometimes one is seen that had been used until it was quite smooth and the edge quite blunt and fresh pick- marks on the smooth surface plainly show it was under- going a change in shape. Another very common form has one side of the instru- ment made straight, and this edge is often slightly hol- lowed out so as to fit up against the end of the haft. Grooved Stone Axe. Oftentimes this form is made with great care and nicety, out of the most obdurate greenstone or some of the dioritic granites. Some of the finest grooved axes we have seen are of this form. One of granite in the State Collection is most excellently fashioned and weighs 231 about sixteen pounds. We saw another splendid axe of this form that weighed twenty-three pounds it is sixteen inches * long and nine inches wide it is also of granite. Both specimens were found on the bank of the Illinois river near Peoria. We had in our possession still another fine axe of this form, nearly the same size of the preceding, but the sides both above and below the groove were nicely hollowed out so as to be quite thin. It weighs about fifteen pounds, is of granite, and was found on the bank of the Mississippi in Madi- son county, near Alton. This is the finest grooved axe we have seen. In the State Collection is an excellent grooved axe of this form made of hematite. This beautiful specimen, which was found in Calhoun county, is polished over its entire surface. It weighs twelve pounds. It is not uncommon to find axes made of iron ore. Another form of grooved axe, of which we have seen several in the State, has an extremely long bit like a more modern, but obsolete, post axe for making a mor- tise. They are rare. Still other forms of grooved axes found in the State are flat on one side like an adz, and we have seen a few with the bit hollowed out like a gouge. Stone Gouge. Ordinarily, the grooved axes weigh five or six pounds, but some are very much larger and some much smaller. 232 As before remarked, I am inclined to think none of them were weapons. Besides what are termed axes, there are several varie- ties of grooved implements known as hammer stones. In some of them the groove is lengthwise, but in most of the specimens it is lateral. Along the Illinois river we have found a number of large grooved stones, oval in shape and weighing fifteen or twenty pounds. These are generally called anchors and were possibly used in fishing. Hafted Weapon. Among the grooved stones is another form, generally nearly as large as a goose egg, which was possibly an- ciently used as the head of a weapon. They were gen- erally made with much nicety and frequently of quartzite. Near the mouth of the Illinois river in Jersey and Calhoun counties, where quartz geodes are numerous, we have seen hundreds of these balls, some grooved, others not, that have been worked out of solid geodes. Grooved Hammer Stones. 233 We have seen a few stone axes with the groove in the middle, and a bit or edge on both ends. One of these from Jersey county was a most beautiful stone imple- ment, and had probably been a weapon. They are not common, and we have seen less than a dozen in the State. Besides the grooved implements there is a large variety of axes and implements without grooves. Celt, or ungrooved Axe. The ungrooved axe is known generally as a celt. The celt is very common in Illinois. They were probably used by being inserted in a club or handle. Some of these were doubtless weapons, but many were tools for various purposes. Most of the celts, like the grooved axes, were made from glacial pebbles and rocks found in the beds of streams. They are mostly of granitic rocks and rarely of quartzite. Some of the larger specimens are made with great nicety, and very many of the smaller ones are nicely shaped. Most of them were probably made by the picking process. In fact we have had a num- 234 her of specimens in which the pick marks still remain as though purposely left as far as the object was to be in- serted in the handle. In the State Collection are some fine specimens of Illinois celts. In the great "American Bottom" there is common a pe- culiar form of very large celt, often weighing fifteen pounds or more, that has a blunt edge as though it had been used in the manner of a pestle. A few of these large celts are found along the Illinois river. One fine specimen shown at the World's Columbian Exposition we obtained near Peoria. Two other large specimens in the State Collection were found on the bank of Cahokia creek, in Madison county. It is not uncommon to find small celts made of hematite along the Illinois river. In the collection was one fine celt of quartzite, and we have seen a few others all from the Illinois river. They have been made with great labor, and must have been highly prized. One of these exquisitely wrought quartzite celts we took from an ancient mound in Calhoun county. They possibly all belonged to the ancient mound-builders. Celt. There is another form of celt or battle axe that was first chipped from a choice piece of flint or chert, and then the chipping scars or marks all ground off, making a polished flint implement of exquisite beauty. One of these we took from an ancient mound in Jersey county. 235 It was eleven inches long. Another we took from a mound in Madison county. All we have seen were taken from mounds in Illinois. Ground Flint Battle Axe. Another rare form of these battle axes as shown in the State Collection at the Fair, is made of a variety ol black diorite or horn-blendic granite, and paddle-shaped, with a long handle. We took these from ancient mounds in Madison, Jersey and Woodford counties, in Illinois. One of these splendid stone implements was over a foot in length, and the others but little shorter. We have seen none of these, except from Illinois. These imple- ments belong to the older mounds, but not from the same class of mounds to which the grooved flint celts belong. Both the grooved axes and celts of Illinois differ materially from those found in the Eastern States, and in any large collection from Illinois, one can easily sepa- rate types that quite possibly belong to different peoples that have succeeded each other in course of time. So also do the stone axes of Illinois differ from those of Mexico, as well as from those of the cliff-dwellers and Pueblos. It might be remarked, too, that they differ from the stone axes of Europe, especially from those of Northern Europe. We have no perforated stone axes 236 like those of Sweden and Denmark. We have never yet seen in the Mississippi valley, or in the United States, any of the peculiar type of the stone axe of the Vikings or Northern Sea Bovers. Perforated Ceremonial Stone Object. While we have no representative of the European per- forated stone axe, we have a numerous class of drilled and perforated ceremonial stones that can, however, hardly be classed as weapons. Whether our later Indians used any of these ceremonial stones we have little evi- dence. They nearly all belonged, quite possibly, to the older mound-building races. These beautiful relics are, for the most part finely and symmetrically shaped and well polished. They were too small to have been weapons, and were doubtless made with great labor and almost inconceivable patience, for some sort of ceremonial pur- pose. Ceremonial Stone. In the State Display at the Fair were a number of these objects of pink quartzite that were very gems of the strange productions of the stone age. While the greater part of the finer of these objects are of quartzite, 237 some are made of a striped or variegated slate. That anybody without tools could simply grind and rub down a piece of such obdurate stone as quartzite or jasper into a symmeterically formed object of a known design, is remarkable chiefly as showing their patience as well as skill. Time, of course, was without limit. That they should drill holes in these hard objects is not so remark- Perforated Ceremonial Stone. able as is the working them into shape. One might take a reed or hollow cane, and with sand and water by continual turning, make an impression on almost any stone except the diamond. The incentive to manufacture these objects is, of course, unknown to us, but must have been a most powerful one. Possibly they were carried to designate some peculiar position the wearer held in the tribe or nation. They may have had a religious significance, for it seems to be well established that some of the mound building races had very much better and more definitely organized religious ideas than have our modern Indian. At any rate these peculiar ceremonial stones stand to- day as the highest examples of stone carving, or rather of stone working, of the ancient inhabitants of this region, or of the continent. Another class of stone objects very common in Illinois, and of which there was a splendid assortment in the State Display, are the discoid al stones and the objects of kin- dred shape. They have been made of many varieties of 238 rock, and we have seen a few of baked clay, bat they are most commonly made of the same glacial granites of which the axes are formed. Occasionally one is seen of quartzite, and we have collected a few of pure quartz. In these objects there is a great variety of forms and sizes. The common form, however, is a disk with depressed sides. Discoids. 239 The most of these discs have been made with a great amount of labor, especially those from the granite and quartzite rocks. They are more common in Illinois than perhaps in any other region. We have had as many as a hundred at a time. There has been much discussion as to their uses, and we may as well admit that the purpose for which they were made is unknown to us. There is a very large and peculiar variety found in Ten- nessee and other Southern States that is thought to have been used to play some kind of game; but the great major- ity of those found in Illinois are much smaller and so dif- ferent from those from Tennessee, that the idea of their being gaming stones has been abandoned. They have been called medicine-stones or cups in which medicines have been mixed, but still we have many fine specimens that have a perforation in which the two depressions are joined. Some of those from Illinois are exquisitely made of granite, quartz or jasper. We have seen a num- ber that were no larger in circumference than some of our small silver coins, and those the size of a silver dollar are quite common. On several occasions we have found them in mounds, and generally in pairs of opposite colors. Several were shown in the Illinois collection that had in the center of the depression, deeply carved on both Discoids. sides, the figure of a cross, thus, (X). Those thus figured were made of white limestone, and were found buried in the mound with the remains of children. 240 It may be well to remark that we have never found a discoidal stone in any of the more ancient mounds, nor in the mounds of the Cahokia type. They are not un- common, however, in the mounds of later date along the Illinois river. Why the ancient stone- workers should not have made discoids out of hematite, which was so common, and which would have made such fine ones, is a question which has occurred to us. Plummets and Pendants. There is another class of stone objects very common in Illinois, and of which we had a fine assortment in our State Exhibit, which are called plummets or pendants. Like the discoids, there has been much discussion as to the uses of these objects. They are plentiful in the Illinois river valley. They are usually from two to three 241 or four inches in length, and pear-shaped, some having a crease about the smaller end, or sometimes a perfora- tion. They are mostly made of hematite, and these are generally the most artistic in finish; but we have found them made of granite, quartzite and of limestone. What the ancient people did with these objects we cannot even conjecture, but of one thing we are certain, they put oftentimes a great amount of labor on their manufacture. Manjr of those of hematite were elegantly shaped and highly polished. Many of these pendants had a slight crease about the smaller end, as if for suspension, but nearly always the depression was so slight that one was inclined to wonder what kind of a thread that would go in so small a crease would suspend such a heavy object. But perhaps they were not suspended. Other specimens have a perforation at the smaller end. While the majority of these objects are of hematite, there are many others along the Illinois river of various kinds of stone. We Perforated Pendant. have collected some made of granite. One especially nice one of granite, about five inches long with a perforation at the smaller end, we found near some ancient mounds of the Ohio type, on the Illinois river. 16 242 One beautiful specimen of these perforated plummets, made apparently of quartz crystal, was taken from a mound of the Cahokia group. In this mound was also a perforated tube made from a large quartz crystal that still had some of the six-sided faces upon it that quartz crystals have. But for this we might have committed the very grave error of pronouncing the specimen to have been made of glass. We have never found a hem- atite plummet in the mounds we class as very ancient. They are not uncommon in the mounds along the Illinois river. In a large mound at the mouth of the Illinois river we examined a number of plummet-like stones of limestone, with a crease about the smaller end, that were square at the base and pointed like a pyramid. They were made of white limestone, had been polished and were about three inches long. All our theories in regard to the use of these plummets or pendants we have finally discarded as unsatisfactory. Besides the plummet-shaped objects, there were many other objects of stone with one or more perforations for suspension or attachment to the person or dress. These are often found, like the axes and other stone implements, in the fields where the plow turns them to the surface. There is a common type in a sort of tablet shape. 243 After much discussion it is not satisfactorily settled among antiquarians whether these objects were tools to use in the manufacture of something, or whether they were simply ornaments. There is in the State Collection several of these perforated objects made of a sort of striped slate, and quite attractive as aboriginal objects of stone. These objects are not nearly so plentifully found in Illinois as in Indiana and Ohio. Almost every collec- tion in Indiana contains some of these objects of striped slate. We have not found them in any of our ancient mounds. One curious form of objects of this class found quite often in Ohio and Indiana, but very rarely in Illinois, is a sort of hollowed-out stone, somewhat like a miniature boat. These have near each end a perforation as though for the purpose of attachment. We have seen but few of these in Illinois and all were found along the Illinois river. Those shown in the State Exhibit were found along the Mississippi bluff in Madison county. Another form of stone implements quite common to Illinois, and of which some fine specimens were shown in the State Exhibit at the World's Columbian Exhibition, were mortars and pestles. The depression in many of these mortars is shallow and not very large, and quite often the stone, which is usually an oblong, glacial boulder flattened on two sides, will contain a depression on either side. We have never found in Illinois any mortars worked out in the shape of a bowl, like those from Cali- fornia, about Los Angeles and elsewhere. 244 Pestles are common, but in many instances so much more elaborately made than the stone mortars that it is possible that wooden mortars were used, or a natural depression in ledge or ledge rock taken advantage of. Along the bluffs of the Mississippi, in Madison county, we have found some fine pestles all made of limestone, and generally a foot or more in length and three or four inches in diameter. Some of these long pestles are made very round and true with much care and labor. The common pestle, so familiar as a relic in Ohio, with a short hand-hold and a wide, flaring base, is very rare in the State of Illinois. A laree Mound in the American Uottoin, Madison County, 111. Under the head of pestles or rubstones might possibly be classed a form in the shape of a very short cone, with a flat base. We have found numbers of these on the Illinois river. They are usually made of hematite and are symmetrically made and highly polished. They are gen- erally called rubstones. We have seen numbers of them made of other hard stones besides iron ore. 245 Quite a variety of relics of stone are met with that from their remarkably smooth appearance would suggest their being used as rubbing stones. Still others have been made for purposes now not known. Occasionally one finds a curious tube made of stone. Some of these tubes are doubtless pipes. One of the finest pipes we have seen in Illinois, with the figure of a bird carved upon it, is simply a tube. There are other tube-shaped objects not uncommon that were used most probably in some part of observ- ances either of a religious character or by the medicine men. One of the prettiest objects, and which we placed in the latter class, we obtained under the bluff in the vicinity of the Great Cahokia Mound. It was a tube some four inches long and flattened on one side. It was found in one of the mounds near by. When we first saw it we thought it to be of glass, and of course of modern manufacture, but on closer examination we discovered it to be made out of quartz crystal and the original faces of the crystal could still be traced near one end. The hole bored through this crystal was about three-quart- ers of an inch in diameter. From a mound on the Illi- nois river we took another tube-sha.ped object made of gypsum, the hole through this, however, was tapering and we always thought it to be some kind of pipe. Pipes. There is no class of objects of ancient production more interesting than the aboriginal pipes. It would seem that all the skill and ingenuity in stone carving among the ancient people of Illinois are shown in the manufacture of their pipes. We call them pipes because we think they smoked them, but I have doubts if any of these objects were ever used as we use a pipe for the narcotic influence of tobacco. We have taken 246 many pipes from mounds and handled many scores of others from mounds, but have yet to see a real mound pipe that seemed to show any evidence of much use, in the way of tooth marks or wear in the bowl such as one of our modern types exhibits after any extended use. Those from the mounds generally have a new appearance, even to the markings in the boring of the cavity for the bowl. It is possible, it is true, that new pipes might have been buried with the body of the departed, but in the surface finds we have failed to see an ancient pipe with a burned and worn bowl. In the very fine collec- tion of ancient pipes in the Illinois Exhibit not one showed much sign of continued use in any way. We are inclined to think the ancient pipe was simply an object to perform religious ceremony by making smoke which was connected with some worship, fire and smoke being representative of their divinity. Pipes, we believe, more than any other stone implements, are typical of the people who used them. In the State Exhibit were four good stone pipes taken by us from a large mound on the Illinois river. In the mound was a great number of skeletons, but we would have been greatly surprised if we had found in that mound a single curved base pipe like those of Ohio. Yet in the same vicinity on the bank of the Illinois, we explored another large mound and in the basin of burned clay we found a pipe of the type we expected to see, almost exactly like those found by Morehead in the Hopewell mound. There are several types of mounds in Illinois, but there are more types of pipes, because there are some types of pipes that were made and used by people who did not make mounds, and others by people who did not follow the custom of placing such things in the grave. 247 The finest pipes in Illinois of ancient patterns are those of the curved base. One of these taken from a mound on the Illinois river represents a raccoon sitting on the base of the pipe. Mound Pipe. A hole in the animal's back represents the bowl, which is connected with the small hole through the base to form the stem. The figure of the animal is very spirited, the holes for the eyes being filled with with a globule of of white metal, probably native silver. The rings on the raccoon's tail were well delineated. The pipe was smooth and polished, made of a piece of red catlinite and between three and four inches long. Another and larger pipe of the same material and from the same vicinity was made to represent an eagle standing in an attitude of pride on the base which formed the stem. Another beautiful pipe we took from a mound had the figure of a turtle resting on the bowl, and in still another the bowl of the pipe was made to represent a frog. Another fine pipe from a mound on the bank of the Mississippi had carved in bold relief on the top of the base the life-sized figure of a lizard. A few we have seen had for a bowl a repre- sentation of a human head. Curved Base Pipe to be Used Without a Stem. And it is worthy of remark that in all the delineations of the human head we have seen from this class of an- cient mounds, there is a head dress quite unlike any 248 costumes of our modern Indians. The mound builders 7 head dress was arranged in folds of some fabric. Mound Pipe. The bowls in all these beautiful and artistic pipes are very small, and as before remarked, show no signs of use. They were doubtless used, however, in some sort of ceremony by the owner. Nor were the ancient pipes made to use with a stem, this was formed by the base of the object and the perforated end of the base was placed between the lips. The mounds from which these pipes were taken seem to be related to those of Ohio with which the earthworks and enclosures are connected. A colony of this ancient people seems to have extended up the Illinois, possibly some distance above Peoria, as we have seen one of their mounds in the bottom some miles above that city. And there were also colonies of these people on the Missis- sissippi, but not near the northern end of the State; we have seen no signs of them in either Iowa or Wisconsin. The great city and center of population of that age was in Madison and St. Clair counties in the "American Bot- tom" on the Mississippi river. We shall speak of them farther on in our description of their agricultural imple- ments, for they seem to have been decidedly a people with fixed abodes and devoted to agriculture. The second class of pipes is of very great interest, more, perhaps, on account of their elaborate carving, however, is very different from the preceding. They are very large and probably on this account have been called "Calumet Pipes" by the Smithsonian savants. These large stone 249 pipes were smoked with a large stem if one was used,, and were made to represent birds, mammals, amphibians and sometimes the human figure. Mound Pipe. They were probably pipes of ceremony on great or im- portant occasions. Some of the most beautiful pipes of this class we have ever seen were in our exhibit at the World's Fair. One was the figure of a bird, possibly an eagle or a hawk, for it had a hooked bill. It was eight or nine inches in height and boldly carved from a piece of black stone, probably a variety of steatite. One peculiarity of this splendid pipe was that the bowl was a straight tube, the perforation contracting in the middle, the lower part being used evidently for the in- sertion of a stem. With this pipe was found another somewhat longer, but without ornament, and of the same material. The perforation in this also was con- tracted to a small aperture in the middle of the tube. These pipes were plowed up together in a field in south- ern Illinois. We obtained a contracted tube pipe some- what like the latter, but smaller, in Calhoun county, and have seen a few others found in the vicinity of Peoria,. on the Illinois river. Mound Pipes. Another fine and very large pipe shown in the State Collection was also from the southern part of the State. It also seemed an attempt to represent some bird. It was more than a foot in length and made of some hard light colored stone. 250 Since we have found none of these peculiar torms of pipes in any of our mounds we are inclined to think them comparatively modern, and used by the later grave- making people and not connected with the mound build- ing nations. There is another class of pipes found in considerable numbers in Illinois that are of exceedingly great interest. They have been called ceremonial pipes and are some- times of large size and show considerable skill in the carving. Some splendid specimens of this type were shown in the State Collection. One of the most interest- ing of these is the representation of the human figure in a crouching attitude not very unlike the sphinx in Egypt. The face is not a bad one and it is interesting to note the attempt to portray a head dress, evidently of some fabric. The figure holds in its right hand a sort of mace, or implement terminated by a round knob or ball. Two funnel shaped holes, one extending down- Sphynx Pipe from Mound. wards from the back and the other inwards from the posterior parts meet at their smaller ends. The upper hole is supposed to be the bowl of the pipe. This is the 251 best specimen of this type of pipe we have seen in the United States. It is beautifully carved from a block of red catlinite, and stands somewhat over eight inches high. It was found in a small grave mound, if mound it might be called, for it was more of a rock covered grave than a mound, on a branch of the Piasa creek in Macoupin county. In the same grave was a most elaborate piece of pottery, and a very large flint spear head. Another most elaborately carved and beautiful pipe of this type we found ourselves in a very small mound or rather a simple burying place but a few inches below the sur- rounding surface, on top of the bluff east of the Great Cahokia Mound. The object is in the shape of a huge frog, being some eight inches or more in height. The position of the animal is one of rest. The legs and feet are well delineated, the eyes projecting and full, and the general appearance of the object quite spirited. As in the preceding pipe, the right hand holds a sort of mace or knobbed instrument evidently some sort of symbol indicative of position or other meaning. -55:2 This remarkable pipe is also carved from a piece of red catlinite and buried with it were some splendid pottery vessels and ornaments of shell and copper. Some of the ornaments had first been made of wood and then covered with copper. On the bank of the Mississippi in an ancient burying place covered with huge flat rocks, we found another one of those sphinx pipes representing the crouching form of a man holding with both hands on its knees what seems to be the figure of a fish. From the wide open mouth protrudes what seems to be another fish. It is also of red catlinite and the carving very fine. It is not quite so large as the frog pipe just described. This singular pipe is the nearest approach to some sort of idol or divinity we have observed among these so- called pipes, In Calhoun county, which is remarkable for the number and variety of its relics, we have found quite a number of these large frog pipes. But few of them are made of catlinite. Some are of limestone and we have seen a few of sandstone. We are inclined to think they belonged to some of the more recent nations or tribes who have in- habited the vicinity. We do not know of one of these pipes having been found in one of our typical mounds or those related to Cahokia or the Ohio earthworks. One thing peculiar in these pipes is the manner in which the stem was fitted on them, if indeed they were smoked with a stem. The aperture for the stem is a single short funnel-shaped hole, usually the same size as the bowl. How a stem could be made to stay in its place we cannot conceive. There is another type of pipe more common than any we have yet described. These are mostly made of stone and sometimes show excellent workmanship. Occasion- ally one is found of baked clay. They are all made to 253 be smoked with a small stem. There is a great variety of shapes; many were simply a bowl like our cob pipes, while others had a projecting base. Some are made of baked clay. Some are of catlinite and many of lime- stone. AVe have never seen a pipe made of any of the granite rocks or any very hard material. Nor did we ever see a copper pipe nor any of metal, except a modern one. Neither have we found in any of the mounds or ancient graves an 3^ sign of a wooden pipe, nor a pipe of bone. There are in the southern part of the State, among the graves of the pottery-making tribes, many pipes of pottery, mostly of rude character, that have the same peculiar funnel-shaped cavities for both bowl and stem. These are seldom, if ever, seen on the Illinois river. The same question arises, how did the smokers make the stem stay in the funnel-shaped aperture? Many of the pipes just described are found in graves, and mounds that contain them are abundant along the Illinois river. In one large mound on the bluff several miles above the mouth of the Illinois river, in Jersey county, we found several of these pipes shown in the State Exhibit. The mound was nearly a hundred feet in length at the base, and nearly forty broad, and nearly twelve feet high. The material of which the mound was composed was the light buff colored, marly clay called loess and not hard to dig, although where it is below the reach of the rains, it is very dry and compact. It was a burial mound and had evidently been made through a succession of interments. We judged that perhaps a hundred or more bodies had at different times been de- posited there. The greater number of the remains were 254 about the sides of the structure, as though a body had been laid down without any apparent form or special position, and covered over with several feet of earth. There were men, women and children, and many of them had met violent deaths, some having been tomahawked and others killed with arrows. Quite a number of them had worn ornaments of sea shells, and fine strings of these were about the remains of both men and women, and even some children. There were a few stone imple- ments and a number of pipes of the type we have just Mound Pipes. described and of which there is a considerable number in the State Collection. As this fine mound stood in a cul- tivated field and the owner wished to level off the land, we witnessed its almost entire demolition, having first photographed it from different sides before its deface- ment. There was a considerable number of relics which we preserved carefully, including those of the crania, which were sufficiently well preserved, and such as showed wounds or other peculiarities. We derived much informa- tion from this mound. There were no signs of copper or any metal, not even ores ; no mica or obsidian or objects from a distance, except some small sea shells, to give any indication of commercial relations with other and distant tribes or nations. Not a single pipe or ornament was made of catlinite, and they had a degenerate modern ap- pearance, both in shape and workmanship. There was nothing that might suggest a connection with the peo- ple who made the Great Cahokia Mound or the earth- works of Ohio. Still they had a large mound and per- haps held some sort of ceremonies there in remem- brance of some still unforgotten religion, either that 255 of their fathers or of some friendly nation from whom they had learned to revere some sort of divinity. We can even imagine the sadness, the tears and despair as this remnant of the ancient people lit their pipes in sacred reverence around this mound in their death wail. That they had enemies that had slain their wives and children around their firesides was plain enough from the gruesome evidence of the cruel holes the merciless weapons left in the skulls of the women and children. And the remains of some of the men showed plainly how they had fallen. One stalwart young man had a flint arrow head entirely through the center of his backbone and the weapon remained there still. The ver- tebral cord had been cut asunder. Another skeleton of a middle aged man had in the region of the vital organs no less than six arrow heads. We were much interested in these arrow points of the enemy, for they were different in shape from those com- monly found in the vicinity. Mound Pipe. The pipes and other objects found in this mound tell a good story. The once powerful mound-building races of the valley had become, by pestilence or otherwise, but a remnant, may be nearly or entirely extinct and those later mound builders were merely remnants of their allies or subjugated tribes that had learned to follow the cus- toms and religion of a more advanced people. This weak remnant of the mound builders had probably escaped the dire calamity by plague or other scourge that had swept from the face of the earth that wonderful people who had built up the Cahokia, the grandest monument the world has seen. 256 The burial mound on the Illinois river just described we believe to be modern and among the later erections of the mound building races. But while we thus qualify the time of its erection, it is in fact old enough, for the evidence of the trees in the forest which covered the ground and the decayed stump which f-till stood on the apex of the mound itself, bore evidence that it was not new, and had been built long before the caravels of Co- lumbus had sought the shores of the New World. Many of the later aboriginal pipes, either of stone or clay, approach in general character the pipes now com- mon among civilized races, being furnished mostly with necks to which to attach the stern. There are very many modifications in the style of the more modern pipe, but there is almost always discoverable the type form. There is another form of pipe found in Illinois, mostly along the Illinois river. This pipe seems to have been made to be used by more than one person at the same time. There is a large, round bowl with four, five or six places to insert stems. One very pretty pipe of this kind we obtained in Cal- houn county and another one from Woodford county, above Peoria. These were both of burned clay. But we have a very nice one of sandstone from Randolph county. One other form of pipe, which is rare, however, and we are done with this most interesting class of relics. This is a pipe in the form of a stone axe. One very nice one of these we have seen in Dr. Zeller's collection at Spring Bay, near Peoria. Four or five of the Doctor's best relics were obtained for our State Ex- 257 hibit. Another very nice axe-shaped pipe we saw in the collection of Mr. Harry Mann, at Chester, in Randolph county. The other we have in our own collection. It was found in Jersey county. The Chester specimen is made of argillaceous stone, perhaps a slate. Our own specimen seems to be of a species of rather hard steatite. These specimens do not look modern, but they may be. It would be interesting to know whether, if they are ancient, they had suggested the iron pipe tomahawks, the handle of which was the stem to a pipe in the poll of the weapon, or whether these stone axe pipes had been suggested by the French iron tomahawk. These stone axe-shaped pipes are small, being not more than three inches long. Sculptures or Idols. Although many of the articles described by us may be called sculptures in view of the manner of their produc- tion, in this paper we will confine the sculptures to those objects representing the human form that seemed to be intended for other uses than those of a pipe. It seems that the mound builders and aborigines had but just begun to make images or representations of the human form that might be called "idols." Very few have been found in the Mississippi valley. A few of these objects now in the Smithsonian collection, have been found in Tennessee. They are mostly a foot or more in height and have a sitting posture very much like the stone idols from India. As might be expected, these early images are rather rude attempts at sculpture. One of the best speci- mens of these ancient images we have seen in the United States was found in a mound in southern Illinois and was a prominent object in the State Collection at the World's Fair. 17 258 It is something over a foot in height and extremely heavy, weighing nearly fifty pounds. It has been carved from a massive piece of fluorspar. The face, though rather rude, is not a bad one. There is apparently no attempt, as in some of the pipes, to delineate any head- covering or dress of any kind. There is an incised line from the neck down the sides inclosing the back in a sort of scroll. The whole figure is smooth and well finished. The right hand rests on the upright knee. We have seen idols or images, very similar to this and carved from calcite or a similar stone, from India. Con- sidering the scarcity of these objects among our relics of the stone age, this is an extremely interesting speci- men. We have seen a few others, somewhat similar, from Tennessee and that region. They were made of limestone or sandstone. We somehow have the impression that these objects were the work of some medicine man among some of the southern tribes of later date and are com- paratively modern. Objects of Copper. During the stone age, copper was introduced among the aborigines and many objects, especially of an orna- mental nature, were made of it. It is probable that the age of stone was far advanced, possibly at the very height of the advancement of that era before much use was made of copper. The copper used was a native metal and not in the form of ore but soft and malleable, yet still they treated it as a stone and knew nothing of smelting. Copper implements such as axes or celts, for the cop- per axe is never grooved, chisels, knives, and the points of arrows and spears, together with ornaments of various kinds, are found in Illinois. A few of these ob- jects are found on the surface where they evidently have 259 been lost. The great majority of the copper objects, however, are taken from mounds, where they have either, been buried with the dead or in some ceremony. While we have found copper objects buried with human remains in mounds, the greatest number of these ob- jects we have known were not especially buried with a dead body but seem to have been offered or placed in a great fire built upon a rude altar of clay. Copper objects of elaborate and beautiful workman- ship were quite possibly common among the ancient mound builders who at one time flourished in Illinois- and Ohio. Among the later mounds so common along the Illinois river it is rare to find it, although many other ornaments are common. Copper objects have been quite frequently found among the mounds of Wisconsin and Minnesota, but they are, many of them, different in form and lack the finished workmanship of the copper ornaments from Illinois and Ohio. Among weapons of copper the copper axe or celt was common. It was usually the shape of the stone celt but much thinner. It was doubtless inserted in the war club. Copper Axe. One of the finest copper axes we have seen was shown in the State Exhibit. It had exidently been hammered out of a piece no longer than was represented in the 260 weapon. It could very plainly be seen how the edges had been turned over and beaten down to get the de- sired shape and neat square edges along the sides. The bit or cutting edge was neatly flared out at the corners. This elegant specimen was nearly a foot in length, and was taken from a mound in Calhoun county. Although we have seen several large specimens in Illinois, the most of them are small, usually not more than three or four inches long. In a large mound in Calhoun county we found lying close together several very small ones not more than two inches long. We thought it possible that several small ones were sometimes fastened in the same weapon. We have never seen a grooved copper axe nor one with a hole in it in which to put the haft. Some copper tools from Wisconsin have a part of the side turned over, to assist in fastening the handle, evidently. A few knife-shaped objects of copper have been found in the State. One very good specimen of this kind in the collection of Judge James Shaw of Mount Carroll was found along the Illinois river. Copper needles or long slim tools are not uncommon. Some of them are round, similar to pieces of wire. One of these from a mound in the American Bottom in Madison county is eighteen inches long. Many of these tools are flat and pointed. A flue specimen of this kind, more than a foot in length, is with the preceding one in the State Collection. This specimen shows very plainly how it has been made of two pieces by being hammered together in the middle. It is from a mound in Pike county. In one mound we found over a score of these tools oxidized together in a mass. Occasionally a spear- head of copper is found, some good specimens of these being in the State Collection from the Illinois river as well as some smaller points, probably for arrow heads. I have, however, found no specimen like these in the mounds. 261 Copper was used by the mound builders more for ornaments than for weapons and tools. They made quite a variety of ornaments, but certain forms seem to have obtained and were followed as strictly as our own more permanent fashions. A common fashion seems to have been to wear orna- ments in the ears. These were nearly all made after a similar pattern, a sort of large button very much like our sleeve buttons. Two disks were joined together with a shaft or shank, mostly hollow. Copper Ear Buttons. These hollow shanks were most deftly and neatly fastened to the disks by having the edges turned over and beaten together. Of course, when worn they were doubtless very smooth and bright. In Madison county in some of the mounds of the Cahokia group we have found some of these disks made of bone and covered with a thin sheet of copper. In the State Exhibit were some fine specimens of these bone ear buttons covered with copper. We have found some beautifully neat ones made of both bone and horn, elk and deer antlers, I judged, and the outer and larger disk covered with cop- per. In the ashes on the altars in the Hopewell mound in Ohio, Morehead found many hundreds of these ear but- tons, made most elaborately, the outer disk in some in- stances with ornamental figures in relief. In a few in- stances some of these elegant ornaments had the outer copper disk covered wth native silver. 262 The outer disks of these buttons are generally an inch and a half in diameter, although I have found them two inches or more. Many of those found by Morehead and on exhibition in the Anthropological Building were corroded and oxidized, and some half melted in the mass in the ashes, but very many were entire and one could examine their workmanship and the manner of their manufacture. The enormous number of these ear ornaments found in the Hopewell mound shows very plainly that orna- ments of this kind must have been highly prized and quite commonly worn. We also learn that however highly prized they were, some wonderful occasion arose in which they were taken from the person and cast into the fire at the erection of that great mound. We would not, in fact, know that the ancient mound builders had any material wealth or had any sort of tastes above the Indian, had made any material ad- vancement above a mere savage, or had any knowledge of the country or anything like commercial relationship. But here were cast into these religious fires on the base of this great mound hundreds and thousands and tens of thousands of beautiful pearls, some of which as we saw them lying in ruins in the ashes, or in piles in the cases, were of a beauty, except for those cruel flames, to have been the envy of Egypt's beautiful queen when she sought with love's prodigality to give Marc Antony the most costly drink ever mortal had, by having her choicest pearl crushed to powder and mixed with his draught of wine. The pearls that were cast into the fire on that memorable day in the history of that people who made the Ohio mound, would, if unscathed by the flame and the burial of centuries, have been the envy of the richest king or queen in the world. With the pearls were the richest obsidian relics the stone age has pro- 263 dnced in such profusion and of such size and beauty, yet obsidian was not to be obtained nearer than the Rocky Mountains or Mexico. There was copper from Lake Superior, mica from North Carolina, fossil shark teeth from South Carolina, shells from the distant ocean, all things from distant parts of the continent, and very difficult to obtain either by travel or commercial intercourse, a most remarkable collection for any people of the Stone Age to have, and still more remarkable for them to cast such things into a seething flame. What Indian village, that white man ever knew, contained such a collection of things as were here cast into the flames? That an ancient people lived in Illinois who had some connection with the copper mines of Lake Superior, and may have worked them, is quite probable, else they had some commercial relations with a people who did get copper there. Besides the copper ornaments for the ears, there were many others. A not uncommon ornament seems to have been a sort of breast-plate, or thin piece of copper, gen- erally square, with holes pierced for fastening, and what is most singular, it was seldom, in Illinois, a smooth, plate, like some of these from Ohio, but was corrugated 264 very much like a piece of zinc from a modern washboard. We have found a few smooth ones, but the corrugated ones seem to have been fashionable. We have found these thin plates, in a few instances, five to seven inches square. Then there were both wristlets and ankle rings of cop- per, and some rings that were possibly for the nose. Head ornaments were numerous, and we have found several crescent-shaped objects, quite evidently to go over the head as a bright ornament. Some excellent specimens of these crescent-shaped orna- ments for the head, were in our State Exhibit. These latter ornaments of copper, we may as well state, we have not found in the same mounds with ear-rings or the copper spools. These may be of later date. In a rnound of more advanced type, in the American Bottom, in Madison county, we have found some re- markable copper ornaments in the shape of turtles. The objects were between two and three inches across. Both the carapace and plastron of the turtle were rep- resented in a very faithful way, showing all the sutures as they occur. The sutures were made by pressing up a ridge from underneath, the plastron was fastened to the carapace a good deal after the manner that tinners do the same thing now, the edges of the pieces were put together and turned over. Whether the head and legs of the animal had been attached we had no means of telling. There were a number of these copper turtles in connec- tion with other copper objects as needles, copper axes and some remarkable objects of chipped and ground flint. There was a flint or rather a sort of white, translucent chert celt that was a gem in its way, being first chipped out and then ground off. The whole deposit on this altar, for it seems not to have been with a human body 265 unless it was burned, was a most remarkable one. There were hundreds of sea shells, some of them very large specimens of Pyrula and Cassus. Some of the shells were entire and others had been cut out so as to form a sort of vessel. Some of the copper objects had been made first of wood and then covered with a thin sheet of copper, made to fit even the slightest depression or crevice. The copper had preserved the wood. The salts of copper are a great preservative and we have found many interest- ing specimens of their fabrics, some of which had a warp and woof like some of our more modern woven goods in a rude way. We have found this fabric of different grades of vegetable fibers and of hair and fur, but not of wool. A not uncommon copper ornament was a long bead or thin cylinder of rnetal, made by bending a thin sheet of copper over a round rod until the edges met. These long cylinders were worn on a plaited string of hide or twisted string of some vegetable fiber. We have several times found these cords or strings preserved in the cop- per tube. Copper beads made by bending over a short piece of copper until the edges met were not uncommon and sometimes a mound builder beau or belle wore a mass of these arranged over his person in strings. Although we find only the beads, it would be unfair to suppose they wore nothing else. In my vicinity public improvements make constant inroad into the old structures of the mound builders. One large mound lay where an extra switch of the Chicago and Alton Railroad was wanted. The presi- dent of the road owns the land and frequently spends 266 some of his leisure time there. While they were demol- ishing the mound where they wanted the switch he was present with a party of lady and gentlemen friends. They were much interested in what might be found, and when a skeleton was laid bare and we had found there was nothing with it but a very fine and peculiar pipe, the president of the road startled me with a little extempore speech which drew the attention of everybody near : "Professor, do you suppose this old mound builder went around with no dress upon him but this pipe?" His wife got his eye presently in the silence and I think it spoiled all his ethnological investigations for the fu- ture. The copper objects of the mound builder are of exceed- ingly great interest to the ethnologist. The Mississippi valley had no Bronze Age like that of Europe. Our ad- vanced race of mound builders, although the most elab- orate workers of copper, did it by hammering, although in some instances there would seem to be evidence that dies or instruments for stamping had been used. How they could beat out the copper in such thin sheets as they sometimes used without the metal becoming so hardened as to make it difficult is unexplained. We have seen no evidence that the cutting edges of their axes were hardened, however. One can without difficulty make an impression on the edges of their cutting imple- ments with a steel knife blade. We have thought that the patina or coating of oxidi- zation with which the copper objects are covered might be made the subject of some data as to their age. At the World's Fair in Chicago, we had good oppor- tunity to study this matter. Some of our mound copper has a coating of patina equal if not greater than copper 207 objects from Pompeii and Herculaneum, and similar to other Roman coppers of that and perhaps some older dates, but some of the copper objects of Assyria, espe- cially from about the ruins of ancient date, showed a thicker patina. Without going into a discussion of this interesting subject, we would say that the evidence in this way, and we think it most decidedly worthy of consideration, would seem to date some of our copper- working mound builders back between two and three thousand years, to say the least. In the exhibit of the University of Pennsylvania, in the gallery of the Manufactures Building, was a most interesting series of objects brought home from ancient Assyria and that region, by an expedition sent there by the University. The party did considerable excavating about some of the more ancient ruins, and obtained quite a number of pieces of pottery, clay tablets and stones, all of which had inscriptions on them in cuneiform writing. These can now be read, in fact the interpreta- tion of these inscriptions in English was placed beside the inscriptions. The date ascribed to some of these objects was in a number of instances as old as thirty- eight hundred (3,800) years before Christ. Among these relics were some objects of copper that looked so much like copper objects we have taken from mounds in Illi- nois, that we were surprised. We have in our own collection some of these ancient copper objects from the region of ancient Nineveh, that are quite possibly between five and six thousand years old. We are inclined to believe we have copper objects from the mounds of Illinois that are quite if not more than half of this age. 268 Implements of Bone. Besides implements of stone and copper, the "aborigines had many objects, principally tools, made of bone. These were commonly in the shape of a sort of needle, awls and other pointed implements. We have found very few bone objects that would seem to have been weapons. The bone cavern at Grafton, with mound on top of bluff, and an old pictografic circle over the cave entrance. The bones of birds were very often used and those of small animals. We have found in cave dwellings and cave shelters more of these remains than in mounds. In some of the 269 dry open cavernous places, both along the Mississippi and the Illinois rivers, bone implements and the remains of animals are very numerous, especially in the dry ashes and accumulated earth, which many of the caves contain. Bone Fish Hook. The bones of deer, as well as those of elk, with por- tions of the horns of those animals, are common, but we have, strange as it may seem, found no bones of the buffalo. This is all the more remarkable since the larger and more solid bones, as well as the horns of these ani- mals, would, apparently have been fine material for im- plements of various kinds. We think it remains to be ex- plained why, in all our researches in our ancient mounds, we have met with no remains or other evidence to show the presence of the buffalo. A Sun-Worshiper's Mound. The teeth of many animals were used as ornaments. They generally were perforated, to be worn on a cord or a string as a necklace. The claws of bear, as well as the talons of rapacious birds, were used in the same way. The bones, and even the scales of some fish, were often utilized in the manufacture of implements or ornaments. 270 Shells from the Sea. Sea shells, from their natural beauty, have at all times been very attractive to primitive nations. Indications are not wanting that most of the primi- tive people of North America looked upon the shells from the sea with superstitious reverence. Excepting the native pearls, the sea shells were the prettiest ornaments the old mound builders wore. Although there were beautiful shells in our rivers and streams, these were seldom used in the manufacture of ornaments. Immense numbers of beads were made with great labor and much skill, but they were made almost without exception from Mound Shell. heavy sea shells. The form given these beads was vari- ous. The most common shape was that of a neat disk or button with a perforation through the center for placing them on a string. We have found some beauti- ful ones in the Cahokia mounds made pear-shaped, others were round, still others were in the form of cylinders, an inch or more in length. Something of this form was the wampum of which the belts of ceremony were made by the eastern Indians and of which it is said, some are still preserved by the Six Nations. We have found some pretty strings of beads which were made of curved pieces of shell and fixed to go upon a string by having the perforation enter at one end and come out at the side 271 In many instances whole shells were used by having a perforation so they could be strung. The Marginella was often used in this way and must have made a neat ornament. But the prettiest shells thus forming a neck- lace were the Natica, and immense numbers of these must have been brought from the coast, for we have seen hundreds in one string from mounds along the Illinois river. Sometimes small specimens of Strombus and Oliva were pierced and formed bracelets for the body or neck. Once we found a very pretty necklace of quite young Pyrulas and these instead of being pierced, had a crease about the extension of the lip so they could be sus- pended. Some beautiful specimens of this kind were shown in the State Collection, in fact our display of mound beads was unrivaled. One extremely pretty string of beads was made of fresh water pearls. This was taken from a mound in Calhoun county. In the State Display were some splendid specimens of very large sea shells from the mounds. Shell Vessel. The large shells were generally Pyrula or Cassus. A Pyrula with reversed whorls seems to have been the favorite form. One of these from a mound in Madison county is sixteen inches in length. The largest Cassus we have ever seen we found in a mound in Jersey county, near the mouth of the Illinois river. The mound 272 was a conical one in shape and about twelve feet in height. It was situated on a not very high bluff, the upper part of which was of clay. We made a very large excavation in the center of this mound and at the base of it found a huge sea shell of the Cassus. It was nearly eleven inches in diameter. The shell was filled with ashes in which still were some remains of human bones. The inside whorls had been removed from the shell and it formed a very neat and pretty vessel. The curl of the lip at the extremity made a sort of hook so it could be hung on the limb of a tree. The shell containing the ashes was the only relic of any kind the mound seemed to contain. In another mound in Calhoun county, we found a huge Cassus with the columella and whorls removed and so large as to contain a human skull, which sat within it, and of which the following cut is a true representation. Mound Skull Most of these large sea shells seem to have been used in sacred observances and were often placed in the mound with ashes of the dead or with the body. Many ornaments and objects were perhaps insignia of rank or of religious significance. A not uncommon form of these was a sort of gorget in the shape of a disk to 273 be suspended from the neck or fastened on the breast. These gorgets are sometimes elaborately engraved with characters or figures of exceeding interest since the his- tory of these people is so utterly unknown to us. Fre- quently they bear the figure of a most ancient cross, strangely similar to forms figured by ancient people of other and foreign lands. Shell Beads. In the State Exhibit were several very fine specimens of these engraved gorgets from Illinois mounds. One had elaborately engraved upon it the figure of a spider with a cross upon its back. We have seen several of these. One very fine specimen had the figure of a oross engraved without the figure of the spider being en- graved upon it. Gorgets from Mounds. Still another fine specimen had the figure of a person holding a bird similar to a turkey by the neck, with his left hand, while in his upraised right hand was a hafted stone axe very well shown. -18 274 The figure of the person was on one knee and from his waist hung a very peculiarly ornamented apron. It may be as well to remark here that in the State Display was a beautiful gorget made of a piece of slate covered on one side with copper and on the copper in relief was a six pointed star. Shell Gorget from Mound in Illinois. Where the aborigines got so many of these sea shells, as well as mica, obsidian and copper, can only be ac- counted for by either supposing they traveled to distant parts of the country or had some sort of traffic or com- mercial relations with people who lived about Lake Superior and the Rocky Mountains or Mexico, and the region about the sea coast. We think we have not studied these questions with sufficient thoroughness to answer them yet. Farther exploration in some of our larger mounds is needed, for more history and evidence. We would rather see some great find like Morehead's, made in the Hope- well mound, than read the theories of a dozen persons, especially if those persons have not made researches and studied the question in the field, and in the mounds themselves. 275 Pottery and the Manufactures from Clay. Illinois, being situated in a sort of geographical center, especially about the mouths of the Missouri and Illinois rivers, was, in the long ages past, often invaded or visi- ted by tribes and peoples from every direction, for there were many tribes over such a wide extent of country* In this region there are hundreds of mounds made by different tribes of mound builders, who had different customs, and agreed only in the custom of mound mak- ing, making them in different ways, for different pur- poses, and placing different objects in them. Many of the tribes, however, who have lived here or sojourned for a time, were not mound builders at all. But still there are evidences of their occupation, and many objects which they they have left. This fact proves to be a great difficulty in the study of our antiquities, and gives gen- erally to the beginner or casual observer many errone- ous ideas. Over the State of Illinois are the remains of pottery which some people have left there. And we know, from Catlin's observations among the modern Indjans, that there were some tribes whom he saw such as the As- sinaboins that did not make or use pottery at all. Most of the whole or nearly entire pieces we obtain, are generally from mounds or graves, and, quite possibly, not many tribes had the custom of putting pottery in mounds or graves ; so that our study of the work of our primitive people in clay is very narrow, and almost wholly confined to a few tribes, who placed it in the graves or in mounds with the dead. Our great mound builders like those of Cahokia and the mounds on the Illinois, where we find the beautiful pipes and elaborate copper objects seldom, if ever, put any of their speci- mens of pottery in their mounds; and we only judge that many of these people had pottery by seeing the 276 sherds about where they lived. There are thousands and thousands of peculiar sherds in this region that we re- cognize at once by peculiar marks on the outer face, and of these which we have seen, never yet a whole vessel. All this must be borne in mind when we treat of our ancient pottery. Figures on the Exterior of a Burial Vase. In the Illinois Exhibit at the World's Fair, there were a hundred pieces of this ancient pottery nearly all en- tire. Many people will no doubfc be surprised when I tell them that very few pieces of this fine collection of pot- Figures on the exterior of a Burial Vase along the Mississippi. tery came from mounds, but from ancient burial places and graves. About the southern part of the State and in the American Bottom, and also a little way up the Illinois river, there lived a tribe of aborigines that were 277 great potterj^ makers. They selected some peculiar clay, and after mixing it with pounded shells and other in- gredients, so kneaded the matter into a tough, plastic mass that after a vessel was made of it, it required but little burning or baking to make it fairly serviceable. But we are indebted, for our possession of these things to-day, to a peculiar custom this tribe or people had (for there were several tribes of them), of placing in the graves of their dead articles of pottery containing water, and perhaps other liquids, together with food, quite evi- dently in accordance with some religious belief that the spirits of the departed needed nourishment in this or an- other world. Primitive people in Europe, including our own forefathers, and, in fact, all over the world, have had a custom something like this. In southeast Mis- Burial Vases. souri, Arkansas, and in some of the other southern states, some tribes with this peculiar burial custom made mounds, and often put pottery in them ; but there were other tribes in Tennessee, Arkansas, Missouri and southern Illinois, that buried their dead with the pottery vessels in shallow graves, and often made large cemeteries, with the graves quite close together. There are a few of the pottery mounds in southern Illinois, but their cemeteries are common, especially about the rich bottom lands of the Mississippi. These pottery-burying tribes perhaps never had extensive settlements far above the mouth of the Illinois river. 278 When a member of these pottery-making people died there were prepared the vases and vessels to put in his grave. Sometimes several, often only one or two, prob- ably depending upon the prominence of the deceased, or the grief of the family. Some of the most beautiful vnses we have found, had been buried with children, probably prepared by some fond mother's hand. Burial Vases. The vessels intended for water, quite evidently had in many instances long, narrow necks, generally contracted above a wide, round base, while those for food, which are most numerous, are in many instances more shallow dishes. There are, however, a very great variety of forms, in fact excepting the long neck water bottles in which form there is more of a general sameness, there are hardly any two just alike. Some made to represent animals and birds are not uncommon, and we have found fishes and reptiles with the carapaces of turtles and values of shells. Quite a common way of representing fowls and birds was to form a dish or bowl and place the head, fastened at the neck, on the edge of the bowl. There is always on the opposite side of the bowl a projection supposedly repre. senting the tail of the fowl. 279 We have seen a number of these burial vases with human heads as, an ornament on the rim, and sometimes the entire human form is attempted, but these generally present an appearance more grotesque than otherwise. Burial Vases. These singular vessels are generally neatly made, and some are even elegant in design and finish. Some of the better made ones are covered on the outside with red or colored clay, which has been rubbed very smooth and polished. We have never seen a glazed one, nor have we found among the burial vases one that seemed to have been designed and used for a cooking vessel. The majority of them were doubtless made on purpose to put in the grave. We were working at our investigation, one beautiful day in the early spring, in a field at the base of the great Cahokia mound, when our probe struck something \vhich proved to be one of these burial vases. Further investigation revealed the fact that we had found one of the pottery-makers' old cemeteries; at least from the presence of a few human remains we judged that it had once been a burial place, but with the exception of one very peculiarly shaped human skull, the bones had almost completely decayed long before. The next day, beneath the grateful shade of the great temple mound which lowered a hundred feet above us, we took from that ancient tomb, which was not two rods square, over one hundred perfect vessels. It was a magnificent collection representing men, birds, beasts 280 and fishes. On a small scale it was a most interesting and artistic reproduction in clay of the animated nature of the region. Some of these vessels were in the State Ex- hibit at the World's Fair. A pottery-making and pottery- burying tribe of people had placed these singular ob- jects in the earth there, but what connection they had with the great mounds that towered all about us, we could not tell. Burial Vases. Near by on .the ground I had noticed the remains of a broken hoe of steel, and near this were the remains of a basket and a plow handle. I knew these things had no connection whatever with the mounds nor the pottery. These had been tools that belonged to the man who owned the farm and raised potatoes for the market. On the top of one of the large mounds in the same field, we one day picked up a little crucifix of pewter. The little ring just above the Savior's head, by which it was sus- pended, was broken. One glance at the object and its presence there was accounted for. It had probably been 281 made in France, and a long time ago it had probably been brought here by some Jesuit priest, and the pious Frenchman or modern Indian, to whom it had been given or sold, had lost it here on the mound. But it had no connection with the mound's history in any way. There was nothing at all hard about any problem pre- sented here by the presence of the crucifix in the field. But with the pretty burial vases we have just been ex- huming it is very different. All over the fields about the great mounds on the Cahokia, and on the sides of the structures themselves, are found, almost without numbers, pieces of pottery. And we are interested to note that a majority of these sherds are not of the same kind we have just dug up in the field. They were not like our burial vases. Could Burial Vase from Cahokia. they be pieces of cooking vessels, or is it remains of pottery of another people? Another interesting fact we noted in this connection was, that in making an excava- tion in one fine mound of the Cahokia group and in the same field in which is the Great Mound, we found pot- sherds like those in the field from the very top to the- 282 bottom of the structure, showing that when the mound was being made, in gathering up the material from the surface pieces of pottery were there then. That there are fragments of pottery in the earth com- posing a mound does not conclusively prove that the people who made the mound also made the pottery. Yet many very harmful and seriously erroneous theories in archaeological matters have been formed on no greater evidence. Iron has been found, glass has been found and a crucifix, and the Indians learned to make pottery from the French. Things like this have been written about and spoken of by people occupying positions in which they ought to be better posted. It puts us in mind of a conversation between two colored men : "What time is it?" asks Snow 7 meeting Sambo. "How do you know 1 got a watch?" questions Sam. "I see de chain hanging down," retorts Snow^. "Look a heah, niggah, if I had a halter round my neck would you think I had a horse inside of me? " says Sambo. We have found some very fine pieces of pottery on the Illinois river, near its mouth, but it grows very rare as you ascend the stream. The pottery used by the primitive people of Illinois for domestic arid culinary purposes we know but little of, although oftentimes good sized pieces are found about the sites of ancient towns and the kitchen middens where some ancient family has lived. It is very rare to see one of these entire. From the fragments it would seem that frequently vessels of good size were made by covering the inside of woven baskets, the whole being placed in a hot fire until the basket was burned and the pottery well hardened. From the many ancient village sites in sheltered places in the vicinity of good springs of water 283 and the great quantity of pieces of earthen vessels cov- ered up by the debris accumulated for ages, it is quite evident that many of our primitive tribes and peoples used at times earthen vessels for cooking food. Some quite possibly were set on stones in some way, but almost all these old vessels of every kind had round, instead of flat bottoms like our modern vessels. We have found remains of culinary vessels, too, that showed how they were, evidently, fixed for suspension by havimz projections either on the outside or inside of the rim. Sometimes, too, there were ears or holes in the edge of the rim. Burial Vase from Cahokia. Quite possibly many of our primitive people made or used salt. About the salt springs in the southern part of Illinois, and at the salines near St. Genevieve, Missouri, the remains of the earthen vessels, used in salt making are exceedingly numerous. While exploring the region about the salt springs of St. Genevieve county, Mo., we found two of the earthen salt pans so common in fragments, about the Illinois salines. The two large pans had been used presumably by some aboriginal mother as a coffin for her dead child. The body of the child had been placed 284 in one and the other turned over it. The whole had then been buried on the top of a hill. These well made ves- sels were in the shape of shallow pans, some three feet across and not more than seven or eight inches in depth. They were on the bottom about an inch and a half in thickness and made of clay and pounded shells. These are the only entire specimens of the vessels for salt mak- ing we have seen. About these ancient salt works are excellent opportunities to see how the larger pieces of pottery were manufactured in various ways. Ancient Pottery from Illinois. The most recent specimens of aboriginal pottery we have observed are found in what are termed stone graves. Some not very ancient tribes seemed to have had a cus- tom of burying their dead in shallow graves, on the bluffs as well as in the lowlands. These graves were made by setting upright thin flat stones forming a box like enclosure in which the body was laid and covered over with one or several large flat stones. The whole covered with a thin layer of earth. At the head of each one of these graves was usually placed a piece of pottery, more or less rude in character. Some of these we have found have never been burned, but were, apparently, simply sun-dried. These stone graves have been fre- quently found along the Illinois River, but were more numerous below the mouth of the Missouri and in the southern part of the State. They were evidently the fag- end of the pottery-making and pottery-burying tribes. 285 In all the cemeteries and burial places of pottery tribes but little is found of them except their work in clay. Oc- casionally there is a pipe, mostly the same material as the burial vases. We know little of their stone imple- ments, except that they did not approach the finished work in this line of the mound builders. It is doubtful if they had any copper, or any commercial relations of much extent, and they were never powerful tribes or very numerous, except it may have been in the southern States. As before remarked, the Stone Age of Illinois shows a great multiplicity of forms in the relics found in the soil, more so, perhaps, than any other region, mainly on ac- count of its geographical position, for there comes into the State such a multitude of rivers and water ways from every direction, and these water ways were mostly Ancient Pottery from Illinois. the paths the ancient people followed. In the south we have the Ohio, with its southern branches of the Ten- nessee and the Cumberland, and then up the great Mis- sissippi, the Missouri and the Illinois, together with many smaller streams. Tribes have been either driven from their homes from every direction into Illinois, and quite possibly lived here for a time, or until driven away again or become extinct. That we have the remains of one extinct tribe we know from modern history, for our own Illini or Illinois tribe was annihilated by the Iro- quois or Six Nations from New York regions. This was witnessed by white men. 280 But what became of the most advanced of all our primitive inhabitants, the mound builders, that great nation which built the great pyramids on the Cahokia and the people who made the enormous earth works of Ohio ? Burial Vases from Mounds in Illinois. The mounds on the Cahokia creek are the work of a great nation, for here in the midst of a level plain rises a pyramid over a hundred feet in height and covering sixteen acres of ground. And this mighty pyramid for it is pyramidal in shape is surrounded by nearly a hundred others of great size, and made only with a pro- digious amount of labor. 287 These are the greatest ruins on the continent. Is it not very singular that a nation of such vast num- bers and organizations, both civil and religious, with the sustenance necessary for the accomplishment of such an undertaking, should disappear without a trace of his- tory, without even a legend or story concerning them among the red Indians we know so well, and who seem, probably, to be their successors? A great plague or epidemic, that swept every soul of them into the grave, might account for some such total annihilation. But we only surmise this, and do not know actually, and perhaps never will, unless we find some sort of evidence in their graves. Flint Implements. There is one other class of relics of the Stone Age in Illinois of which our State had one of the finest and best exhibits at the World's Fair in Chicago. This was the flint objects. We have purposely left our description and history of these for the last, for they represent the Stone Age not only from its beginning until the end, but they embrace such a variety of forms, made and used by such different peoples, that there is presented some- thing from all grades and classes of the various tribes and nations that have lived in this region from the beginning of the Stone Age to the end. The chipping or making of a flint point of the more primitive and ruder kinds was a simple affair, and the merest beginner could chip off something that might answer for a rough point. This was the beginning, but that the manufacture of the finer flints became in a manner, in the later periods, what we might term an art, no one can well dispute who looked at the Illinois Col- lection of hundreds of the most beautiful objects of this kind ever exhibited. 288 The grades of flints vary from very low to very high and perhaps there is no place in the United States where there a collection of these relics could be made in such variety and beauty as in Illinois. In the Illinois Collection there were probably twenty thousand from which those exhibited were selected. Among such a number of varieties and forms it could be expected that only some of the more decided of the various types could be described. 289 Collectors are generally quite ready to class chipped stone objects of certain forms found so plentifully in Illinois, as arrow and spear heads. If the object is notched or fixed for haftingit has been an arrow point; if it seems to be a little too large for an arrow point- it is called a spear point. The fact is that quite prob- ably the great majority of these objects were neither arrow nor spear heads. In our explorations among the mounds for some thirty years we have seen the remains of very many of the aborigines who had been killed or wounded by arrows. These arrow heads are frequently found still sticking in the bones. In almost every instance these points are very small. We once found a skeleton that had six arrow points still in the frame. They were in the State Exhibit. Not one of these was more than an inch in length. In the Smithsonian collection at Washington are a large number of arrows obtained from various Indian tribes and pointed with stone; none of these 19 290 points are over an inch and a half in length. In fact it seems to be well enough shown that the aboriginal arrow point was comparatively small. In one skeleton from a mound on the Illinois river, one of the vertebra of the back-bone had been pierced by an arrow head which still remained in the bone. It was a small, sharp flint not quite an inch and a half long. It was without notch or tang. It is quite probable that many of the larger objects we call arrow heads were tools of some kind and notched or otherwise shaped to be fastened to a handle. Flint Tools. Some of the Indian tribes still use these tools. We have seen hundreds of these among the Utes, Cheyennes and Arapahoes. At the time of the discovery of gold at Pike's Peak we saw many of our Indian tribes in that region. Firearms had not yet been introduced among these Indians, and many of their weapons as well as most of their tools were of the primitive order. Their 291 knives were mostly made of flint and very much re- sembled the larger so called arrow heads so common in Illinois. These flints were fastened to a short handle, either with a thong or sinews, or by being fitted and fastened with pitch or gum or even glue. We have ourselves seen Indians cut leather easily enough with these hafted flint knives. There are some forms of these tools that are followed quite persistently and some of them are made with great skill. It is easy to imagine that among the aborigines, as with other people, there were some persons who had a genius for making objects and working the flint muck more skillfully than was common. Flint Drills. Quite a common form, of which we had some very fine examples in the State Exhibit, are called drills, and their form does suggest some such sort of use. They are gen- erally long slender points with a heavier base for fasten- ing to some handle for the tool. Some of these pretty 292 flint drills are marvels of skillful work in chipping, and are found especially about the water courses. We have collected them in JoDaviess and Carroll counties in the extreme north, as well as in Alexander county, in the southern end of the State. In Calhoun and Jersey coun- ties they are more plentiful, however. One of the most beautiful ones we have seen came from Union county; it was nearly six inches long. Some of the most delicate ones we have observed we took from a mound in St. Charles county, Missouri. They were very small and marvels of minute delicate chipping and pointed at both ends. It is quite probable that in the manufacture of these more delicate tools much depended on the artist's selec- tion of his material, and not only this, but it must be in condition; that is, must not be too dry or weather toughened. Beveled Edge Flint. Much might be written about the material of which the arrow points and tools were made. We call it flint, which name has obtained and possibly will have to be kept, but it is really not flint. We have no flint in this country like the flint of Europe, and of which our old gun flints were made. Flint is a silicious formation in chalk beds, 293 which we do not have. Our arrow points and flint ob- jects are made of nothing more than a kind of cherty limestone. Some of this chert, which is the proper name, is more or less silicious and of different colors, but still it is limestone, and most of our flint points will burn into lime, unlike the flint of Europe. Chert, which is our flint, abounds wherever the sub-carboniferous rocks are found. The aborigines, without doubt, however, had certain localities where they obtained a certain quality that suited their purposes. Sometimes in the mounds we have found masses of this material evidently stored away for future use. Some small tools, sometimes called bunts or scrapers, are common. Scraper. Some of these, after being hafted, might have been used in scraping skins, or in smoothing the surface of other objects. Some cutting implements were, quite probably, simple flakes fresh from off some special chert core. These sharp- edged flakes were quite common. We have found many of them in the mounds. 294 Among the common implements are some very pretty leaf-shaped tools that were used for certain purposes; perhaps some of these were used for cutting or scrap- ing something not so very Imrd. We collected some of these leaf-shaped objects for the State Exhibit that were simply exquisite in shape and general finish. Some of them are three or four inches in length. 10 295 Spear heads, like the arrow points, present a great variety of forms and are only distinguished from them by their much greater size. Great skill is often shown in the making of these spear heads, and like those of the drill, the material was evi- dently selected with care. The principal qualities were doubtless that of toughness combined with qualities for successful chipping. Although somewhat brittle they are not so easily broken as one would suppose. We have picked them up, sometimes five or six inches in length, on the surface of plowed fields where they must at times have met with rough usage in the cultivation of the land, they were still entire to the extreme fine point. A spear was always a formidable weapon and was doubtless a favorite one with our aborigines. Especially was it a favorite arm with the Indians on horse back before they had fire arms and we have seen them slay many a buffalo with spears pointed with a rude but sharp piece of iron or steel obtained from the whites. Flint spear heads are most numerous about the rivers and streams of Illinois where they were doubtless 296 used in fishing. While it is somewhat rare to find flint implements in a mound we have on a few occasions found some rare and beautiful objects of this kind. In a mound in Calhoun county we found one very fine point, possibly a spear head, that was some ten inches in length. While spear heads and objects of this kind were made of our common white or colored chert there is occasionally one of harder material. In the State Exhibit were two or three very fine objects of this kind made of chalcedony or quarzite. I obtained them in Carroll county in the northern part of the State. There was also another very fine spear head of translucent quarzite from Union county in the southern part of the State. Spears and ceremonial objects of obsidian like those found by Morehead in the Hopewell mound in Ohio, are also very rare in Illinois, and are only found in mounds. Among the surface finds we have seen but two or three small specimens. Spears of copper were seldom used by the primitive people of Illinois and are very rare. There were two fine ones, however, in the State Exhibit, both found in Illinois. We have seen a few flint implements shaped somewhat like a dagger and possibly intended, as is thought by some, to be used as a weapon by being held in the hand. Flint Tool. One very fine specimen somewhat of this form in the State Exhibit, I obtained from Calhoun county; it is six or seven inches long. We also have one from Jersey county. I doubt if they were weapons or flint daggers. All of this form we have seen are small and I shall be inclined to place them in the list of tools. 297 There is another very interesting form of flint objects generally classed as arrow points; some of these are notched in a peculiar manner and all of them seern to be worn smooth about the neck of the notch as if they might have had a string about them and the string had worn the notch smooth by suspension or otherwise. There were quite a number of these in the State Exhibit. There is still another form, called by some, knives, which we can hardly accept, however. Some of these flint objects are made with great skill in the chipping. They are pointed at both ends and sometimes, although not in every instance, the edges are beveled. Flints in a War Club. Many of the tools have their edges thus beveled off in a very skillful manner. It is the general impression among collectors that these objects are arrow points made with the beveled edges so that they would twist or whirl in passing through the air. They were probably tools of some kind. We have seen among the Ute Indians tools somewhat similar with short handles. 298 There are a great many other forms of flint imple- ments found in Illinois, the description of which, if ac- companied with illustrations, would be of much interest. There is one class of flint implements in which Illinois is particularly rich and in which there are some forms that might be said to be peculiar to the State. These are agricultural implements. Whether Illinois had in- digenous men, we only think possible, but have not the evidence to make it conclusive. Paleolithic objects may be numerous in our present age, but in the age beyond, the glacial, there seems to be no sign of man whatever. But it seems to be established that in our State there were very early inhabitants and as the evidence from our caverns and cave shelters seem to show they were the veriest savages, possibly cannibals. After or among these somewhat vague people comes somehow an im- proved state of affairs with the inhabitants. Somebody brings or finds a very primitive kind of religion and ceremonials are instituted, mounds are built. Finally these mound builders became a great nation with an established religion and an organized government. They lived in large communities on the rich bottom lands, and their numbers and manner of life made it necessary that sustenance should be provided in other ways than that of savages or in the manner of our Indians. They became tillers of the soil and had cornfields and were not dependent on the chase or hunting. These people 1 became so numerous and strong and so well organized that they were able to erect enormous temples or places on which to have their ceremonies or religious obser- vances. That there were other nations or tribes of people in the land is quite evident from the fact that in some places these mound builders had defensive works, as is shown in Ohio. In Illinois, where their largest temple and town was situated, this did not seem neces- 299 sary. The "Great American Bottom," as it is called, an extraordinarily fertile tract of low land on the Mis- sissippi, seventy-five miles long and five to ten miles wide, was their central dwelling place, with colonies about them for a hundred miles or more; some of the fine bottoms on the Illinois were occupied by their col- onies, and here are found their great religious mounds, and the rich bottoms on the Illinois, like the American Bottom are probably to this day destitute of forests where these people cultivated corn, vegetables and other edibles. From some of these mounds have been taken the most advanced work of the stone age we have seen, and the only chipped and ground implements we have met with. Their agricultural tools were of stone and made with a degree of skill that is unrivaled in the chipping of flint tools. Some of the flint hoes when fastened on to a handle in a firm manner were in fact no mean implement with which to dig about the corn and growing crops. A Hafted Spade. The large flat, slightly ovoid, instruments, always wider at one end and known as spades, were tools with which to dig the soil. Some of these have seen so much use, 300 probably in a sandy soil, as to have a very nicely pol- ished surface about the larger end, the smaller end having doubtless been fastened to a handle. One splendid speci- men in the State Collection was seventeen inches in length. We obtained it in Randolph county; another fine speci- men from Madison county was sixteen inches long; sev- eral others from Madison and St. Clair were but little smaller. Flint Spade 17 Inches Long. One fine specimen from Union county was polished over its entire surface, showing that both ends had been used in digging. There were two varieties of the large spades that seems to have been followed persistently. From certain evi- dence it would seem to be quite probable that certain 301 persons or families were more skillful and followed the business of making especial forms of stone implements. Across the Mississippi river from Chester, Illinois, there are a number of mounds in Perry county, Missouri. A farmer here plowing over one of these mounds in his field, felt his plow strike something, and upon looking to see what it was, found buried there sixty-three flint spades. None were less than a foot in length, all precisely of the same form, and not one of them showed any signs of being used. They were possibly new when buried there. We were able to secure most of this find, every one of which was perfect and a gem of its kind. We think one person had made all these objects. In the northern part of the American bottom, in the vicinity of Alton, the common form of the large spade found has a broader edge and straighter sides, showing the handiwork of another family of artists which followed a peculiar out- line in their chipping. Agricultural implements of a smaller kind are very common in the Illinois river valley, but not exactly of the form of the larger one. Occasionally a specimen of our more southern and larger forms is found as far up the river as Peoria but they are comparatively rare there. Notched Hoe. The notched hoes or spades with notches for fasten- ing to a handle are very much desired by collectors. 302 They are not so common as the spade and probably were much more difficult to make, They are peculiar to this region or at least very rare elsewhere. Like the spades, there are two distinct forms of the type one with straight sides and a broader edge, the other more circular in outline, Occasionally these notched hoes are found very much worn, showing that they had doubtless been used for many years, for the attrition of the soil must have affected their flinty surfaces but very slowly. And then one is occasionally found so bung- lingly and rudely made, that it is very plain that an attempt had been made to evade an infringement of the other fellow's patent. A Cahokia Mound 50 feet high. When we speak of the use of these implements in the cultivation of corn, how do we know they had corn? We have found it in their mounds on more than one occa- sion, sometimes in a charred condition and otherwise. 303 In excavating to the bottom of one of the Cahokia mounds, we found, besides the grains of corn and some cobs, bundles of cornstalks bound together with cords or strings. We have some charred specimens of this corn, as well as pieces of the cords and strings, as was shown in the exhibit. Cora Cob from Mound. The corn we have found in the mounds was a rather small ear with eight rows. The rows were in pairs and between each pair of rows of grains was an interstice or furrow. The grains must have been of good size, for even the charred grain we have found were of fair size. At the bottom of an excavation in one of the Cahokia mounds not only were the remains of corn but seed of melons like pumpkins and squashes. Some of these seeds too were of large size. In the bottom of this mound we found a number of strings and cords that seemed to have been made of some kind of vegetable fiber. We have found, in several instances, some of their fabrics, too, preserved by being in contact with copper. In some of the cloth, both of hair and vegetable fiber, could be seen the warp and woof. All the fabric we have seen, however, was coarse in texture, more like our bags or sacking material. That these old mound people who once lived on the rich lands of Illinois had made a very material advance- ment from the state of semi-savage or barbarian life of our modern Indians there can be but little question. We have but to point to the huge mounds in Madi- son and St. Glair counties of which our modern Indians know absolutely nothing and which no modern Indian that we have any knowledge of had a capacity to make, or ability to erect through insufficient organization, want of numbers, manner of life and disinclination to 304 engage in physical labor. We are aware that an effort has been made to show that all our mound builders were simply the ancestors of our present red men. We do not think it has been shown, but space prevents us from going into this discussion. That our red Indians are indigenous to the country is probably true. But that another race or races lived here and were much farther advanced than the Indians and finally suddenly and totally disappeared we believe also is true. That this advanced race of mound builders had cus- toms, religious or otherwise, which they learned in some way from other countries we believe also. We believe that when the mounds of Illinois are fully explored we shall have sufficient proofs and have a his- tory of great interest. GLACIAL GEOLOGY. BY OSSIAN GUTHRIE. NTIL a very recent date, the glacial geology of Illinois seems to have been almost entirely over- looked, or, if not overlooked, misunderstood. Recent researches, however, have developed the fact that the prairies of Illinois not only owe their existence to glacial action, but afford one of the richest fields on the globe for the study of glacial phenomena. Four great glacial streams invaded the area now in- cluded within the boundaries of the State of Illinois. Two of these came directly south from the Lake Super- ior region, bringing native copper and rocks or boulders of every variety found on the northern peninsula of Michigan and in eastern Wisconsin. These streams en- tered the domain of the State from the north, and scat- tered their promiscuous cargoes along and west of the Illinois valley. The pathways of these streams, or glacial rivers, are easily identified. One scattered red porphyry in great profusion, but scattered a comparatively small quantity of copper. The other distributed copper in considerable quantities, or more profusely than any other stream, but no red porphyry, and both are distinguish- able from the two Lake Huron streams, which invaded the State from the east, by the absence of three distinct varieties of conglomerate which are found together and in profusion along the pathways of these streams. One of the streams above referred to, left Lake Huron at Saginaw Bay, passed diagonally across the State of Michigan, entered the Kankakee valley near South Bend, 20 305 306 and followed thence along that valley to the Illinois, which valley ifc followed to the Mississippi river, scatter- ing the red jasper or Huron conglomerate and two other distinct conglomerates, all of Canadian origin, all along its tortuous pathway. The other stream passed south through Lake Huron, out of the west end of Lake Erie, and thence along the Wabash valley. This line seems to have been the one of least resistance, and consequently, the pathway of the larger glacial stream, for, in addition to supplying the Wabash valley proper, it sent out a broad sheet, or series of inferior streams, in a southwesterly direction, to the valley of the Illi- nois. This statement seems to be amply supported by the fact that the three Canadian conglomerates are scattered in profusion all along this line' on the islands in Lake Huron, and thence along the line to Lake Erie, along the Wabash, and thence diagonally across Illinois to the Illinois river valley. All doubt upon this subject, if any there was, seems to be removed by the Guthrie Collection in the Illinois State Building at the World's Fair relating to the glacial geology of the State. This collection contained about 1,000 specimens, almost every one of which was either glacial-marked, or was a frag- ment from a glacial transported boulder. Every speci- men or variety in this collection is to be found in the drift of Illinois. The glacial streams which invaded the area embraced within our State lines, had swept over an estimated area of over 700,000 square miles, and gathered together probably a greater variety of rocks and other material than any other glacial body had ever delivered upon an equal area. The glacial collection of Mr. Guthrie, and the geologi- cal and relief maps of Illinois, especially prepared for the World's Fair, and made from the most reliable data ob- tainable, seemed to be in perfect accord. These features 307 of the Illinois Exhibit, which, as before stated, had hereto- fore either been neglected or misunderstood, were visited by many eminent scientists, whose admiration of the exhibit was universal. Recent exposure of glacial grooves on the floor of the DesPlaines valley at Lamont, by the Drainage District Trustees of Chicago, and the cutting through of the rock barrier at Momence, have furnished the most conclusive proof of the correctness of the conclusions above ex- pressed. FORESTRY. BY MARTIN CONRAD, SUPERINTENDENT. jOTWiTHSTANDING the fact that Illinois has al- M&L ways been known as the Prairie State, early data prove conclusively that, although unevenly distributed, fully one-fourth of its area was covered with forests when the white men first entered the territory. There was probably no county entirely without tim- ber, but the real forests were confined to the southern portion of the State, the broad bottom lands of the Mississippi and Illinois, together with nearly one-half of the delta formed by these rivers. Many counties throughout this section presented an unbroken forest, chiefly of deciduous trees, rich in vari- ety, and of a quality unsurpassed on this continent. The growth on the margins of the smaller streams, areas between forks of creeks, or wherever protected from fire, including the "oak openings" peculiar to the broad roll- ing prairies, consisted almost entirely of burr, black and red oaks, which had expended their force in growing lateral branches to such an extent that, viewed from a distance the park-like groves, devoid of all undergrowth, recalled the scenes where grew: "The Baldwins and the Jonathans, The Gillyflower and the Wine," at the old homestead, where "oak openings" and prairies were alike unknown. There were also "oak openings" of quite opposite development, since the wood consisted of large burly roots, or "grubs", which had been expanding their gnarled deformities for many years, 311 312 evidently by sending up shoots every spring, only to be as regularly razed in the autumn, by the annual holo- caust that destroyed everything of an arboraceous na- ture, with the exception of these under-ground "grubs" and mature trees whose heavy barks proved an efficient shield against the recurrent seas of flame. Despite the scientific theory that fire was a prime factor in the for- mation of our prairies, the groves that dotted the land- scape, and the presence of these trunkless living roots in the ground, go far to prove the contrary, since the former had attained mature growth, while the latter evidently sustained saplings of no mean proportions before the fire era. The settlement of the State, through which the forests yielded to the axe, brought with it by way of compen- sation the gradual cessation of these fires, and thus gave the "grub patches" that survived the plow of the hus- bandman, an opportunity to spring up and expand in- to beautiful groves, while the openings that appeared to Col. George Kogers Clark, "like islands in the sea," are being gradually supplanted by vigorous young for- ests, until the erstwhile characteristics so peculiar to arborescent growth on our prairies have nearly all dis- appeared. Taking this spontaneous extension of the natural growth of the prairies into consideration, together with the fact that many forest trees have been planted where formerly were only grass and weeds, it has been stated with considerable plausibility that the forest area has not been impaired; but this unfortunately is not borne out by the facts, as it is safe to say that there has been no increase since 1880, when it was estimated that there were twenty-three counties in the northern part of the State with seven per cent woodland; twenty-one counties in the district extending from the Illinois river, below Ottawa, to the Mississippi with fifteen per cent; seventeen 313 counties east of this with six per cent; in the district south of this, comprising seventeen counties, twenty- four per cent; thirteen counties in the Kaskaskia dis- trict foot up twenty-one per cent; and the remaining eleven counties averaging twenty-seven per cent making a decrease, as will be seen, of about ten per cent, from the original wooded area. This loss is almost entirely due to marketing the mer- chantable timber in the southern part of the State where the production of lumber and cooperage stock has been an important industry for many 3^ears. Owing to the ex- haustion of the best grades of mature hard woods, the business is rapidly diminishing, and as the present supply is chiefly on lands not available for cultivation, the re- maining area is not liable to furthur encroachments, and hence it follows that the problem of to-day is no longer a question of off-setting the destruction of forests at one end of the State, by cultivation in the other, but rather, that henceforth there will be a more uniform develop- ment, which is destined not only to restore the original area, but also to equalize the supply, so that every local- ity in the entire State shall be blessed with woodland shade and shelter. The State of Illinois is three hundred and eighty-five miles in length, ranging from the latitude of Boston to that of Richmond, Va., and while the climate may not vary in an equivalent degree, the prolific soil produces an indigenous sylva ranging from the black cypress of the semi-tropic South to the tamarack of the far North; making a variety more than twice as great as that of all Europe. A proper exhibit of this great forest wealth was not decided upon until the middle of August preceding the opening of the World's Columbian Exposition, and it is needless to say that thereupon every effort was put forth 314 to make a creditable showing within the limited remain- ing time. In pursuance of this decision, a Superintendent was appointed and was afforded every facility to make the exhibit worthy of its surroundings in the magnificent Illinois Building, and through the valuable assistance of Commissioner Washburn and other members of the Board, the formal opening of the great Exposition found an artist- ically arranged exhibit of indigenous woods on appropri- ate rustic shelving, each specimen thoroughly finished, duly labeled, and the whole catalogued, as follows: Indigenous. Genera. Species. Common Name. Anon Anac Betu Bign Capr Conil Corn Cupu Eben Ham acere ... Asii Rhi Bet Cat Vib Jun Cup Ny* Cor Fag Ost Gas Qu Dio Liq nina triloba Papaw ardiaceea .... lacesB . Dniacece . ... is ula rubra Sumac Red Birch alpa speciosa Catalpa (Western) foliacece .... 'ersB . iirnum prunifolium iperus Virginiana ressus fastigiata. Black Haw Red Cedar Cypress . acejs >sa aquatica Tupelo capitata Yellow Gum uniflora White Sweet Gum svlvatica Black Gum nus florida us ferruginea Dogwood Beech iferee . . . rya Virginica Hornbeam tanea vesca Chestnut rcus obtusiloba Post Oak alba White Oak aquatica Water Oak falcata. Spanish Oak tinctoria Black Oak rubra Red Oak prinoides.. Chinquapin Oak . . macrocarpa Burr Oak Michauxii Basket Oak nigra Black- Jack Oak . lyrata Overcup Oak coccinea Scarlet Oak Phellos . . Willow Oak bicolor Swamp Oak. aceaa spyros Virginiana Persimmon.. .. imelaceee .... uidambar Styraciflua . . . Sweet Gum, Red 315 Indigenous Concluded. Genera. Species. Common Name. Juglandaceee. Lauracece LeguminoseeB MagnoliacesB OleacesB.. . PlatanaceeB Kosacese... Rutace Sapotacere Salieacece , Sapindace SimambacesB Tiliacess .... Urticacero . . Juglans nigra ' ' cinerea Gary a olivaeformis ' ' alba ' ' sulcata tomentosa ' ' porcina Sassafras officinale Cercis Canadensis Bobinia pseudacncia Gleditschia triacanthos. . . . Gymnocladus Canadensis . . Liriodendron tulipif era. . . . Magnolia acuminata Fraxinus sambucifolia ' ' Americana Forestiera acuminata Platanus occidentalis Primus serotina Cratesgus coccinea Prunus Americana Pyrus angustifolia Amelanchier Canadensis. . . Ptelia trifoliata Xanthoxylum Americanum Bumelia lycioides Populus alba Populus monilifera Populus grandidentata. . . . Salix nigra Acer nigrum Acer dasycarpum Negundo aceroides Acer saccharinum , Acer rubrum -ZEsculus glabra Simaruba glauca Tilia Americana , Ulmus Americana ' ' racemosa ' ' fulva 1 ' alata Morus rubra Celtis reticulate. . Black Walnut , Butternut , Pecan White Hickory, Shellbark., Big Shellbark Black Hickory , Pignut Hickory Sassafras KedBud Black Locust Honey Locust Kentucky Coffee-tree Tulip-tree, Yellow Poplar. . Cucumber-tree Black Ash White Ash Privet Sycamore Wild Black Cherry , Bed Haw Wild Plum Crab Apple June Berry Water Ash Prickly Ash Ironwood Silver Poplar, S. Maple.. . . Cottonwood Poplar, White Black Willow Black Sugar Maple Soft Maple, White Box Elder White Sugar Maple Soft Maple, Red Buckeye Paradise Tree Lind Basswood White Elm Hickory Elm Slippery Elm Cork Elm, Wahoo Elm Bed Mulberry Hackberry Elder, Hazel, Spicewood, Wild Grape, etc., etc. 316 Owing to the limited time in which the collection had to be made, several kinds were unavoidably omitted, among which may be mentioned White Pine (Lake Co.), Yellow Pine (Union Co.), Birch, Wahoo, and other varie- ties, which were well represented, however, in the exten- sive display of cultivated wood, arranged and finished in the same uniform manner and catalogued as follows under the head of: Cultivated Timber. Species. Name. Years. Height, feet. Diam- eter, inches ANONACE2E. Asimina triloba .. BETULACE-aE. Betula alba . . . White Birch 18 50 9 BIGNONIACE^E. Western Catalpa 10 22 54 OAPRIFOLIACE2E. Viburnum prunifolium Black Haw CONIFERS. Larix Europea 34 52 16 Pinus svlvestris Scotch Pine 27 45 11 Pinus Austriaca 22 35 12 Juniperus Virginiana. Bed Cedar 46 28 7i Larix Americana . . . 36 50 12 Abies balsamea Balsam Fir 25 38 10 Tsuga Canadensis.. 22 33 74 Picea pungens White Spruce 19 36 8 Pinus Banksiana 19 38 6 Pinus resinosa Norway Pine 20 36 104 Abies excelsa Norway Spruce 25 40 9* Thuja occidental] s Arbor- vitee 26 34 9 Pinus strobus . . White Pine.. 32 50 18 817 Cultivated Timber Continued. Species. Name. Years. Height, feet. Diam- eter, inches CUPULIFEK^J. Ostrva Virginica Hop Tree... ..... . 19 35 3A Burr or Over-cup Oak. . 50 41 11 alba White Oak 58 51 10* f alcata . Red Oak 54 66 10A nigra Black Oak 54 62 11 palustris Pin Oak.. 54 80 13 lyrata Over-cup Oak 61 65 11 p. discolor. .... Swamp White Oak 42 60 m prinus palustris Chestnut Oak 43 40 Fagus ferruginea . . . Beech 33 40 9 Castanea vesca American Chestnut .... 37 60 16 Carpinus Caroliniana Water Beech 36 20 14 EBENACE^!. Dyospyros Virginiana. JUGLANDACE^J. Juglans cinerea . . 40 46 10 Carya alba Shellbark Hickory 59 60 Carya porcina Pignut Hickory .... 47 45 Juglans nigra Black Walnut 39 60 12 LEGUMINOSE^!. Gymnocladus Canadensis Ky. Coffee Tree 47 55 10 Gleditschia triancanthos Hon^y Locust 46 51 18 Kobinia pseudacacia . Black Locust 14 60 7 Gleditschia aquatica .. Water Locust 12 40 4 Kobinia fragilis. Yellow Locust . 34 40 6 SIMARUBACE^:. Ailanthus glandulosa OLEACEJ3. Fraxinus platycarpa Water Ash .... .... 51 72 9 Americana White Ash 21 47 10 ' ' quadrangulata . . . Blue Ash 50 45 9 PLATANACE.E. Platanus occidentalis . . Sycamore. . . 30 55 10* 318 Cultivated Timber Concluded. Species. Name. Years. Height, feet. Diam- eter, inches ROSACES. Pyrus Americana Mountain Ash . .... 32 25 9 Amelanchier Canadensis . . . June Berry CrateBgus coccinea Prunus serotina .... White Thorn, Ked Haw. Wild Black Cherry.. 29 39 15 55 Prunus Pennsylvanica Choke Cherry.. Pyrus angustifolia Wild Crab Apple 28 7i RUTACE^E. Xanthoxylmn Americanum. Prickly Ash SALICACE-E. Populus monilifera .... Cotton-wood. .... 52 82 8i Populus grandidentata .... Poplar 32 9 Salix amvgdaloides Water Willow 8 4* Populus tremuloides Quaking Asp. 24 6 Salix soricea Silky Willow 33 66 9 Salix virainalis .... Basket Willow Salix vitellina Yellow Willow 18 55 9J Populus balsamif era Balm of G-ilead .... 16 60 11 Populus alba .... . . . . Silver Poplar . . 33 60 ioi SAPINDACE-E. 2Esculus glabra Horse Chestnut . . 40 35 6 Acer dasycarpum... Soft Maple 26 60 11 Acer saccharinum Bock or Sugar Maple 30 50 64 Acer rubrum Bed Maple .... 32 52 10 Negundo aceroides Box Elder .... SABOTAGED. Bumelia lanuginosa Iron Wood 46 45 H TLLIACEJE. Tilia Americana Basswood 33 58 13 URTICACE2E. Celtis reticulata. Hackberry 39 45 10 Maclura aurantiaca . . . Osage Orange. 22 30 6i Ulmus Americana White Elm 42 62 10 Ulmus fulva Slippery Elm 33 58 11 Morus rubra Mulberry 21 25 6 319 The material for this exhibit was chiefly collected by Commissioner Samuel Dysart, with A. R. Whitney, the veteran nurseryman, as his able assistant. The data as to age and dimensions of each tree were also supplied by those old settlers, which go far towards establishing the results of timber culture on open prairies. To amplify the products of cultivated timber, a com- plete farm wagon was exhibited, constructed of twenty- five kinds of wood, all of which were grown from the seed, on a prairie farm in Lee county. This highly fin- ished collective showing of what can be produced on a single farm, served as a center piece to the general ex- hibit, and being so far as known the first vehicle on this continent made of cultivated timber, proved the leading attraction of the entire department. Aside from this wagon the display consisted of seventy- three specimens, which could have been greatly aug- mented in number had time permitted to canvass the State. The difficulty seemed to be that the dweller of the prairie planted the rarer specimens for shade and ornamentation, and hence could hardly be expected to part with such trees just as the object and reward were developing into beautiful perfection. It is a pleasure, however, to record the fact that wherever duplicates could possibly be spared, not a single owner was in the least disposed to take advantage of the situation, but invariably made personal sacrifices to further the aims and purposes of the Commission in making a forestry display worthy of the greatest agricultural State of the Union. The history of forests and forestry in Illinois is thus briefly brought down to the Columbian year, and after striking the balance between the present and the past, we find, upon adding all other aborescent growth, that the leaf surface of the State has suffered no loss, and being . 320 evenly distributed, its beneficial influences upon climate, water supply and soil, are thereby greatly augmented. The loss is in forest area, quality and financial results, and to retrieve this deficiency in the shortest possible time, tree planting should be confined to fruit-bearing timber trees, which would restore the income without loss of area, and yet more than double the commercial value of trees ordinarily cultivated. Of the trees indigenous to the State, will be found the black walnut, pecan, butternut and hickory, all of which, when once established, will thrive without care, will grow rapidly, and are naturally free from insects enemies; the product, therefore, must be nearer a clear gain than any- thing else raised on the farm. That little or no atten- tion has been paid to this promising branch of arbori- culture is a most singular and surprising fact, especially since it opens an entirely new field, in which the propaga- tion, improvement and origination of new varieties of fruit by engrafting or budding, may be practiced with unquestioned success and with the absolute certainty of remunerative results. The product is a delicacy equal to the fruit of the orchard, commanding a price at all times so liberal as to justify unusual care in its cultivation ; and the timber of the tree itself is invariably the most valuable and costly in our market. In conclusion, we can only dedicate the important task of re-afforestation to the farming community. Others may suggest, but upon the tillers of the soil devolves the duty of conserving by practical means the forestal interests of the great State of Illinois. With unbounded faith in their devotion to this work, we behold with pro- phetic vision, future generations blessing the memory of those who rebuilded selection as may be deemed best to represent the Rural 427 Schools of the county, have it bound or mounted, as the case may be, and forward, as directed in this circular. Superintendents or principals of Graded or High Schools should proceed similarly. CLASSIFICATION OF SCHOOLS. For the purpose of indicating approximately the quan- tity of work desired from each of the three classes of schools (A, B and C) a classification of counties upon the basis of the number of schools in each has been made for the Rural Schools (A). A classification of cities upon the basis of the number of teachers employed in each system has been made for Graded Schools (B). A classification of High Schools (C) upon the basis of: 1. Those managed by a corps of teachers exclusively engaged in high school work, and 2. Those which are in part or wholly under the in- struction of teachers part of whose duties is instruction or supervision of other grades of work. CLASSIFICATION OF COUNTIES. CLASS I OVER 400 SCHOOLS. Cook. CLASS n314-175. LaSalle. Henry. Champaign. Ogle. Vermilion. Iroquois. Hancock. Fulton. Moultrie. Adams. McLean. KIJOX. Bureau. Sangamon. Will. Livingston 16. 428 CLASS in 175-100. Kane. Ford. Macoupin. Jasper. Pike. Lake. Coles. Mercer. Kankakee. Kandolph. McHenry. White. Stephenson. Lee. Whiteside. Peoria. Clark. Christian. Jackson. Fayette. JoDaviess. Madison. Marion. St. Clair. Piatt. Wayne. Tazewell. Carroll. DeKalb. Grundy. McDonough. Jefferson. Shelby. Logan. Edgar. Morgan. Macon. Kock Island. Montgomery. Williamson. Warren. Woodford 43, Winnebago. CLASS IV LESS THAN 100. Bond. Clinton. Cumberland. Henderson. DuPage. Kendall. Greene. Perry. Marshall. Stark. Saline. Calhoun. Washington. Putnam. Cass. Crawford. Gallatin. Douglas. Johnson. Franklin. Monroe. Lawrence. 429 Class IV Concluded. Pulaski. Richland. Alexander. Union. Massac. Brown. Clay. Edwards. DeWitt. Jersey. Effingham. Menard. Hamilton. Pope. Mason. Wabash. Schuyler. Hardin. Boone. Scott 42. FROM RURAL SCHOOLS CLASS (A). From the county class I, it is desired to receive ap- proximately, bound matter, 30 volumes; mounts, 120. From each county of class II, bound matter, 25 vol- umes; mounts, 75. From each county of class III, bound matter, 20 volumes; mounts, 50. From each county of class IV, 10 volumes bound matter and mounts 25. FROM GRADED SCHOOLS CLASS (B). From systems of graded schools employing 500 teach- ers or over, 100 volumes, 400 mounts. From systems employing 75 to 500 teachers, 40 volumes, 150 mounts. From systems employing 25 to 75 teachers, 20 volumes, 8C mounts. From systems employing 10 to 25 teachers, 15 volumes, 50 mounts. Graded schools employing less than 10 teachers, 8 volumes, 20 mounts. FROM HIGH SCHOOLS CLASS (c). From each high school, class C, 1 and 2, a sufficient number of volumes and mounts to fully represent its work, together with any other matter that cannot be thus classified. It is hoped to make the exhibit of secondary schools as full, striking, suggestive and in- structive as possible. 430 The possible aggregate may seem large, but it is not expected that the full amount of work indicated will be secured in every case. Furthermore it must be borne in mind that enough of material is needed to make at least six entire changes in the exhibit, one for each month. It is the intention also to classify these changes to con- form to the classification of schools as far as may be found practicable. ADMINISTRATION. It is desired to receive from boards, superintendents, principals and teachers, courses of study, manuals of directions, reports of boards, circulars, examination questions, district, central and final, and for other pur- poses, reports to parents, blanks, library cards, etc., used in the administration of schools, bound in the same manner, as nearly as may be, as the manuscript work of the pupils. HISTORY. Correspondence is solicited from parties who may have old text and exercise books, views of old school houses, log or otherwise, historical sketches devoted to educa- tional matters in Illinois, biographical sketches, portraits of noted teachers, and all similar matter. The value of the exhibit will depend upon the honesty of purpose and the integrity of conduct of all connected with it. In this connection I quote without reservation the following words upon this point as applicable to work presented as the product of the pupils exclusively: "Every item of work presented as the product of the pupils, should be absolutely genuine. The interference of a teacher, even to the correction of an obvious mis- take, the retouching of a shade in drawing, the fitting by a shaving of a joint of woodwork, the dotting of an "i," or the crossing of a "t," should be deemed an in- excusable fault; any work so "improved ' should be 431 rigorously rejected. Each item should be forwarded ex- actly as the pupil left it. No special instruction, prac- tice or drill should be given to any pupil, class or school, preparatory to work which is intended for the Exposi- tion. The actual fruits of the regular school system should be presented without being worked up for this special purpose." "It will happen that in a given city one school will win the honor of sending forward the representative class in one subject, another in another, and so on. It will be possible that every community which is really excelling in some particular, may have the honor of being represented in something in the final selection. " In case the work is to appear with correction, by the teacher, these should be placed so as to show exactly what the work was prior to the indicated corrections. REPORT. As soon as possible after January 20th, 1893, it is desirable that superintendents, principals or committees having authority or responsibility for the exhibit of any school, or system of schools, should report to the under- signed, Superintendent of the Public School Section of the Educational Exhibit of Illinois, stating what grades, variety and amount of work will be contributed. This report should be in detail as much as circum- stances will permit, and be made without reference to any previous statement, oral or otherwise. CONCLUSION. This circular was intended to be issued about Decem- ber 1st, but it has been unavoidably delayed. It is designed, however, for final directions rather than to initiate action. It is supplementary, not intro- ductory. 432 It is to be hoped that the occasion and the oppor- tunity may not be overlooked nor undervalued. The time that remains is short and should be dili- gently improved. Under the direction of intelligent and zealous teachers there is ample opportunity to make an exhibit of Public School Education in Illinois that shall be at once an honor and an inspiration. The exhibit is to be made upon the soil of Illinois in her great metropolis. It will be surrounded by the evi- dence of progress and enterprise in every walk of life. Let us see to it that this greatest interest of a free people lacks nothing to make it impressive as well as in. structive. Let every child in the commonwealth be made to feel that he has contributed of his thought and action to the great Exposition. Additional suggestions and directions will be published if deemed necessary, but it is believed that all further needful information can be given by correspondence or personal visitation. Additional copies of this circular may be had on appli- cation. Correspondence is invited. DECEMBER 9, 1892. WM. JENKINS, Supt. Public School Sec. of Educational Exhibit of Illinois. Room 18, Montauk Block, Chicago. HENRY RAAB, Supt. of Public Instruction of Illinois. Booms of the Illinois Board of World's Fair Commis- sioners. Approved: JOHN P. REYNOLDS, Director-in- Chief. 433 Chicago Public School Exhibit. The Chicago School Exhibit embraces work from the Kindergartens, Primary and Grammar Grades, High and Manual Training Schools and Evening Schools. The work embraces about 4,000 mounts upon cards 22x28 on wing frames in cases, and 200 wall mounts under glass in frames. One hundred and twenty-five bound volumes represent the work of whole classes of pupils, and specially selected work, which indicates the methods used in presenting dif- erent topics in the various branches of studies. INVENTORY. 1 KINDERGARTENS. Sixty-four mounts representing some portions of the first year's work. NOTE: Ten kindergartens were accepted by the Board of Education of Chicago September, 1892. 2 PRIMARY AND GRAMMAR SCHOOLS. The work of pupils is presented from the first to the eighth grades inclusive: a. Language, two cases, 66 cards, with 264 mounts. b. Arithmetic, two cases, 66 cards, with 264 mounts. c. Geography, one case, 33 cards, with 132 mounts. d. History, one case, 33 cards, with 132 mounts. e. Physiology, one case, 33 cards, with 132 mounts. f. Drawing, all grades, three cases, 99 cards, with 396 mounts, besides 74 cards, wall mounts. In addition to the exhibits in cases on the various subjects there are framed exhibits of 42 cards with 168 mounts, representing typical work in each grade. -28 434 CLASS WORK IN BOUND VOLUMES. First Grade 1. Second Grade, Language 5, Arithmetic 3. Third Grade, Language 6, Arithmetic 7. Fourth Grade, Language 5, Arithmetic 6, Geography 7. Fifth Grade, Language, Arithmetic, Geography,. Sixth Grade, Language , Arithmetic , Geography , Physiology . Seventh Grade, Language , Arithmetic , Geography , Physiology , History . Eighth Grade, Language , Arithmetic , History , Physiology . One volume of representative work in each grade and one volume of representative work in each of the sub- jects of Arithmetic, U. S. History, Geography and Physi- ology. 3 GERMAN. One volume of class work from each grade from third to eighth grade inclusive. Six framed mounts typical of grade work. 4 MANUAL TRAINING. a. One case representing the experimental work carried on in the grades from two to five inclusive, in the Lake View No. 2 and Foster Schools, 40 pieces. b. One case representing the experimental work carried on under the patronage of Mr. R. T. Grane in the sixth, seventh and eighth grades at the Tilden School build- ing, corner of Lake and Elizabeth streets, 40 pieces. Classes from the Tilden, Skinner, Emerson, Washing- ton and Carpenter Schools work two hours each week throughout the year. c. One set of objects constructed by the pupils of the sixth, seventh and eighth grades from the Jones, Haven, Moseley and Calumet Avenue Schools. The classes re- 435 ceive their instruction at the Jones School building, corner of Harrison street and Third avenue, two hours a week throughout the year, 18 pieces. SEWING. One case of 33 cards, having 172 specimens of work from second to fifth grades, inclusive, also three framed typical exercises having 30 specimens, one book of 64 specimens, and another of 37 specimens. 5 HIGH SCHOOLS. Three eases of 33 cards, with 132 mounts, represent- ing Biology, first year's Science; Physiology, or second year's Science; Chemistry, or third year's Science, besides 40 wall mounts under glass in frames. One biological table with out-fit of microscope and instruments, as used for science instruction, and furnished by the Board of Education of Chicago to the various High Schools. Fourteen volumes of essays of first, second and third year High School work. EXAMINATION QUESTIONS. Five volumes showing examination questions, as used in the various High Schools, with a summary of the re- sults. Thirty-three microscopic preparations in Biology. 6 ENGLISH HIGH AND MANUAL TRAINING. One case, 60 pieces, representing the various exercises in wood work. One case, 325 pieces, representing the various exercises in iron work. One hundred and five articles in wood and iron, show- ing constructive power of the pupils. 436 One case, 33 mounts, free-hand drawings. One case, 33 mounts, mechanical and architectural drawings. One portrait of Supt. A. G. Lane, and One of Asst. Supt. A. F. Nightingale. 7 EVENING HIGH SCHOOLS. One case of mechanical and architectural drawings, having 33 mounts. Four wall mounts. Six volumes showing progressive steps in mechanical and architectural drawing, as taught in the Evening High Schools. 8 TEXT BOOKS USED IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS. One book-case, duplicates of which are furnished to each schoolroom, containing a copy of each text book used in the public schools of Chicago. Seven pieces of apparatus made by pupils of the Jeffer- son High School. One case of prepared birds of 56 specimens from the Jefferson High School. One table or bench, such as is used by pupils in the Grammar Grade Manual Training Work. SOUTHERN ILLINOIS STATE NORMAL, UNIVERSITY. ID. B. PARKINSON, SUPERINTENDENT. : EREWITH is respectfully submitted a report of the exhibit made by the Southern Illinois State Normal University at the World's Fair just closed. Before entering upon the details of the report, it should be stated that the Illinois Commissioners have the hearty thanks of the faculty, the students, and the many friends of the Institution hereby represented, for the desirable and ample space allotted to their exhibit, the excellent provision made for its display, and for the many courte- sies shown to those who were in any way connected with its care. Also, for the generous concession made at the close of the Fair in the donation to the institution of the excellent cases, desks, counters, etc., which were pro- vided by the Board in placing the exhibit before the public. It should be further added that these cases, etc., are now in use in the University, and are truly a valuable acquisition to the equipment of the Institution. The preparation of the exhibit began in the spring term of 1892, and continued through the larger part of the following year, a few pieces being added after the formal opening of the Exposition. The aim of the exhibit was to place before the world the methods found by experience to be the best adapted to the preparation of teachers for their calling. It should be borne in mind that the character of the work done in a normal school must necessarily differ from that of other institutions of higher learning. The ultimate pro- 440 ducts of a school of this kind are skill and power acquired in the intellectual training of the young; therefore it was found difficult to fairly present an exhibit that would justly represent the work of the school. After some con- sultation it was finally decided that the exhibit should consist of the following features: First, photographic views of the buildings and grounds, of the various rooms of the building (in some cases with classes at work), of pieces of apparatus used in instruction; second, the work of the students, in each of the departments, in the form of bound volumes of manuscripts, charts of drawings, manuscripts, etc., mounted on rollers and placed in suit- able cases; third, samples of the equipment of appliances for school work, especially that used in the lower grades. The task of care-taking for the six months was given into the hands of present or former students of the school, one serving at a time, each for two weeks, re- ceiving from the Board of Commissioners compensation for their services at the rate of seventy-five dollars per month; to this was added an entrance ticket to the grounds. Because of the limitations to the task of fairly repre- senting the products of a normal school, it is but just that this report should embody some of the methods of work characteristic of the school and not shown in the preparation of the exhibit. Some of these methods are given more in detail than others. The order of state- ment as to departments is the same as that adopted in the catalogue of the school, and the account of each de- partment is largely the thought of the teacher in charge of said department at the time of the preparation of the exhibit. It should be added in this connection that several thousand copies of a unique "Hand-book" were published, setting forth a brief history of the school, its aims, and 441 its varions methods of instruction. This book was con- sidered a part of the school's exhibit and was distributed among the many visitors who were interested in the class of work represented by the Institution. The exhibit was located on the south side of the east wing between a portion of the space allotted to the Uni- versity of Illinois and that given to the Illinois Normal University covering an area of 39x27 feet. Seventeen excellent cases, made of oak, with glass doors, were provided for holding the charts named above, some of the bound volumes, and the specimens from the natural history department. These cases were placed east and west, facing each other, except those at the ends, with ample space between for the free passage of visitors. A raised platform, furnished with desk, chairs, etc., occupied the central portion of the floor space. This was used as the office of the attendant, and a sort of head- quarters for all friends of the Institution. Parallel to the platform, on either side, were a counter and show-case for exhibiting the bound volumes and the material used for illustrative purposes in the work of the lower grades. The cases were arranged in two equal and distinct parts those on the west for the Normal Department and those on the east for the Training Department. I. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PEDAGOGY. The exhibit from this department contained representa- tions of work from each class and showed every phase of the work in the department. The exhibit consisted of students' note books representing work done by the ele- mentary class in preparation for teaching in the ungraded schools; two volumes of reports of observations in the Training School; four volumes of essays and reviews 442 treating of the principles of psychology and their appli- cation to education ; two volumes on history of educa- tion; and one on ethics. The manuscript of these vol- umes was so arranged as to present the work systemat- ically in the order in which it was taken up in each class. PSYCHOLOGY. The manuscripts in psychology were prepared after a thorough study and discussion in class of each subject presented. The plan of work was to take the thought of the author studied as the basis for discussion, and then add to this thought by reading other authors and especially by the student's own experience and investiga- tion. Special effort was made to secure the following results : 1. Independence in thinking. 2. Freedom of discussion. 3. Practical application of the principle studied. This plan excluded the most valuable feature of the work in this subject from any exhibit that it was pos- sible to make. PEDAGOGY. The plan of work in pedagogy and history of educa- tion was nearly the same as that pursued in psychology. From a careful study of the principles of education a thorough knowledge of theory was obtained. The prin- ciples embodied in this theory were then discussed with a view to their application to the daily work of the school. The papers exhibited were either written reviews given as regular class exercises, or results of the study arid discussion of subjects considered especially important. The volumes on "Observations" were made up of re- ports of those students who were required to spend a portion of the term in observing the work of the prac- tice teachers in the Training School. Each student was 443 required to visit the same class at least three times, and at the close of these visits prepare a written report of the work studied. These reports were copied without alteration and appeared as originally prepared. The students' note books represented notes on lectures given the elementary class on subjects specially designed to aid them in teaching in ungraded schools. The notes on each lecture were preceded by an outline which was given the student to follow during the discussion of the subject. At the conclusion of the lecture the notes were written and then copied into the books without correc- tion. II. PHYSICAL, AND BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE. PHYSICS. While the "natural sciences" are largely used as a basis in the earlier years in the Training Department of the Institution in furnishing material for the language, num- ber and reading work, the several branches assume more definite shape in the fifth grade.. Pupils are allowed to use an elementary text in con- nection with their study of physical phenomena. Special attention is given to the inculcation of a correct spirit of inquiry and research, that makes a study a delight and not a burden. In the eighth grade the pupils are led by advanced steps to see more carefully and deeply into nature's phe- nomena, and to reason more systematically as they "read nature in the language of experiment." Exercises in observing the reading of graded instruments are begun in this grade, such as noting, daily, the barometric and thermometric readings at a stated time. In the first term of the second year of the Normal course the students complete the work. At this period 444 the work is enlarged, a more thorough, investigation of many subjects touched upon before, is now required. Problems requiring a knowledge of physical laws are sub- mitted for solution, original essays upon themes studied are required. The inductive method is emphasized, but not adhered to with that rigidity that precludes the acquisition of knowledge from the results of the labors of those who have been specialists in the various lines of research. The plan has been to combine the best of all good methods. The work in Physics as outlined above was represented in the Exposition by manuscripts and drawings bound in volumes. The drawings were from the apparatus used, and the manuscripts were either the students' report of the experiment, noting first, the apparatus; second, the manipulation; third, the phenomenon; fourth, the les- son to be learned ; or an essay on some subject selected by the student or the teacher. In addition to the bound volumes, charts were pre- pared which contained simply drawings and manuscripts describing and explaining the experiment as performed either by the student or by the instructor showing on a larger scale the method of instruction. CHEMISTRY. The method of teaching chemistry being largely the same as that of physics, the exhibit was practically of the same general character. The scheme of note-taking was indicated by the order of description of experiments shown in the volumes and by the charts, which were very similar to those used in presenting the work in physics. 445 GEOLOGY. The nature of the study renders the plan of work somewhat different fmm that of others in the depart- ment. Hence the exhibit was a representation of what the student saw by the study of the text rather than by personal observation. However, as far as the student was able to come in contact with the actual geological formation or phenomena by visiting coal mines, and the adjacent regions, he represented his thought regarding it by a sketch made at the time. A specimen of the essay work required in this study was also furnished in a bound volume. ASTRONOMY. The plan of work in teaching this science was repre- sented, in part, by bound volumes of sketches and their explanation made from actual observations, either with the naked eye or by the aid of the telescope belonging to the Institution, such as the different phases of the moon and Venus, the relative positions of Jupiter and his moons, Saturn and his rings, the spots on the sun, etc. BOTANY. After giving an analysis of the topics of study in this section, the "Hand Book" gives the following plan of carrying out the work as done in our classes: "The first two weeks of the term are spent in prepar- ation for analysis of flowers by use of the herbarium, with appropriate lessons from the text book. After this, fresh flowers are placed before the pupils for analysis. As supplementary to the text book work each one is ex- pected to write out the analysis of at least twenty-five flowers in a copy of Keep's Plant Record Book, with drawings of leaf and flower, besides making drawings of seeds, buds, fruits, etc., with appropriate descriptions." 446 The exhibit showed this work in the following way: One book, marked "A Botany," gave samples of tests taken from time to time during the term, with samples also of a paper required of each one on "How to Teach Botany." A second book gave the manner of use of Keep's Plant Record Book by exhibiting the work done by five pupils of the class, their books being bound to- gether in one book after they had completed the re- quired work of the term. In binding these the original covers were removed by the binder, and by an oversight the names of the pupils doing the work, being on the outside of the original covers, do not appear in the bound volume. The books taken were fair samples of what was done by a class of nearly a hundred pupils. While the study is continued for only one term and without previous preparation being required by having studied elementary botany, the text book covering the elements of structural and physiological botany and some familiarity with plants are all that could be re- quired. But while that is the case, other and more ad- vanced w r ork, by those competent to do it, is always encouraged. As an illustration of the character of such advanced work, one of the pupils of the class whose work was on exhibition at the Columbian Exposition took up the study of ferns as a special study. She did as a part of her study the following work: Study the ferns in their homes, make collections, study the spores and microscopic structure of the plants. As part of her work, she made a set of drawings of the ferns of Jack- son county. 111., one plate or drawing for each species, except one, of all of those that are known to occur in the county, the single exception being Asplemim E~ben- oides, that having been found once only in the county. The twenty-four plates of drawings she made showed first the whole plant, or a frond natural size or reduced, second 447 a section of this enlarged so as to show the position and character of the sporangia, third a spore case and one or more spores as seen by the compound microscope. These drawings, accompanied by notes on habits and habitat, formed the third book of the exhibit. ZOOLOGY. The first paragraph of the explanation under zoology in the "Hand Book" contains an analysis of the topic of the text book used in the subject. The second para- graph contains a brief synopsis of the method of treat- ing this study in classes. The exhibit in this branch consisted of two parts, a book and a sample case of specimens from the museum, used in illustrating the subject. The book, after the preface stating the aims and methods in this science, contained samples of the written tests taken during the term. Part of these were in the form of essays on the topics after they had been studied in class. The sample case from the museum consisted of a case of ducks, and was labeled "Ducks of Illinois," contain- ing twenty-one species, nearly all the species that have been known to have been found in the State. Birds are used in the classes both for illustration of the subject of birds in general and for more detailed study. What is true of birds is true of other groups of animals, and hence we could appropriately use such a case as a representative of what we use in illustration in the classes in zoology. PHYSIOLOGY. The "Hand Book" of the work of this school has the following brief digest of the topics studied in this work during the single term that is devoted to the study of physiology : 448 "Skeleton; terms of the science defined; tissues; skin and the part pertaining to it; food; digestion, including organs and fluids; absorption, lymphatics; respiration, circulation, heart and accessories, blood excretion. Nervous system : brain, nerves, sympathetic system ; special senses; vocal organs. Motatory organs in detail." The next paragraph referred to manner of pursuing the subject mentioning the use of the skeleton charts, microscopes and speaking of a regular course of dissec- tion in connection with the subject. The book on "A. Physiology" gives a preface stating the aim pursued in teaching the subject, the kind of materials we have to deal with in the way of students, and the manner of presenting the subject in detail. This is followed by a set of the directions for dissecting, to- gether with one set of the notes that were taken at one of the tables while dissecting; both the dissection and the directions copied by one of the pupils of the class. The instructions and notes on dissection occupied thirty- four pages of the book. The remaining portion of the book was devoted to copies of the written tests taken through the term, enough of each being given to show the char- acter of this work, and as different pupils were asked to copy their work at the different times, these tests were taken. The work shows the difference in style of work of the different members of the class. After studying the parts relating to the eye and the ear, the pupils were asked to write essays on these two subjects. Copies of these appear in connection with the tests. III. MATHEMATICS. ARITHMETIC. The exhibit in this department was intended to illus- trate the methods of instruction in the more advanced work, as the exhibit shown by the Training Department sufficiently set forth the manner of presenting the sub- 449 ject to pupils in the first eight years of their school life. The central thought in all the work was thoroughness and rapidity, and a comprehensive knowledge of under- lying principles. ALGEBRA. The method adopted in preparing material from classes in algebra was quite similar to that used in the geome- try. Since the work continued through the entire year a less per cent, of the papers was selected. The statement made regarding the selection of the papers in the exhibit from the geometry classes should be made regarding the algebra classes. GEOMETRY. The exhibit consisted of the best three- fourths of all ex- amination papers made by the class in the course two terms. These papers were in no sense special efforts, but were simply fair samples of the regular monthly examination work of the classes. A few dozen of these papers were arranged in chart form, similar to those of other de- partments. The other papers were bound in volumes of the regulation size and style. BOOK-KEEPING. The book-keeping exhibit consisted of book and chart work. The bound volumes consisted of sets of books prepared by the pupils in their regular class work. The charts presented various business papers and forms re- quired to be prepared by the students completing the course in book-keeping. The plan was simply to show the regular work re- quired of a pupil while pursuing the study. -29 450 IV. ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE. READING. The written work in reading presented in Vols. A and B was intended to represent examination work, illus- trating in but a partial way, the manner of instruction in this pleasing and highly profitable study. It indicated the teaching to be in accord with a simple law of classification of idea,s grouping ideas into classes; Matter of Fact, Earnest, Noble, Joyous, Sad, Sarcastic, Humorous, Impassioned, etc., studying their import and characteristics, discovering the elements, form, quality, force, stress, pitch, and rate, necessary for the rendition of each class, and then reading the selection with expression as the result of a proper knowledge and culture regarding these elements. The object of the instruction is to secure the proper elocution of reading, not an elocution of the platform. The system used is that of Mark Bailey of Yale Col- lege. The scheme used to accomplish the work is original with the teacher of this department. GRAMMAR. The exhibit in this branch was intended to show the extent of the work for each term, and to indicate the methods by which it is accomplished. Four terms in the Normal School course have grammar as one of the required studies. Language lessons and the primary work in grammar belong to the Training Department and constitute a part of that exhibit. In conducting the Normal classes, the aim is two-fold first, to see that these coming teachers have a thorough mastery of the topics studied; second, that they know how to impart that knowledge to others. To accom- plish the second, aim, one day in each week is free from 451 any assigned lesson, and the class is resolved into a Teachers' Institute. The members have the time for questions upon any points not understood, or upon how to teach any topic. As the majority have had some ex- perience in teaching, these exercises are among the most profitable, but could not well be shown in the exhibit. The first term is given to the simple sentence in all its varieties with its proper capitalization and punctuation. As the elements are studied, the parts of speech of which they are composed are reviewed with their prop- erties and inflections. The value of each principle as a guide to correct English is tested as it is applied in answering the questions asked by the class. The changes in form occasioned by a change in the relations of a word to the other parts of a sentence were illustrated by a chart scheme showing the essential points in English etymology. A volume of regular class papers accompanied the chart. The second term's study is given to complex and com- pound sentences. In this term abridgement is treated and its grammatical changes noted, with the principles which underlie them. Essays are required each month upon topics assigned. The chart and book sent from this class was a complete illustration of all correct forms in abridged expressions, with a statement of the princi- ples governing the choice. Eight weeks are given to a special study of methods. This class begins with the first language lesson work and takes up grade by grade through the grammar to the close of the Normal School course. What is suit- able to each grade, and how to adapt the teaching to the capacity of the pupils, are the central points for con- sideration. Thus a complete review of both language and grammar is incidentally obtained. From this class were shown model lessons suited to each grade. 452 ENGLISH ANALYSIS. In addition to the work indicated above, a terra i used for English analysis. The difficult points in gram- mar are studied. Entire compositions are analyzed logically, the line of thought discerned and the logical sequence of paragraphs of sentences perceived. The prin- ciples of rhetoric are applied in rhetorical analysis, and the principles of grammar in a grammatical analysis of the same composition. In this class, essays and ora_ tions are required. The exhibit consisted of different selections copied and analyzed logically, rhetorically and grammatically. RHETORIC. The work presented in rhetoric was designed to exhibit the methods of culture in purity, propriety and precision of diction; in concord, clearness, unity, energy and har- mony of the sentence; in impressing upon the mind and heart of the student the beauty of the style in writings of the best authors, as controlled by the use of figurative language: in cultivating delicacy and correctness of taste, and in reaching a high ideal of the beautiful and the sublime, the novel and the picturesque as these prop- erties of style and taste find their parallels in nature. Method. The work in this branch is largely illustrative, both orally and in use of the blackboard, using daily class drill and written exercises. ENGLISH LITERATURE. We may say that the exhibit relating to this work in this department, was intended to present the methods adopted to arouse students of this branch of education to a study of our best writers in literature, both English and American. 453 Methods : 1. By means of biography. 2. By close analysis of the thought. 3. By pointing the student to the author's national- ity, customs and manner of life, and paralleling his work with these environments. 4. By developing the parallel growth of the literature of a people with the political status, thus showing to the student, in an attractive way, the origin of much of our best literature. 5. By selecting some drama, or other work of an author, as a play from Shakespeare, or the best selec- tion from Longfellow, etc., and having studied it faith- fully, as above indicated, write out a close, a severe criticism. 6. By comparing the best of American and English authors, noting their manner of living, social and politi- cal standing, and quality of work. ELOCUTION. The work in elocution secures for the students: 1. A study of the best productions of our best ora- tors, on the basis of form, quality, force, stress, pitch and rate of utterance. 2. A practical class-drill, daily, in the mechanical demonstration of eloquence the very soul of expression by means of general gesture. In all this work the teacher's example guides, natural- ness is secured, and the spiritual rather than the me- chanical means come to the front. 454 V. GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY. GEOGRAPHY. The aim of the work displayed was to illustrate (a far as possible by means of maps) the successive steps- taken in each class. The time given to the study of geography in the Nor- mal Department is three terms. The classification is- made under three heads, viz.: B Geography, A Geogra- phy and Physical Geography. The B division of this department represents the work of the first term. The topics taken up in the beginning are embraced under the head of mathematical geography. Out of the wide range of topics comprehended under this- head, a few were selected, as having the most bearing on the main subject, the work on the charts showing the order in which they were taken. A knowledge of the influence of the sun upon the earth and the relations of the two, is the direct practical pur- pose of teaching in this stage of the course. This implies a good knowledge of the distribution of heat and moist- ure, and of the modifications brought about by the dif- ferent degrees of atmospheric pressure. These are the essential factors in the study of climate. Climate deter- mines the use of the structure, and the structure in a marked degree modifies climate. Both seem to be the two halves of a great whole which nourish and support life, plant and animal, and at the same time determine the forms and modes of life. The second step is in relation to continents, in respect to their physical features. A knowledge of structure being the indispensable foun- dation of all geographical knowledge, without this knowledge, geography, as a science, is impossible. One important purpose in learning structural geography is 455 the acquisition of a concept which corresponds to the surface structure of the earth. A concept of the earth with all the factors of struc- tural geography organically arranged and related, is the basis of political geography. With a clear concept corresponding to the continent political geography be- comes, to the interested pupil, the division of real, men- tally pictured surface into its artificial regions. The element of history in geography is not neglected. Geo- graphy is not neglected. Geography explains and illumi- nates history; by it, laws, tendencies, and motives are understood. As one whole plan could not be shown on charts, sev- eral volumes accompanied these. These books con- tained essays, written by the members of the class, on topics assigned as regular class work, these papers taking the place of the usual examination work. The second term's work, A division, is a continuation of the work as carried on in B, except more time is given to the discussion of methods. (To understand a method, a teacher must know the laws of mental devel- opment, and the means of the development.) As far as possible the successive steps represented in an accepted course of study are discussed. On the charts devoted to this division, the plan of work as carried on by pupil teachers in the Training Department (under the supervision of the teacher of geography) was fully shown. Beginning with color and form, then taking up the school room, school building and surroundings, then "home geography," and so on through the work laid out for the seven grades. The study of physical geography proper covers the work of the third term. The aim is to discuss the more familiar physical features of the earth; the character of its land surface, the nature and movements of the water, 456 and of the atmosphere, and their relation to and influ- ence upon one another, as well as their combined effect upon the different forms of organic life. The work of the pupils in this class was illustrated on charts, taking up the work as presented in the text book (Guyot's). Maps of all the grand divisions were pre- pared. Our aim was to have a map of each division as follows: Physical map; map showing the characteristic trees and plants; maps showing principal minerals; drainage map; ethnological map. HISTORY. The World's Fair exhibit from this department con- sisted of bound volumes, charts and photographs. The books were made up of papers upon various sub- jects studied by the class, and of examination papers, presented as written, unaltered further than by the checking of errors. The charts were designed to illustrate the progress of the United. States, by maps showing the increase of population and area; the wars, foreign and civil, in which the United States has engaged; by drawings show- ing the changes in the flag of the United States, etc. Similar charts were prepared to accompany the history of other countries. The photographs are copies of work put upon the board by the pupils in connection with daily recitations. VI. PENMANSHIP AND DRAWING. PENMANSHIP. The penmanship display from the Normal Department embraced charts and books. The material for both was prepared by pupils during the recitation hour. One paper a week was taken from each student in class. 457 The design was to show the rate of improvement from week to week, and also the character of exercise used for practice. There was work upon movement exercises, single letters, single sentences, simple business forms, and letter writing. DRAWING. In the exhibit from the Drawing Department, the aim was to show the plan of work, as follows, through the three terms, or forty-two weeks required by the course: As to its purpose, the drawing work is divided into construction, representation and decoration. The work on the charts showed the order of study in each division. Since so many enter the school without any knowledge of drawing, the work of the first term is necessarily pre- paratory. It is entirely free-hand and largely from blocks and other simple objects. The chart for this term showed the beginning of the work, views of single blocks, com- mencing with sphere and cube, the making of patterns and working drawings of objects. In representation there were drawings from solids, cylindrical and rectangular in form, and simple groups of two and three objects. In decoration there were shown the modification of units, forms cut from paper and combined in pleasing arrangements. There were also drawings from natural leaves, which were afterwards conventionalized and used in design. A book was exhibited showing dictation exercises, writ- ten by the pupils, from forms which had been given to them for blackboard exercises. The second term's work was represented by instru- mental drawings and by working drawings of objects found in the school room, as the door, table and teacher's desk. 458 Drawings of groups of familiar objects and of plants were shown. There were examples illustrating some of the characteristics of the ancient styles of ornament, as the Egyptian and Roman. There was a chart of designs for special subjects, among which were found those for book covers, lace, holiday cards and borders of various kinds. During the third term, light and shade is studied, be- ginning with the cube and cylinder, then taking groups of two and three objects and casts. Examples of this work were shown in the exhibit. Considerable attention is paid during this term to blackboard work, the drawing being largely illustrative. The object is to enable those who are to teach to use the blackboard in the school room with ease and rapidity. Two weeks' time is devoted to methods, which includes the reason for the study of drawing, a review of the plan of work, and methods for teaching in the different grades. A volume of essays on "Drawing in the Public Schools," written by members of the class, formed part of the exhibit, as did also a book of sample drawing lessons written for the different grades by the pupil teachers in the Training Department. VII. VOCAL Music AND PHYSICAL, TRAINING. VOCAL MUSIC. In vocal music, one of the fine arts, the instruction is necessarily limited by virtue of the Institution being one for the training of teachers for efficient work in our common schools, not in the special branch of music, but in the several branches of a common education. The endeavor is constantly to secure the following: 1. The simple knowledge of the elements of music. 2. The ready reading of music at sight. 459 3. The simple and easy transposition of the scale from one key to another. 4. The proper methods of breathing and vocal culture, Remark. The above are the means used to accomplish practical results from the branches taught in this depart- ment of the Southern Illinois Normal University. In this way only can we feel that the State gets value received for her outlay, in supporting the school. PHYSICAL TRAINING. The exhibit of this department consisted of the course of work as outlined in the catalogue and "Hand-book," and photographs of classes at gymnastic exercises. The aims of this course are: First, the personal health and developement of the students. Second, their equipment with a system of school gym- nastics. Both these ends are, to a considerable extent, gained by the same course of training. The students are first drilled in simple graded exercises which may be used in any school; the system is learned first as free movement, then with light apparatus dumb-bells, Indian clubs, and wands. Further variety and interest are gained and strength and dexterity developed by heavy gymnastics in the gymnasium and by athletic sport. Parallel with the course in practice, is a series of lectures on the history and systems of gymnastics and on hygiene, especially that of the school room and of students' life. 460 VIIL LATIN AND GREEK. LATIN. The exhibit from this department consisted of charts, bound volumes and photographic views. The charts illustrated the work of each year in the Latin course, showing a gradual advance from the simple forms of declension and conjugation, to combinations involving the principles of analysis and syntax. Maps of the battle fields of Cesar's campaigns, plans of his -camp, and models of his famous bridge across the Rhine, followed by exercises in scanning and translations from different Latin authors further illustrated the purpose of the work of this department. The bound volumes carried out in more minute detail the work suggested by the charts, copies of written ex- ercises, tests, maps, essays on important subjects in syntax and prosody, reviews of the different books of the jEneid, and more extended translations gave a gen- eral view of the work of this department. The photographs were views of work placed upon the blackboard of the class-room, by pupils, and used in daily recitations. GREEK. In Greek the display was smaller, but followed the same general plan. IX. GERMAN. This department was represented in the exhibit of the school by a set of monthly examination papers of a <3lass that had studied German six months. This was the only class studying German, the language having just been introduced again after an absence of several years. 461 Written work can show only partially and imperfectly the results of the study of language. Our aim above all is fluent and idiomatic translation at sight ; subordinate aims are the understanding of spoken language arid speaking it, and finally writing, reading for fullness, hearing and speaking for readiness, writing for exact- ness. Whatever else is lacking, our work is not in vain if only the students read enough to bring them to that point where they will continue to read for the very pleasure. In the papers exhibited, the work was set as follows : 1st. Write some verse of German poetry and its trans- lation into English. 2d. Write one of the model sentences and its English translation. 3d. Some sentences from a rather familiar German story were dictated to be written and translated. 4th. A few ex tempore sentences were spoken to the class and the translation into German was written. X. TRAINING DEPARTMENT. The exhibit made by the Training Department of the Southern Illinois State Normal University was in three divisions, namely: (1) charts containing manuscript papers prepared by pupils; (2) bound volumes of manu- script papers prepared by the pupils; (3) materials for illustrating the work in classes. The aim of the exhibit was to give samples of what children of the several grades can do. There was an ef- fort, also, to show the relation of the work in any branch and grade to the work in that same branch in the pre- ceding grade. It was also desirable to show the use that may be made of each study in the pursuit of any other studv. 462 In both the chart-work and the bound volumes the work was arranged by months, terms and years; so that with little effort of visitors the entire course in any branch could be seen. The methods of preparing the exhibit varied somewhat in the different branches of study. In general, the prac- tice teachers were asked to present a sample page of work done by the pupils, at the end of each month. This work was in many instances the first effort of the child to produce that particular exercise. In other words the work was "original." In other instances, as in essay writing and science work, the pupil's first paper was criticized by the practice teacher or supervisor, and the pupil asked to try again. Examinations were held three times each term, and the papers handed in by the pupils were often taken to represent that month's work. The entire work was done by the pupils under practice teachers, except a portion of the work shown by the seventh and eighth grades. The corrections of all papers were made in red ink. Each paper, shown in the exhibit, when handed in by the pupil, was corrected in spelling, form and punctua- tion. The arrangement of the exhibit was attractive. The Training Department was given the east half of the space allotted to the Southern Illinois State Normal University. This space was rectangular. Around the outer edge of the east half the Training Department exhibit was placed. Elegant oak cases with glass doors were pro- vided. In these the charts were hung so as to admit an easy inspection. The bound volumes were placed upon tables for inspection. The materials used in class work and gathered by pupils, practice teachers and instruc- tors were shown in show cases near the center of the floor space. These materials included measures, weights, 463 forms, patterns, etc. Many articles gathered by pupils and teachers in the science work were shown, also charts in reading, number, language and music, made by prac- tice teachers. Photographs of classes at work in nearly every studj r and in nearly every grade were shown. A fuller description of the exhibit from the Training Department and the manner of preparing the work is given below. heading. In learning to read, two objects are kept in view: (1) Inducing thought. (2) Conquering mechanical difficulties, the thought preceding the oral expression. To this end the words are mastered before the sentences are read. Spelling is supplementary to reading, and is taught through the eye and hand; by seeing and writing. The papers shown by the first grade were selected from the regular class work, following the above outlines, and was done under the immediate direction of the practice teachers. The distinctive work of the second grade consists in (1) sighting words, and (2) writing from dictation. Facts to be learned about a word (1) letters needed for writing the word, (2) their sounds, (3) syllables, (4) the accent. Papers were shown in which children of the age of seven and eight years wrote, syllabicated, ac- cented, and diacritically marked, thirty two-syllable words in thirty minutes. Simple poems and stories were read by the children, and reproduced with simple illus- trations. The papers from the third grade (two divisions) showed dictation exercises in spelling, copied selections and re- productions. Those from the fourth grade showed word studies, homonyms, defining, sentence- making and re- productions of poems and illustrations. In the fifth grade the papers showed sentence- making, using the new and difficult words of the lesson. The 464 work of the next three grades took on more the form of literary study. Some of the selections studied were Ruskin's "King of the Golden River," Irving's 'Sleepy Hollow," "Hiawatha," and complete selections from Bryant, Whittier, Hawthorne, etc. Papers showing all the above work were shown. Language and Grammar. The work of the first and second grades showed reproductions and memory poems. These poems were given by the teachers, and the thought and form carefully noted. Use was also made of the science study as a language exercise. The work had two objects, (1) to secure habits of correct speaking and writ- ing, (2) to develop and to cultivate a taste for the best in literature. "The Village Blacksmith," ^Esop's "Fables" and other similar material was the foundation for work in the third grade. The fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh grades showed work in reproduction, essay writing, ab- breviations, descriptions, homonyms, quotations, letters, punctuation, and the study of changes in form of words to correspond to changes in use. Writing. Writing runs through the first seven years of the course. In the lower grades it is a means rather than an end. The instruction and practice aimed to secure accuracy of form, ease and rapidity of execution. The work shown was done under practice teachers and represented every month of the year. Business and social forms received attention throughout the several grades. Drawing. This study is helpful in developing the child's perceptive faculties. The type forms are sphere, cube and cylinder. The pupil models these. The circle, square and oblong are developed from the type forms. Stick-laying and color-work are a part of the first year's work. The types of the second and third grades are hemisphere, square prism, triangular prism, semicircle, 465 equilateral and isosceles triangles, ellipsoid, ovoid, cone and pyramid. These are studied, drawn and modeled. In the following four grades text books (blanks) are used, and the work is carried on under the three heads Construction, Eepresentation and Decoration. Woik under these three heads for each month was shown, also sketching and work from nature. History. History is formally begun in the sixth grade. A primary text is used. The work shown consisted of biographies, illustrations copied from books, and stories written when the topics were finished. Attention was also called to the historical selections found in the rea.ding lessons. In the eighth grade a regular text was taken up. The work shown included maps, biographies, outlines, abstracts, essays, and drawings of forests, implements, clothing, and other objects peculiar to the various stages of the country's history. A very careful study of the Constitution was made near the end of the year's work. An outline of the departments of government was shown. Music. Music is taught in the lower grades. The work shown representing this branch of study consisted mainly of photographs of classes and charts made by practice teachers. Numbers and Arithmetic. The work shown in first grade numbers represented the child's power to interpret and represent numbers below ten. Objects were used to in- troduce the child to the method of thinking in numbers. Papers by the children were shown representing the work of each mouth of the year. Also a chart made by the practice teacher. The papers shown from the second grade showed work on numbers below twenty-one. Those from the third grade showed operations on tens as wholes.. Some of the simpler written forms were shown. -30 466 The fourth grade papers showed methods of approach- ing "fraction," both common and decimal. The fifth grade work exhibited methods of procedure with the " properties of numbers." The sixth grade work was on the subject of "compound numbers." These papers showed many illustrations by practice teachers. These were photographed and shown in an album. The work of the seventh and eighth grades covered the subjects usually found in "practical arithmetic," namely, fractions, tables, percentage and its kindred subjects. Geography. This study is introduced into the third grade by developing the ideas of color, form, distance, direction, and by requiring plans of the room and yard. The work exhibited showed this work. In the fourth and fifth grades an elementary text is used. The work of these grades showed essays, drawings, maps and descrip- tions of some simple experiments relating to movements of air. People, places, and things in foreign lands formed subjects of much interesting study. In the seventh grade a complete grammar school geography is completed. The work shown by this grade consisted of maps, essays and drawings representing every month of the year's work. Attention was also called to the historical incidents connected with the sev- eral places studied. Field Work and Science. Work from the first six grades was shown in a bound volume and named "Field Work". It contained drawings and descriptions of such material objects as the children came in contact with in their hours of recreation. Nearly all this work was collected during the spring term of 1893. Some of the things studied were leaves, seeds, roots, buds, insects, flowers and birds. The pupils made free use of water colors and made very neat rep- resentations of the objects studied. Quite a good deal 467 of the material gathered was shown in a collection of "material aids" from the Training Department. In the sixth, seventh and eighth grades science work was taken up more formally. The work shown repre- sented a term each on botany, zoology, physics and physiology. Each study was represented by a bound volume of manuscripts and a chart of drawings, etc. Physical Culture. Photographs showing the several grades of the Training Department in their daily work in this study were shown. gg S jj ILLINOIS STATE NORMAL, UNIVERSITY. JOHN W. COOK, PRESIDENT. |fC PRESENT herewith a report of the exhibit made by m the Illinois State Normal University at the World's Fair. Permit me to express, in behalf of the Board of Edu- cation of the State of Illinois and of the faculty and students of this Institution, our sincere thanks for the distinguished consideration shown us in granting us ample space for our exhibit, for the generous gift of suitable cases for its accommodation, and for numberless courtesies received during the progress of the exhibition. Through your kindness we were permitted to remove to the Institution such of the cases as we desired. We have been able to make very profitable use of them in exhibiting various illustrations of our work, and in indi- cating to the children some of the man\ 7 phases by which raw material is converted into useful fabrics. Early in the year 1892 we were informed that we should be offered an opportunity to make an exhibit of the work of this Institution in the building to be erected by the World's Fair Commissioners of the State of Illi- nois. Shortly after this notification the work of the preparation of the exhibit was begun. It is extremely difficult to so set forth the work of an educational institution, by means of objective exhibits, as to indicate with any degree of accuracy its spirit and ecope. The theory of an institution may be reduced to propositions and thus made apparent to every intelli- 473 474 gence that is capable of understanding such a statement. But the every-day work of an institution of this charac- ter, the spirit which pervades teacher and pupil, the de- tails of method, the skill of the instructors, the general atmosphere of the institution, all of these must of necessity, to some degree at least, elude the most pains- ta.king care of one who should attempt to describe them. Recognizing the difficulties involved in such an under- taking, it was thought advisable to indicate, in as strik- ing a way as possible, and in a manner that could be readily grasped, some of the most salient features of the school and of its work, and to leave it to a discriminat- ing public to supply the remainder. In the following de- scription of this exhibit I shall substantially traverse the course of study and practice, and shall endeavor to show what was done. ILLINOIS STATE NORMAL UNIVERSITY. It should be said in the beginning that this Institution is in no sense a university. It was so called to meet what was deemed a technical necessity in order that the Institution might avail itself of certain congressional grants. Established in 1857, the first three years of its existence were spent in rented quarters in the city of Bloomington. In 1860 it occupied the present main building which was its exclusive home until the addition, about three years ago, of the Training School building. THE BUILDINGS. The main buildin'g is 100x150 feet, three stories high above the basement. On the first floor are the library, dressing rooms for the ladies, president's office, a large recitation room for the drawing classes, and the high school with its two recitation rooms. On the second floor is the large assembly room for the use of the Nor- mal Department. It is 64x74 feet inside and 18 feet high. 475 Grouped about it are eight recitation rooms. On the third floor are the physical and biological laboratory, a large hall used for general convocation, and the rooms of the two leading literary societies. In the basement are dressing rooms for gentlemen, the chemical labora- tory, a room used for gymnastic exercises, and several store rooms. The Training School building is a two-story structure, 86x96 feet, and arranged as hereinafter described. The boiler-house is a one-story structure containing a coal-room and boiler-room. In the boiler-room are three boilers that furnish the steam for the heating of the school buildings. These buildings are situated near the northern end of a campus of fifty-six acres, which is abund- antly supplied with evergreen and deciduous trees. But little has been done in the way of ornamentation beyond the planting of trees, but the enclosure is exquisitely beautiful when robed in its garments of green. The Institution consists of three departments: The Normal Department, the High School Department, and the Training Department. The Normal Department ex- presses the central aim of the Institution. As the name implies, it was established for the single purpose of pre- paring teachers for the common schools of Illinois. The other two departments owe their existence to the fact that they are instrumental in carrying out this aim. When this Institution was established there were but few normal schools in America. Germany had been some- what active in the organization of teachers' seminaries, but the modern movement, so significantly illustrated in England, France, Canada, Japan, the Argentine Repub- lic and the States of the American Union, belonged to the future. There was a feeling that the Normal School would be sadly incomplete without the accompaniment of a school of children. It was held that this school should 476 display all of the grades of our public school system. Pursuant to this idea a Primary Department was estab- lished shortly after the organization of the Institution. From this modest beginning a Model School, represent- ing all the grades from the primary through a four years' High School course, was finally developed. In the course of time the High School became a school of observation and an auxiliary in the work of instruc- tion, and the grades below it became a practice school in which the Normal pupils serve an apprenticeship in actual teaching under the eyes of skilled critics. As will be seen later, the Normal School curriculum in- cludes only the English branches in the regular three years' course. Many pupils, however, desire instruction in the classic and in the modern languages. Such in- struction is given by the principal of the High School and his assistants. A further fact of interest should be stated. The Model School began as a tuition school, and it has so continued in all of the rooms above the Pri- mary. It is not only self-supporting but furnishes a con- siderable revenue to the Institution. All candidates for admission to the Normal Depart- ment must be not less than sixteen years of age, if females, nor less than seventeen if males. They are required to sign the following pledge: "I hereby solemnly declare that my purpose in attending the Normal University is to fit myself for teaching in the schools of Illinois, and that I will carry out this pledge in good faith; and I do further pledge myself to report to the president of the University, semi-annually, where I am and what I am doing, for three years after graduating at said Institu- tion." Since the pupils have a common aim there can be no excuse for introducing any work that does not bear 477 directly upon the accomplishment of the one supreme purpose that called the school into existence. In attempting to realize this purpose three lines of work are developed: 1. The subjects of the school curriculum are re-exam- ined reflectively. What is meant by this statement may be illustrated by the treatment of any particular subject, as geography. The immediate purpose of this study is to enable the pupil to think the world as it really is. He must be equipped, therefore, with a body of ideas by means of which he can construct out of ordinary description a world that he may never see, but which he is to know almost or quite as accurately as if it had been an object of direct perception. This necessitates a careful analysis of the whole sub- ject in order that these fundamental ideas may be dis- covered, and that a mental experience may be secured, without which geographical explanations and descrip- tions would be substantially meaningless. This is sometimes called "academic" work and, conse- quently, is declared to be out cf place in a Normal School. It would seem that but little reflection would be needed to discover that work of this character is in- dispensable to a Teachers' Training School, and that it is radically different from the ordinary treatment of the subject. It contains, mariifestedly, a super-added pro- fessional feature which sharply differentiates it from what is understood by academic work. 2. A second line of work is purely professional. It consists of a study of the history of education, of the development of general and special method, of an exam- ination of the science of psychology as a basis of meth- odology, and of the philosophy of education for a gen- eral view of the problem and for a suitable adjustment of its elements. 478 3. The third feature is practice work in the Training School. Each candidate for graduation is required to teach a class of children one hour each day for a period of about fifty weeks. This work is carried on under the guidance of critic teachers who supervise it with great care. It is clear that the problem set before us was the dis- playing of these phases of our work in such an objective way that by looking at pictures, models, drawings, ex- amination papers, outlines of work, etc., an observer could come to conclusions that should be fairly accurate respecting the aims and activities of the school. THE LOCATION OF THE EXHIBIT. The exhibit was very favorably located at the east end of the Illinois Building, immediately adjacent to the center aisle and opposite the admirable Public School Exhibit. It occupied an area of 27x40 feet. It was dis- played in a series of eight double cases. They were con- structed with a view to the largest possible wall space rather than to the production of any aesthetic effect. They were arranged on opposite sides of four cross aisles which permitted the freest access and exit. The exhibit stood between the Women's Exhibit and the main aisle, and as the cross aisles were fairly commodious they be- came thoroughfares through which an immense number of people \vere passing almost constantly. At least a casual glance was bestowed upon the contents of these cases by the average visitor who found himself in this part of the Illinois Building. THE NATURAL SCIENCE EXHIBIT. This exhibit occupied the cases on the opposite sides of the east aisle. The methods of w T ork in zoology, physiology, botany, physics and chemistry were here illustrated. 479 It is needless to say that the exclusive text book method of instruction has long since disappeared from all schools that lay any just claims to modern methods. It is a principle as old as Comenius, and, indeed, as old as the race that in the earlier stages of education the direct perception of objects is necessary to a knowledge of them. The laboratory method has become the method of Natural Science. In the arrangement of our curriculum the pupil begins the study of zoology with the fourth term of his course. Physiology follows with the succeeding term, and botany continues the work with the sixth term. The Natural Science for the seventh and eighth terms is physics and for the ninth is chemistry. PLAN OF WORK IN ZOOLOGY. In the first place it is held that zoology is the study of animals and not of a book about animals. Hence the first step in each group of animals is the careful study of the best available type of that group. If possible, the students are asked to help collect the material in order that they may know how to collect when they become teachers, and that they may have a real knowledge of the habits of the animals by seeing them in their native haunts. They are thus led to note their surroundings, their mode of life, adaptation in color, and other means of escaping observation and cnpture. The animals are kept in cages or aquaria, in as nearly natural conditions as may be, and are care- fully observed. The most merciful mode of killing each sort is taught and the type is selected. In connection with all this, reading is kept up in the best books of reference. But it is firmly maintained that Nature is the text book and that the contents of the library furnish the illustrations, that is, throw light upon that 480 which, by itself (chiefly on account of the brief time allotted to the study) would not be sufficiently clear. In this manner a series of types is studied, represent- ing the different branches of the animal kingdom. Chief stress is laid on the forms found in the neighborhood, and to those forms which are likely to be of most in- terest and profit in teaching the subject to children ; for it is all along borne in mind that the main object of the work is not so much merely to acquire knowledge of the animals themselves, as to prepare for guiding children in the study of these forms. The 6rder of study of these types is determined by the season. Thus, in the fall, insects and birds are first studied before cold weather sets in, making these forms scarce and hard to obtain, while mammals, for instance, can be easily obtained in the winter (rabbit, as a type). Carefully written descriptions and drawings are made of the types and of their organs as the work progresses. These notes and drawings are usually made on separate slips of paper, so that at the end of the term they may be arranged in the order of the accepted classification. The notes are indexed and neatly bound. Experience shows that the students set high value on these notes, and make use of them later in teaching. It is hoped that each student will become more ob- serving and more thoughtful of what he sees and will lead the children in the same paths, and that he will develop in them a closer intimacy and deeper sympathy with the manifold beauties of nature. PLAN OF WORK IN PHYSIOLOGY. The plan of work in physiology is essentially the same as that for zoology. Of course the students cannot dis- sect the human body, but they take the rabbit or cat as their type and find in it organs essentially like those 481 of their own bodies. Wherever possible the organs of larger animals are studied, as the heart and lungs of a calf, pig or sheep; and from these animals the eye, kid- ney, larynx, etc. Chemical and physical experiments illustrating the processes of respiration and circulation are performed (so far as possible by the student himself). Here, also, notes and drawings are made. Special stress is laid on the order of topics that a natural sequence may be followed. Particular attention is also paid to practical hygiene, as regards the life of the student or other sedentary worker. ARTICLES EXHIBITED TO ILLUSTRATE THE WORK OF ZOOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 1. Note books of entire class in zoology containing descriptions and drawings of animals studied during the fall term of 1892. 2. Enlarged drawings, framed. Samples of chart work in water colors. 3. Series of stuffed birds and bird skeletons. Models of clams and snails, clam book. 4. Sixty jars of alcoholic specimens including a series of cats, showing: 1. Organs in natural positions. 2. Pancreatic and bile ducts. 3. Thoracic duct, two, (1) showing brain and spinal cord, portal vein, urinary system, sympathetic system, arteries and veins, arterial distribution, diaphragm (2), sciatic nerve. 4. Twelve dissections of salamanders, showing the different organs. 5. Twelve dissections of crayfishes. -31 482 6. Dissections of heart (4), larynx (2), head (3), star- fish, sea-urchin, clam, cat's tongue, cat's brain, horse-shoe crab (2), earth-worms (2), eye muscles of fish, valves of pulmonary artery. 5. Set of material used by teacher and pupils. Draw- ing materials, dissecting instruments, injecting appara- tus, microscope, etc. PLAN OF WORK IN BOTANY. The plan here is very similar to that for zoology. A series of plants is selected for types and carefully studied. Their external form, color, etc., are considered and their microscopic structures are brought out. The germina- tion of seeds, the functions of the different parts, their adaptation to the soil, air, and other surroundings, are all considered. Each pupil is required to make a collec- tion of plants. ARTICLES EXHIBITED. Set of note books of whole class of spring of 1893. A number of selected herbariums. Selected specimens from these herbariums mounted in a wall case. PLAN OF WORK IN PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. The work in this department has a double purpose. It aims: (a) To give an elementary knowledge of the subjects, and, (b) To furnish the student with a scientific method of arriving at truth. In order to accomplish this end the work must be both qualitative and quantitative; it must furnish an opportunity for original thinking and constructing, and it must insist upon exact quantitative results as well. Accordingly about three-fifths of the time allotted is given up to experimental work in the laboratory with 483 simple apparatus. A laboratory manual is used and permanent note books are kept by each student. This work is supplemented by the use of a text book and by class recitations. The exhibit was prepared from the work in physics, and aimed to show not only the plan of work as carried out here, but also that physics can be taught successfully by the experimental method in schools of limited means. THE EXHIBIT INCLUDED THE FOLLOWING: 1. Note books, temporary and permanent, showing their construction and plan of work used. 2. Simple apparatus made in the laboratory to illus- trate and determine the facts and laws studied. 3. Measurement a balance. 4. Fluids. (a) Specific gravity by balancing columns. (b) A hydrometer. (c) Boyle's Law. (d) Capillary action. (e) The common lifting pump. (f) The hydro-static press. (g) A water wheel. '5. Dynamics. (a) Composition of angular and of parallel forces. (b) Laws of the lever. 6. Heat. (a) Coefficient of expansion of solids. (b) Coefficient of liquids and of gases. (c) The boiling point of a thermometer. (d) The still, showing construction of parts, viz.: water-jacket, condensing tube, supply pipe, escape pipe. (e) Latent heat of water. (f) A differential thermometer. 484 7. Magnetism. (a) Magnets and electromagnets. (b) Electrostatic induction. (c) Gold-leaf electroscope. (d) Electrophorous. (e) Electric condenser. ( f ) Insulating stool, (g) Tumbler cell. (h) Tangent galvanometer, showing construc- tion of parts, viz.: the wooden circle, the circle wound with wire, etc. ( i ) Astatic galvanometer. ( j ) Mercury cups. (k) Current reverser, showing construction. (1) Wire connecter. (m) Comparison of resistances. (n) Induction coil. (o) Electrolysis cup. (p) Telegraph. (q) Telephone. (r) Electric motor. 9. Sound a sonometer. 10. Light a photometer. GEOGRAPHY. The subject of descriptive geography is studied during the first and second terms of the pupils' course. Guyot's Lectures on "The Earth and Man" constitute the course in physical geography, which is taken during the sixth term. The work in geography commences with an analysis of geographical ideas and a careful organization of the preparatory work which must be performed before the subject of real geography is entered upon. This work will include such ideas as distance, direction, slopes, ele- . 485 vations, plains, water courses, etc. Elementary sketch- ing, molding, sand modeling, and kindred devices are introduced. As illustrating the methods to be employed in geography, and for the purposes of knowledge on the part of the teacher, the various continents are examined and a course of geography carefully outlined. The char- acter of the work could be very well ascertained by a study of the fifteen volumes of written work, the ten bound volumes of maps, the twelve framed maps, and the framed plans of study. The bound volumes included outlines of a full course in geography, study of home geography, geography of New England, of North Amer- ica, of Europe and of Asia, mathematical geography and physical geography. The bound volumes of maps showed the results of tests given to the classes on the memory of form and posi- tion. They contained maps of Lake Michigan, Lake Supe- rior, Lake Erie, Lake Champlain, Basin of the Delaware, Charleston and vicinity, Georgia, Florida and Alabama, Kentucky and Tennesse, Washington City and vicinity, Italy, Danube River, Norway and Sweden, France, Spain and Portugal, Black Sea, India, State of Washington, and two volumes of miscellaneous maps. HISTORY. To illustrate the methods in history the following work was exhibited: Colonization period, two volumes; Burgoyne's Invasion, three volumes; Washington's Ad- ministration, two volumes; From the Rapidan to the Ap- pomatox, one volume ; History of Greece, three volumes; Charlemagne, one volume; The Saracens, two volumes; Henry VIII, one volume. 486 CIVICS. The study of civics is pursued during the fourth term of the course. The methods of instruction do not differ in any essential feature from those employed in history, They were illustrated in three volumes: How to Teach the Constitution, Town and County Government, and Government of Illinois. READING. In connection with the regular reading work the pu- pils are 'given a considerable amount of physical train- ing under the direction of an expert especially prepared for the work. The character of the work could be learned quite readily from a considerable number of photographs showing classes of young men and young women in various positions and engaged in various drills. The method employed in the reading class was also illustra- ted by examination work exhibited in bound volumes. It showed especially the course by which a critical exami- nation of the text is secured and how an adequate ex- pression of the thought and feeling may be obtained by a series of questions rather than by the principle of imitation. The method of teaching reading in this In- stitution is somewhat peculiar in that it has strongly emphasized that feature of the work. LITERATURE. Our work in literature for two terms follows three lines; the history of English literature, class-room study of English masterpieces, and private study of special works, chosen not from English literature alone but from the literature of the world. A third term is given to Shakespeare exclusively. In the historical study we em- phasize the relation of English literature to the life and 487 character of the English people, and seek to lead the student to see that literature is not an accident, but an out-growth of life. Accompanying this is a detailed class-room study of representative authors from Chaucer to Tennyson, in which we are mainly concerned with the ethical, historical, and artistic aspects of literature. Further, the results of the private study, referred to above, are presented to the class in critical essays and are there discussed. The term given to Shakespeare completes our required course in literature. It includes class study of two or more plays and private study of three more, with two essays for each student, and sev- eral days' discussion of each play read privately. Most of this work cannot be presented in a paper exhibit. We sent to Chicago several volumes of essays, represent- ing the results of private study, and, in some measure, the power acquired in the class room. RHETORIC. In our work in rhetoric we seek three things; a pure diction in speech; a greater enjoyment of good English in books; and an appreciation of the fundamental quali- ties of good composition, unity, directness, and sim- plicity. We give more time to problems of structure than to questions of ornament. The old text books gave prominence to such topics as grace, beauty, and sublimity; we try to work in the spirit of the new, and are more concerned with the formation of the sentence, the paragraph, and the composition. Our exhibit in Chicago was made up of volumes of regular class exercises dis- cussing such topics as, The Paragraph in General; In- troductory Paragraphs; Transitorial Paragraphs; Sum- maries; Unity; Distinguishing Features of Narration and Description, and Types of Arguments. 488 MATHEMATICS. The exhibit in mathematics was intended to set forth some characteristic features of the work in arithmetic and geometry. The general method in arithmetic is first to present every process as a process with numbers of objects, then to teach the process with figures as representing the real operation with things. To exem- plify this method there was a series of papers in the several stages of the development of fractions, and an- other showing the manner of dissecting the prism, pyra- mid, and sphere, to derive the formulae for the mensu- ration of those forms. All these papers were prepared by the students, and each set included the work of the entire class. In our work in geometry especial attention is given to the logical mechanism of the demonstration, to ac- curacy and elegance of form in oral recitation, and to exercises in geometrical invention. The work prepared consisted of about thirty original demonstrations by each member of the class, and a series of pasteboard figures and wooden blocks illustrating the leading propositions of solid geometry. DEPARTMENT OF ANCIENT LANGUAGES. In this department the exhibit was naturally one of manuscripts. A liberal number of papers prepared by the pupils partly the result of class room tests and partly the fruits of home labor bound in handy vol- umes, revealed the extent to which the pupils had mas- tered each of the eleven terms' work in Latin and the seven terms' work in Greek in the High School Course. It was not the aim of the exhibit to vent new and startling theories. It was not so much its purpose to display any hitherto untried modes of instruction as to redemonstrate the effectiveness which may attend the 489 faithful pursuance of the more conservative and better approved methods now actually practiced in many of our best schools. The "induction method" in its full scope, has not been adopted; simplified texts are not used; Caesar is still regarded as good reading for third term pupils in Latin. The volumes of manuscript were prepared for the fol- lowing ends: (1). To show by the character and the amount of work written in a limited time, that both exactness and facility had been acquired in handling the fundamental inflections. (2). To show that the main principles of syntax had been mastered. (3). To show an ability to translate Latin and Greek into good, forcible English, and to do so without the ordinary needless wanderings from the literal. (4). To show an aptness in writing Latin and Greek. (5). To show that the pupils had learned how to translate at sight. An increasing effort is being made to bring the student to the habit of ap- proaching an assignment for translation with more re- liance upon his thought and less upon his vocabulary. (6). To show a fairly complete acquaintance with the immediately related history, geography, mythology, bi- ography, etc. (7). To show some appreciation of the real value of the masterpieces of classical literature read in the class room. A special effort is made to study strictly from a literary standpoint, and quite extensively, a limited portion of each author read; while every lesson in translation is aimed to be also an exercise in English composition. (8). To show that the pupils have some ideas at least of the lineal and cognate relationship of the English language to the Latin and to the Greek. The researches of men like Diez, Littre, and Brachet, into the origin of French, coupled with those of Skeat, Morris, Sweet into the development of modern English 490 from Anglo-Saxon, have at length made possible a scien- entiflc treatment of Latin as the mother of more than two-thirds of our English vocabulary; while in the wider field of Indo-European philology, the brilliant work of Bopp, Grimm, Verner, Brugmann and a host of others, has rendered just as fruitful the study of Latin, Greek, and native English as cognate or sister tongues. GERMAN. Manuscripts covering two years' work in German showed that hard work had been done all along the line of quite an extensive course in grammar, simple prose, classics and conversation. DRAWING. In our work in drawing we seek to do three things: to teach drawing as a language, to lead pupils to seek culture from the beautiful in nature and in art, and to promote mental development. The characteristic feature of the work in the Normal School is picture drawing (perspective representation). The course, which extends over a period of two years, two lessons per week, may be outlined as follows: Ten lessons in form study expression in clay; fourteen lessons in construction drawing, noting only the elementary facts of orthographic projection; twenty lessons developing the principles of free-hand perspective ; twenty lessons in light and shade; twenty lessons in representation with water color; twenty lessons in illustrative drawing in which an effort is made to acquire skill in rapid blackboard work ; twenty-six lessons from the history of art, pupils noting the styles of architecture and sketching freely the characteristic features. The exhibit at the World's Fair was arranged to show, so far as we could, the results of the above outline. It consisted of thirty-six portfolios containing the home and 491 class work in quantities to suggest the average work of the pupils. There were also eight volumes of essays arid drawings compiled from the papers of the pupils written in connection with the history lectures. Fifty tablets were on file showing the work from day to day in the class room. The made work in clay and paper was ex- hibited in two glass cases. In the collection of photographs were pictures showing the class room, the pupils at work, and the equipment in the way of casts, models, etc. With the exception of about a dozen large drawings, there was no work in the exhibit which was not the work of the pupils, it being the aim to have our exhibit sug- gestive, not only in theory but in practical results. PURELY PROFESSIONAL WORK. The purely professional work begins with the pupil's admission to school. For the first term it consists of two exercises each week. After developing an outline of the general ideas of pedagogics, the pupils begin the study of educational ideals as illustrated in the history of various peoples and of the successive attempts made by reformers to improve existing educational conditions. China, Japan, Greece, Rome and the modern European world are examined with more or less minuteness. The movement introduced by Comenius is studied with con- siderable care as it may be regarded as the introduction of realism, or the study of the external world, into the methods of education then prevalent. Rousseau, Pesta- lozzi and Froebel are examined for the purpose of rendering clear the ideas for which they stood, and the progressive movement which has been going forward with more or less steadiness since the Revival of Learning. With the beginning of the second term the pupils take up the subject of special method which occupies them for 492 two terms, five hours a week. History and literature for the first six grades are first discussed, and they are fol- lowed by geography, reading, language lessons, and arith- metic. The work is preceded J3y a discussion of the prin- ciples of attention and apperception especially. The gen- eral ideas brought out in the first term's work also become a basis for the work of the second and third terms. Space will not permit a detailed account of the method of pro- cedure. In passing, however, it should be said that in history and literature fairy tales are made use of in the first grade, Robinson Crusoe in the second grade, The Tales of Troy in the third grade, American History stories in the fourth and fifth grades, and the study of Colonial History especially in the sixth grade. THE EXHIBIT Contained several volumes showing the character of this work. These volumes were prepared during the ordinary recitation period in answer to certain questions written upon the board. They were, in effect, examination papers upon topics covering the successive stages of a develop- ment of the subject. PSYCHOLOGY Is introduced at the beginning of the second year. An at- tempt is made to have it constitute the basis of a rational methodology. The method work of the first year is necessarily simple and cannot be made to rest upon the truths of psychology in a highly conscious way. Owing to the fact that the demand for even partially trained teachers is so great the average pupil remains with us only a little over three terms. A special effort is made, as soon as the study of psychology is begun, to show its close and vital relation to teaching. Consequently, we study Applied Psychology at first. As soon as any 493 phase of mental activity has been discussed the educa- tional principles to be derived from it are at once con- sidered. Another reason for introducing elementary psychology at the beginning of the second year is the fact that the practice work in the model school regularly begins with the second term of the second year and all possible preparation is needed for that experience. Psychology is again taken up at the beginning of the third year and is continued for seven months. Here the work is pursued far more vigorously, the more difficult phases of the subject receiving attention. At the conclusion of this work three months are de- voted to the study of the Philosophy of Education as developed by Dr. Rosen kranz. This necessitates the re- view and application of certain principles of psychology. Three hours a week during the third year are devoted to the study of general method, including apperception and kindred topics, and to the criticism of class exercise. THE EXHIBIT Of this work consisted of a number of bound volumes containing the results of examinations upon the differ- ent topics, extending over a considerable part of the course. THE PRACTICE SCHOOL. The school is accommodated in a two-story brick building just north of the main building. It has six rooms on the first floor, and nine on the second floor. Five of those down stairs are large rooms, capable of serving as regular school rooms with desks. One is an office. On the second floor, all, except the large assembly room for the grammar school, are for recitation purposes for small or medium-sized classes. Three of the rooms are sub-divided by partial partitions so as to secure room for more classes. Two of the halls or dressing 494 rooms are also used for small classes. There are several times in the day when every available space in the build- ing must be used for class-room purposes. In the basement are four well-lighted play-rooms, two for the boys and two for the girls, which are very freely used by the children in bad weather. The noon pupils also take their dinner in the basement. The closets for both the boys and the girls are in distinct parts of the basement, the dry closet system being in use. The ventilation of the building is excellent, there being a constant influx of fresh air which passes over hot coils and into the school room, about eight feet from the floor, and the bad air being constantly drawn off through openings near the floor. On the campus are ample play- grounds near the building. The purpose of the practice school is to furnish oppor- tunities under good conditions for Normal School students to observe good instruction in classes and to partici- pate in the work of managing and instructing children. Before beginning the work of teaching, Normal students usually complete the first year of studies in the Normal course. Besides a thorough drill in the common English branches, this includes three terms of special study of the history and methods of teaching. Those having charge of these classes in the Normal Department are accustomed to illustrate their ideas of teaching with classes of children. The recitations are held with children in the presence of the Normal students and then a close criticism of the class work follows. About one hundred and thirty Normal students are regularly employed in teaching classes in the Model School. Each student takes full charge of a class in one subject for a term of twelve or fifteen weeks, and is re- quired to teach for four such terms before graduation. He is fully responsible for the instruction and success of - 495 the class. His work is carefully scrutinized by the regu- lar critic teacher who examines the plans of his work, carefully arranged beforehand, and encourages or criti- cises his methods and bearing before the class. There are four such critic teachers who devote their entire time to the work of supervising the recitations of Normal student-teachers, one critic teacher for first and second grades, one for intermediate grades, and one for the grammar school, and one superintendent, whose duties are to organize and unify and manage the instruction throughout all the grades. The superintendent also meets all the teachers regularly once, often twice, a week, for the discussion of problems in teaching, for general criti- cism, and for keeping up the right spirit in the school. Besides the critic teachers there is a principal of the Grammar School who has general charge of the discipline and management in that department and teaches several classes, especially the preparatory classes for the Normal and High Schools. There are also four assistant teachers whose duty it is to take charge of the general discipline and control of the rooms in the four primary and intermediate schools. They are really room teachers who teach part of the time and are responsible for the studies and conduct of a single room each. A Model School of this kind has some peculiar difficul- ties and problems. It is called upon to secure system- atic, good teaching by young teachers, and can succeed only by close and watchful criticism. Such a school is also expected to stand well to the front in advanced and improved methods of teaching, at the same time that it prepares teachers daily for the schools as they really are, and not as one might wish them to be. 496 EXHIBIT. I. Literature as used in first grade. Books of fairy stories from Andersen and the Grimms, changed in form only so far as necessary in order to adapt them to the understanding and highest apprecia- tion of the children. These stories are given to the little ones orally by the teachers after which they are reproduced by the children. Only so much of the story is given at one recitation as can be well learned and told by the children at that reci- tation. In these reproductions the children express them- selves freely, the teacher correcting errors in grammar and pronunciation. These stories are chosen because we consider them the best classical literature for children of the age, for: 1. They are readily comprehended and thoroughly en- joyed by the children, they being fitted for the children of their age in that (a) The child is imaginative to a high degree and the stories are very fanciful. (b) They deal with objects in nature with which the child is familiar and in which he is already interested. (c) In form the language is such as the child under- stands and likes not always just the language that he would use, but he sees in it a better, more beautiful ex- pression of his own thoughts, hence: 2. The child's own vocabulary is increased and en- riched by their study. 3. They supply the mind of the child with an abund- ance of good thoughts of the best writers. 4. With such food for thought a taste for the best literature is encouraged, a taste which leads him to re- ject the mediocre or bad. 5. Great moral truths underlie most of the stories. These truths do not thrust themselves above the sur- 497 face in such a way as to annoy and hinder the child in his onward progress in the story, but his feelings are thoroughly stirred and judgments are voluntarily and unconsciously passed which he applies to his own ac- tions. II. (a) In connection with these stories a large num- ber of drawings made by the children, illustrating dif- ferent passages in the stories, were sent to the Fair. These drawings, besides serving as training to the hand and eye, give vividness to the story. They give the child a chance to express himself in another way than by oral reproduction. They also show the teacher whether or not she has been successful in getting before the child a clear and accurate mental picture. (b) Pictures illustrating "Robinson Crusoe," in second grade, and Hawthorne's "Tanglewood Tales" and "Won- der Book", in third grade, were sent; also a number of sketches were made by the children while studying the Pioneer History stories in the intermediate grades. III. Written Language. Papers written by pupils from the first to the eighth grades, inclusive, based upon literature, science, history, and geography. These papers showed the progress made by the pupils in ability to express their ideas, also the improvement made in penmanship, punctuation, etc. This is the third method of expressing themselves. IV. Science, (a) Bottles of alcoholic specimens show- ing the different stages of development in the buds of box elder, soft maple, ash, horse chestnut, balm of gilead, Austrian pine and Norway spruce. (b) Pressed specimens showing the above, also collec- tions of grasses and sedges, and common wild flowers. (c) Collections of insects. (d) Drawings of the animals and plants studied, also of parts, as of the eye and stomach of the ox. 32 498 These drawing were made by the pupils of all grades, from first to eighth, inclusive. Besides training the eye and hand, they lead the child to observe more carefully than he otherwise would. V. Beading. A set of reading books used in the first primary. The stories were short ones which had been given by the children in answer to questions put by the teacher, based on the literature and science work. These sentences were placed on the board by the teacher. After the children recognized a written sentence as identical With the one they had given orally, the words in the sentence were learned from their position, and afterwards recognized wherever found. VI. Writing. Children's books showing the work for a year in the different grades. VII. Number, (a) Children's books showing a year's written work in the first three grades. (b) Charts picturing the tables of liquid and dry meas- ure. Much concrete work is given in these three grades. These concrete stories are based upon the science and literature. VIII. Geography and History. Sketches made in the class from memory. IX. Clay Molding. Many pieces made by children in the primary department, of objects studied in science and literature: e. g., leaves and buds of trees, beans and peas in pod, in science; and in literature, Robinson Crusoe's canoe, his dishes, fire-place, etc. X. Paper-cutting, based also on science and literature: e. g., fruits, leaves and flowers in science; and in litera- ture, "The Ugly Duckling," "The Coal of Fire," "Bean and Straw out Walking," etc. XI. Collections of poems and songs for primary grades. XII. Daily plans of pupil teachers, as prepared by them each week. These plans are criticised by the critic teach- 499 ers and suggestions made to the teachers whose work, as planned, is not satisfactory, before they hear the reci- tation. By so doing many mistakes are avoided. XIII. Observation notes made on pupil teachers' class work, by Normal students observing the work done. These notes are read by the one whose work is thus under scrutiny and he is given a chance to reply before the critic teacher reads the notes and replies. This work, if well done, is very helpful, (a) to the teacher of a class, whose faults each day are set in order before him; (b) to the observer himself who must give clear and sound pedagogical reasons for his criticism ; and (c) to the critic teacher who finds out without visiting the class every -day, how the work is being done and what control the pupil teacher has over his class. FURTHER EXHIBITS. In addition to the exhibits noted, a large number of photographs were presented showing exterior and in- terior views of the building, views of the campus from the cupola of the main building, and views of the im- mediately adjacent portions of the town and surrounding country. The purpose of these pictures of the environ- ment of the school was to show to observing students of our exhibit the physical setting of the institution. Planted in the midst of an agricultural region of mar- velous fertility, inhabited by a thrifty and intelligent race, it must receive from its surroundings influences which cannot be ignored in determining its character. In order that our exhibit might be more clearly under- stood we published a carefully prepared pamphlet giving in considerable detail the course of study, careful outlines of special work, and a great many explanatory paragraphs all of which were intended to supplement the objective exhibit. This pamphlet, was paid for by the Institution. 500 CONCLUDING REMARKS. I desire to acknowledge the assistance of the heads of the several departments in the preparation of this report. In several instances their contributions are introduced without modification. Recalling again the statements with w r hich this report was begun, that peculiar difficulties attend any effort to show objectively the work of educational institutions not devoted especially to the production of skill in the arts, and expressing anew our appreciation of the numerous courtesies on the part of the Board of Management, the foregoing is respectfully submitted. UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS. f ; HE University of Illinois has its seat in Champaign county in the eastern central part of the State, between the twin cities of Champaign and Urbana, within the corporate limits of the latter. It is one hundred and twenty-eight miles southward from Chicago, at the crossing of the Illinois Central railroad by the Cleve- land. Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis and Wabash rail- ways. The Institution has made, during recent years, rapid advancement in all that constitutes a great state university, and in several respects now stands unrivaled among kindred institutions of learning in the country. It has large endowments and is further generously sup- ported through appropriations by the State Legislature. The land occupied by the University and its several de- partments embraces about two hundred and eleven acres, including campus, experimental farm, orchards, forest plantation, arboretum, and military parade grounds. The six main buildings are situated upon a very beautiful campus kept in excellent order. University Hall, designed wholly for public uses, occu- pies three sides of a quadrangle, measuring two hun- dred and fourteen feet in front and one hundred and twenty-two feet upon the wings. The library wing con- tains in spacious halls the museum of natural history, the library, the art gallery, and the museum of indus- trial art. The chapel wing contains the chapel, the physical and electrical laboratories and lecture room, and rooms occupied by the departments of architecture and of art and design. In the main front are conven- ient class rooms, and on the upper floor elegant halls for literary societies. 505 506 The Chemical Laboratory is a building seventy-nine by one hundred and twenty feet, and two stories high, be- sides well lighted basement and mansard stories. It con- tains the general laboratories for students, instructors' laboratories, lecture rooms, store rooms and various departments for special purposes. Machinery Hall is of brick, one hundred and twenty- six feet in length and eighty-eight feet in width. It con- tains a boiler room, a machine shop furnished for prac- tical use with a steam engine and lathes, and other machinery, pattern and finishing shop, testing labora- tory, shops for carpentry and cabinet work, and is furnished with wood-working machinery. The black- smith shop contains sixteen forges with anvils and tools, and a cupola for melting iron. Natural History Hall is a handsome building one hundred and thirty-four by ninety-four feet, with base- ment, two main stories and an attic. It is occupied by the departments of botany, zoology, mineralogy, geology, and physiology, for each of which there are ample laboratories, lecture rooms and offices. Here also are the offices of the State Laboratory of Natural His- tory, of the State Entomologist, and of the Agricultural Experiment Station. Military Hall, one hundred by one hundred and fifty feet in one grand hall, gives ample space for company and battalion maneuvers and for large audiences upon special occasions. It is also used as a gymnasium, for which there are dressing rooms with lockers. A bath room is provided. Engineering Hall, now in course of erection, is to be the best building among the group of good ones. It was designed by a graduate of the school of architecture and is now under his general superintendence in con- struction. It is T shaped, with an extreme frontage of 507 two hundred and eight feet and depth of one hundred and forty feet. It is four stories high, including utilizable basement and attic. It is designed to accommodate the work in mechanical, electrical, civil and municipal en- gineering, in architecture and in physics. For these pur- poses there are full suites of rooms intended for offices, lecture rooms, drawing rooms and laboratories. There are, in addition, several smaller buildings for various special purposes. The University consists of four colleges devoted to undergraduate work, and of a graduate school. There is also a preparatory school. The organization is as follows: I. The College of Agriculture. Regular course in Agriculture. Junior course in Agriculture. Course in Horticulture. II. The College of Engineering. Course in Mechanical Engineering. Course in Electrical Engineering. Course in Civil Engineering. Course in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering. Course in Architecture. Course in Architectural Engineering. III. The College of Science. Natural Science group. Chemical group. Mathematical group. Philosophical group. IV. The College of Literature. Elective Courses, such as: Classics, English and Modern Languages, Mathematics, Philosophy, Pedagogy, etc. 508 V. Graduate School: Courses for Masters' and Doctors' degrees. Vocal and Instrumental Music are also taught, but not as parts of any regular course. Preparatory School: A preparatory school with a course of two years exists. In this are taught the sub- jects necessary for entrance to the University. The undergraduate courses of study extend through four years and lead to appropriate degrees. In the Col- lege of Engineering the curriculum in each department is prescribed and in order to graduate students are obliged to complete the work as laid down, but in all other de- partments great freedom in choice of studies is permitted. Aside from the few required subjects, and upon condition of following chosen lines long enough to make them of recognized value, all courses of instruction are freely open to those who are prepared by previous training to take up the work. Instruction is by the research or laboratory method, in whole or in part, whenever this is practicable, so that students are trained to do things as well as to memorize and to comprehend what others say; to find facts as well as to learn facts. In the shops they be- come expert with their hands, while in the class rooms they gain knowledge and discipline of mind. In the scienee laboratories they deal with objects rather than with books, though the latter are by no means neglected. In the libraries they study literature, history, etc., from original sources, in correlation with the lecture room re- quirements and opportunities. For the so-called practi- tical side of instruction extensive equipment exists; otherwise it would have been impossible to have shown at the World's Fair the very large amount of material exhibited and at the same time have carried forward the regular work of the University. 509 In the graduate school instruction and facilities of re- search work are offered to those who have satisfactorily completed undergraduate work in this or in other col- legiate institutions. For the year 1892-93 there were enrolled seven hun- dred and fourteen students an advance of one hundred and thirty-one over that of the preceding year, and of nearly 40 per cent, over the enrollment for the year 1890-91. THE UNIVERSITY EXHIBIT. The exhibit made by the University was divided into six general departments, viz.: a small general exhibit, one for the school of art and design, and one for each of the four colleges. The general office or headquarters faced north on the central aisle of the building and was entered under festooned national flags draped over stands of Springfield rifles on either side, representing the equip- ment of the military school. Within the enclosure were shown, in frames, large exterior views of the University buildings and sixteen interiors; one frame, photographs of the members of the board of trustees; one frame, photographs of members of the faculty; life-size por- traits of the three regents; one large frame containing photographs of four athletic teams; three frames, pro- gram of instruction; one framed list of periodicals. COLLEGE OF LITERATURE. The exhibit joined that just described on the south and extended to the aisle next to the Women's Department. Here were large reproductions of photographs of interiors of the University library, lecture rooms, halls for literary societies, etc., and a series of large photographs of Gre- cian and Roman architecture and scenery, used in con- nection with instruction in the ancient classics. There 510 were thirty-six volumes of examination papers, twenty- two volumes of essays, orations and translations, and nine volumes of graduating theses, illustrating work done by students of the college. Here, also, were maps and charts illustrating methods of instruction, collec- tions of periodicals and text books, and a case of appa- ratus and models used in class work in elocution and oratory. The exhibit of the department of pedagogics, also in this space, consisted chiefly of a very full collection of the periodical literature of the world upon the subject. Of the four hundred and eighty-three educational peri- odicals shown, one hundred and twelve were from the United States, one hundred and eight were in the German language (Germany, Switzerland and Austria), and one hundred and fifty-eight were from Spain. All the Central and South American states were represented, as was every country of Europe and Asia except China. ART AND DESIGN. The exhibit was shown in one hundred and nine frames, including work from the six courses, though the greater amount came from the regular course in art and design and the special course prepared for students in architec- ture. Less than five per cent, of the pupils entering this department received previous instruction in free-hand drawing, and the exhibit covered work from the first ex- ercise of the first term to the last work of the third year. The exhibit consisted of three parts: That of the first year's work (a) pencil drawing from geometric solids, common objects (as books, vases, tables, chairs, etc.), interiors (as the corner of the room), casts and flowers and foliage from nature; (b) the light and shade of com- mon objects, and plant and animal form from casts. That of the second year's work (a) modeling in clay, orna- 511 ment and detail of the human face; (b) oil painting from groups of still life; (c) water color painting from groups and flowers from nature. That of the third year's work (a) modeling from the antique and from life; (b) oil and water color painting; (c) drawing from the antique and from life. AGRICULTURE AND HORTICULTURE. The College of Agriculture and Agricultural Experi- ment Station had a joint exhibit. There were framed photographs, representations of the building and grounds, plats and maps of the farm, and six glass cases of cereals in their various states of preservation, showing size and manner of growth as well as yield and quality. A chemist's work desk and outfit were shown illustrative of this department of the Experiment Station and of the work accomplished, including a number of special contrivances invented by those in charge. Hor- ticulture was represented by a large show-case of wax casts of orchard and garden fruits, vegetables, etc.. a collection of tree trunks from the artificial forest tree plantation, and by specimens of grafts, trained fruit trees and root developments. A large series of ears of sweet corn mounted on exhibition boards, showing origi- nals and the results obtained by cross-fertilization, at- the tracted much attention. The botanical department of Experiment Station showed a collection of seeds of eight hundred Illinois plants, a herbarium collection of speci- mens of introduced plants (by birds) from the college forest- tree plantation and a collection of specimens illustrating all the most destructive diseases of cultivated plants in the State due to parasitic fungi. The diseased plants were pressed and mounted on card boards on which were also magnified representations of parasites. Be- sides the names of the host plants and fungi, there were also attached directions for combating the attack of 512 the latter. The veterinary department showed a life- sized dissected model of a horse, skeletons of the horse and cow, models showing the age of horses by their teeth, and tools, apparatus and drugs used in practice. This College and Station exhibit taken together was a very large one of its kind and was abundantly inspected. The space adjoined on the west those of the general ex- hibit and of the College of Literature, south of the cen- tral aisle. COLLEGE OF SCIENCE. The department of chemistry showed a work desk with fittings, apparatus and chemicals complete, as furnished to students for the prosecution of their work in the various branches of pure and applied chemistry in the University. Many sets of apparatus arranged as they are employed in the actual chemical processes were ex- hibited, and some of these were in operation, thus illus- trating more fully the precise use made of them. A set of one hundred and fifty finely crystallized inorganic compounds made by students in the course of their laboratory practice was shown, together with several lots of laboratory waste mixtures from which chemically pure substances had been made. A set of one hundred and twenty-two organic compounds prepared by stu- dents, and including a number of such substances as saccharine and indigo, made synthetically, illustrated the scope of the student's work and the care and skill exercised in manipulation. There were also other sup- plementary organic and inorganic substances, not pre- pared by students, but forming with the others com- plete and valuable collections of the chemical elements and their combinations, which are used in the class room in illustration of the subjects there discussed. The work in quantitative analysis was represented by the actual apparatus used, including a fine balance, and by 513 sets of constituents giving graphic illustration of the quantitative chemical composition of such ordinary sub- stances as milk, butter, wheat, corn, clay, coal, feldspar, glass, cast iron, brass, etc., which had been prepared in correspondence with the results of analyses made by students in the ordinary course of work, the students' reports of the analyses being exhibited together with the illustrative material. Thus: A quart of milk was ex- hibited and adjacent to it, in bottles plainly labeled, were shown the quantities of water, butter fat, albumi- noids, sugar and mineral matters contained in the quart of milk, as determined by the student in his analysis; and besides the set of bottles with their contents was the tabular statement of results which the student is required to make when each analysis in duplicate is completed. The exhibit of each of the other substances in this set was in all respects similar to that of the milk. The course in pharmacy was represented by the sets of apparatus and material supplied to the student and by a small set of samples of the crude drugs which are used in the instruction of pharmacognoscy. The actual work of the course was exhibited in a collection of one hundred specimens of various galenical preparations which had been made by students in the ordinary course of their pharmaceutical practice. In illustration of the progress made in the development of skill and knowledge, and as an indication of the students' ability in conducting partially independent investigations, there were exhibited a number of those which are required and which had been prepared by students who were candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry. Sets of pho- tographs of the various lecture rooms, laboratories, balance room, storerooms, etc., served to indicate some- what the facilities for chemical work at the University. -33 514 The exhibit of the department of geology included: (a) laboratory table like those in use at the University with a set of apparatus similar to that furnished to each student in mineralogy and lithology; a series of polished granites and one of marble to represent the collections in economic geology; a small collection of Illinois build- ing stones with results of a series of tests upon them by a senior student during the preparation of his graduat- ing thesis on "The Properties of Some Illinois Building Stone;" a relief map of Leadville to represent the series of such maps available for the study of regions especially interesting to the geologist; a series of charts prepared at the University to illustrate the action of dynamic forces; a series of lantern slides from photographs of localities in which the operations of these forces are well displayed; a model showing the actual movement of a point in the earth's surface during an earthquake which occurred in Japan ; a lathe for cutting and grinding thin sections for the microscopic study of rocks, minerals and fossils; a microscope adapted to the study of such sec- tions; small series of each of the groups, corals, crinoids and cephalopods, to represent the collection of fossils; six large casts of mesozoic, tertiary and quaternary fos- sils; antlers of an Irish elk taken from a peat bog in Ireland. In the botanical department there were numerous pho- tographs and bromide enlargements showing interiors of the laboratories and various views of the facilities and accommodations for the work at the University. In the exhibit there were a student's and an instructor's labora- tory desk, each fitted out with the apparatus and mate- rials used in study and research. A long desk with closets and drawers and a glass case with a display of a con- siderable amount of apparatus represented the provisions for work in bacteriology, while cultures of the organisms 515 in tubes, microscopical preparations, and photomicro- graphs illustrated results obtained. In one case were shown a series of ten microscopes which well illustrated the progress made in the construction of this instrument since it came into use in the laboratory twenty-three years ago. Here, also, were apparatus and articles used in vegetable histology, and prepared specimens. In the same case were shown equipments for photography and photomicrography with illustrative specimens of the arts. A third case contained various models of flowers, fruits, etc., for use in instruction; also botanical specimens of different kinds showing method of preparation for the herbarium and museum. A herbarium case containing twelve hundred species of Illinois plants properly mounted, was exhibited, together with a card index from which might be obtained an idea of the herbarium collection at the University. In another case were to be seen a full set of text and reference books, bound volumes of notes, and theses by students, and published contributions from the laboratory. The exhibit of the zoological department was made up from the museum of the University, the models and charts used in class. work, the apparatus used in collect- ing, studying and preserving specimens, by both instruc- tors and pupils, and from work actually done by in- structors and pupils. The exhibit contained a small collection of mammalia, among which were a buffalo, an elk, a puma, a porcupine, a young wolf, an ornithorhyn- cus, a civet cat, a moose deer, a proboscis monkey, a gibbon and its skeleton, a flying squirrel and its skeleton, and a bat. Seven species of birds were shown, among them being an apteryx and its skeleton, and an owl parrot with its skeleton. From the class-room appara- tus were shown eighty-five wax models illustrating seg- mentation and gastrulation of the ovum, the embryology 516 of amphioxus, the embryology of the star fish, and the embryology of cheironomus. Fifteen charts illustrated various portions of the animal kingdom, and a full out- fit of compound and dissecting microscopes, reagents, stains, dissecting tools, parafine baths, glassware, etc. t from the students' laboratories, were brought together. Sixty-three dissections of insects, starfish and other radi- ates, crayfish, lobsters, salamanders, frogs, fish, serpents, turtles, birds and mammals, made by instructors and pupils, were arranged to show the anatomy of those animals. The insects on exhibition here were part of a students' reference collection. The collection contained of Orthoptera ninety- one specimens, Neuroptera twenty- eight, Hemiptera three hundred forty-seven, Coleoptera one thousand eighty-seven, Lepidoptera three hundred ninety-six, Diptera eighty, and Hymeneptera one hun- dred nineteen specimens. There were also in this depart- ment a case containing slides of minute crustaceans, Daphnia, Cyclops, Diaptomus and others, together with photographs of the same; and there were enlarged photo- graphic views of the laboratories. The purpose of the exhibit of the department of psy- chology was to show, among other things, the labora- tory method of teaching the subject as employed in the University classes. The exhibit consisted chiefly of: I. Charts showing the results of the most recent researches in the field of cerebral localization; models of the brain; and prepared tissue. II. Apparatus* (a) such as is used in investigating the field of sensation with a view to determine the exact conditions under which sensa/tions arise; (b) such apparatus as is employed in the meas- urement of the time rate of the mental processes; (c) appa- ratus made use of in determining the exact relation that obtains between mind and body; (d) apparatus used in testing and measuring the memory, attention, and other 517 psychical functioDS. During three months of the time in which the exhibit was in place, the instructor in this de- partment at the University was in attendance much of the time, and at certain hours, appropriately advertised, performed a number of the more simple experiments to make clear to visitors the methods and purposes of using the various pieces of apparatus. Those who were especially interested were met by appointment and shown in a more thorough-going way the value of this work as undertaken at the University. A descriptive pamphlet was also distributed in large numbers. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING. The exhibit by the mechanical engineering department showed work done by the students in the shops, in the drawing and class rooms, and illustrated the methods of instruction. Shop work was shown in groups begin- ning with plain exercises in wood and continuing through the entire course to the construction of complete ma- chines. There were joint work in wood, exercises in turn- ing, pattern work and core boxes. Work from the foundry was shown consisting of rough castings of simple and complicated designs. Forge work was illustrated by ex- amples of welding in wrought iron and steel, as well as by tool construction and tempering. The showing from the machine shop was the most extensive and consisted of numerous examples of work done in the drill, lathe, shaper, milling machine and grinding machine. Many complete models were shown that had been made to illustrate principles in kinematics, gearing, belt transmis- sion and steam engine design. In addition to the above exhibit of students' work, a portion of the space was devoted to machine tools in motion. Lathes, a shaper and a milling machine were set up and were run three hours each day, being operated by a graduate of the 518 mechanical engineering department of the University. This proved to be an interesting feature of the exhibit and brought out many inquiries that would not other- wise have been made. Several cases contained appara- tus from the laboratory of the department and were in- tended to illustrate the methods of instruction in con- nection with laboratory work. The work in the drawing and designing rooms was shown by means of a series of framed drawings taken from each subject in which, this formed an important part. Beginning with samples of machine drawings, such as vises, anvils, chucks, lathe and planer parts, the work extended through the elementary work in machine design, including connecting rod ends, gears, belt diagrams and bearings for rotating pieces, to a series of problems in kinematics and valve gears, and to a design for a complete steam engine. In addition to the work shown on the walls and in the cases, a more extended collection of materials and illustrations was kept in the drawers and portfolios accessible for inspec- tion and to which attention was called by numerous cards posted conspicuously with the exhibit. Graphical charts showed at a glance much data compiled from the records of the University as to the growth and relative standing of the several departments. The apparatus and materials comprising the joint ex- hibit from the two departments of physics and electri- cal engineering were selected with the purpose of show- ing the general nature of the experimental work under- taken, the kind of apparatus with which this work is carried on, and the character of the results obtained. In so far as the space allowed, the exhibit was arranged in such a way that a visitor approaching would have his attention first called to the most elementary work given in the department of physics, and then, as he passed along the main aisle, he would see the logical 519 development of the entire course precisely as he might see it were he to visit the laboratory from week to week throughout the year. Besides each group of apparatus and materials, arranged as for actual experiment, was placed a student's note book held open so as to show the record of observations, the computations and dis- cussions of results for the particular experiment which the apparatus illustrated. The note books were selected at random from the notes of students for the years 1891-93, inclusive. There were thirty-six groups of ap- paratus showing the work done in mechanics, sound, heat, light and elementary electricity and magnetism. Immediately adjoining the collection of apparatus for general physics was arranged the apparatus for advanced measurements and original research in magnetism and electricity. The collection was made up of pieces repre- senting the highest grade of work by American and European manufacturers. Next to this collection was a model dynamo laboratory which was in active opera- tion three hours each day under the immediate charge of a graduate of the University. The plant was oper- ated by a Jenney motor, which received current from the intramural electric railway. This motor drove an Edison compound dynamo. A model switchboard, fully equipped with switches, rheostats, voltmeters, ammeters and plugs enabled the operator to connect the dynamo with the incandescent and arc lamps of the plant, or with the storage batteries, motors, or other appliances which found place in the exhibit. This "line" exhibit was especially attractive to visitors. A series of twenty large bromide prints, arranged on the walls enclosing the space, showed the chief rooms in the laboratories and some of the most important parts of the University equipment not possible to represent in the exhibit. 520 The equipment of the department of civil and munici- pal engineering consisted chiefly of drawings, manuscript problems, and designs showing the nature of the in- struction and the character of the work in subjects pe- culiar to the courses in civil and municipal engineering. The exhibit showed the work done in the classes in land surveying, transit surveying, topographical surveying and drawing, mapping, leveling, railroad engineering, road engineering, sewerage, bridge analysis and design, water supply engineering, geodesy and practical astron- omy, and masonry construction. Several volumes of theses were exhibited to show the nature of the work re- quired in this line. The text books and a few of the re- ference books were shown. The following inventory will give farther details concerning the exhibit: Land and Topographical Surveying: Eleven frames con- taining manuscript problems and drawings; three frames containing photographs of apparatus and classes at work; fourteen bound volumes of students' work; three volumes of text books; one glass floor case containing transit, level compass, tapes, poles, etc. Railroad and Road Surveying: Ten frames containing maps, profiles, cross sections, etc.; three frames containing photographs of classes at work in the field; eleven volumes of students' field books; five volumes of students' library note books; seven volumes of text and reference books. Masonry Con- struction: Six photographic views in museum and in laboratory; six frames of problems, designs, and dia- grams; four volumes of students' laboratory notes; one collection of test specimens with results; one large folio of drawings and designs; one text book. Geodesy and Practical Astronomy: Three frames con- taining manuscript problems; three photographs of equipment and students at work; four volumes of stu- dents' class work; six volumes of test and reference 521 books; .one glass floor case containing alt-azimuth in- strument, sextant, chronometer. Water /Supply Engi- neering: Nine frames of diagrams, drawings of stand pipes, distribution systems, etc.; Four volumes of students' lecture notes; Two volumes of text books. Sewerage: Twelve frames containing drawings of sewers and sewer appurtenances, designs of filtration plants, disposal works, etc.; one text-book. Bridge An- alysis and Design: Six volumes of students' problems; ten frames of designs with details; three photographs of lec- ture room, museum, and bridge models; two volumes of text-books; one folio containing designs by students; three bridge models. Miscellaneous: Seven volumes of students' graduating theses; seven annual numbers of papers of students' engineering society; three diagrams showing courses of study, number of students and grad- uates. The facilities and methods of instruction in mining engineering were illustrated by drawings, photographs and models, and by specimens, and apparatus. The extensive machinery used by instructors and students in this department could not, of course, be included in the exhibit. The exhibit of the architectural department was chiefly arranged to show the present course of study, illustrated by examples selected from the regular work of the dif- ferent classes in shop practice, drawing and designing. It consisted of the following articles: A complete series of specimens of architectural shop practice with addi- tional examples of advanced work on stairs, roofs, cabi- net work, etc.; the complete series of drawings and de- signs made by each student during the entire course of study, selected from the ordinary work of the classes, framed and arranged in proper sequence; numerous bound volumes with additional specimens; all the text- 522 books, both printed and blue printed, used in the archi- tectural classes; the complete classification employed in the architectural cabinet of mounted plates, together with several portfolios of examples; bound volumes of students' tracings illustrating history of architecture; bound volumes containing working drawings of Military Hall and Science Hall, the designs and drawings being entirely the work of graduates and students of this de- partment; an original chart illustrating the derivation, continuance and inter-relation of the different architec- tural styles; charts showing the courses of study in architecture and architectural engineering and also the numerical and relative attendance in the department since its establishment; photographic views in architec- tural shops and class rooms. Several instruments be- longing to the College of Engineering, in addition to the exhibits of the several departments, were Thacher's computing scale, Thomas' arithmometer, Amsler's plani- meter and integrator and Coradi's rolling planimeter. The exhibit of the department of theoretical and ap- plied mechanics comprised a full set of test specimens of the tests of materials made by the class in resistance of materials; apparatus used in tests of materials and in hydraulics, whose nature permitted exhibition; sets of students' problems and reports in analytical mechanics, resistance of materials and hydraulics, and text-books used in instruction in these branches. Among the test specimens were twenty-one tensile tests of wrought iron and steel, including both round and flat; wrought iron bolts, tensile and flexure tests of cast iron, tensile tests of aluminum ; tensile compression and flexure tests of wood, and sample tests of stone. Among the instruments exhib- ited were the following: hook gauge, trapezoidal weir, ori- fice, water motor, extensometer, micrometers. Three en- 523 larged photographic views in the laboratory of applied mechanics and forty sets of students' problems were ex- hibited. The preparation of this great exhibit required and re- ceived an immense amount of thoughtful planning and self-imposed labor on the part of the University profess- ors and assistants, all of whom, however, cheerfully made the contribution to the successful result. A special com- mittee of the faculty, appointed for the purpose, had a very large share in the labor and should share largely in the credit. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. SPRINGFIELD, ILL., Jan. 6, 1894. I beg to acknowledge having received from the Illinois Board of World's Fair Commissioners the collection of stuffed animals and minerals, Lippincott's Gazetteer and the school statistics exhibited in the Model School Room. HENRY RAAB, Supt. Pub. Instruction. NORMAL, ILL., Dec. 17, 1893. Received from the Illinois Board of World's Fair Com- missioners the following objects constituting the exhibit of the Illinois State Normal University at the recent Columbian Exposition: Sixty-six pictures. Thirty-six picture frames and glass (packed separ- ately). Sixteen framed maps. Eighteen framed outlines of school work. Two hundred and fifty pieces of clay work. One hundred and eighty pieces of form work in paper. Twenty-eight portfolios of drawings, picture stories and color work in grade. Sixteen books of bound maps. Four hundred and ninety-five books of student work in school subjects. Sixteen framed science drawings. Seventy-five pieces of physical and chemical apparatus. Two hundred pieces of dissections and specimens in zoology and physiology. JOHN W. COOK. 524 525 CHICAGO, ILL., May 14, 1894. The entire exhibits (save loss in thefts, breakage, etc.,) made at the World's Columbian Exposition (Illinois Building) by the University of Illinois, whether such material was previously owned by the University or was made or purchased for the purpose at the expense of the Illinois Board of World's Fair Commissioners, were received by the Universit} 7 after the close of the Exposi- tion. In addition to the above many cases in which the ex- hibits were made, together with ten cases in which geo- logical specimens were shown, were received by the Uni- versity. T. J. BURRILL, Acting Regent. Received of the Illinois Board of World's Fair Com- missioners the following articles, the same constituting the entire exhibit of the Southern Illinois State Normal University at the Illinois State Building, World's Colum- bian Exposition. CHARTS. READING. (3 leaves). Showing work of pupils for each month of the 1st three years of school. (3 leaves). Showing work of pupils for each month of the 4th and 5th years. (3 leaves) . Showing work of pupils for each month of the 6th and 7th years. Reading Chart. Representing blackboard and slate work preparatory to taking up a first reading book. (4 leaves). 7th grade reading, 1st term. Showing work of pupils for the 2d three months. 526 (3 leaves). 7th grade reading, 2d term. Showing work of pupils for the 2d three months. (4 leaves). 8th grade reading, 1st term. Showing work of pupils for the 1st three months. LANGUAGE. Language and Literature Chart. Sample lessons from work of 1st year. (3 leaves). Showing work of pupils for each month of the 1st three years of school. (3 leaves). Showing work of pupils for each month of the 4th and 5th years. (3 leaves). Showing work of pupils for each month of the 6th and 7th years. Language Chart. Sample lessons from work of 2d year. (3 leaves). 7th grade language. Leaf 1 shows sample work of pupils for the 1st three months; leaf 2, for the 2d three months; and leaf 3, for the 3d three months. (3 leaves). Language, Isfc term. Showing work of pupils for the Isfc three months. (3 leaves). 8th grade grammar, 2d term. Showing work of pupils for the 2d three months. NUMBER. Number Chart. 1st year number chart. (3 leaves). Showing work of pupils for each month of the 1st three years of school. (2 leaves). 3d term. Showing work of pupils for the 3d three months. (Arith.) (3 leaves). Showing work of pupils for each month of the 4th and 5th years. (3 leaves). Showing work of pupils for each month of the 6th and 7th years. (4 leaves). Arithmetic, 1st term. Showing work of pupils for the 1st three months. 527 (1 leaf). Arithmetic, 2d term. Showing work of pupils for the 2d three months. (2 leaves). 1st term. Showing work of pupils for the 1st three months. (Arithmetic.) (2 leaves.) 2'd term. Showing work of pupils for the 2d three months. (Arithmetic.) FORM AND COLOR STUDY AND DRAWING. (4 leaves). 3d grade drawing. Showing construction, representation and decoration. (4 leaves). A 3d grade drawing. Showing construc- tion, representation and decoration. Shelves. Samples of clay modeling, 1st and 2d grades, and some materials for language work. (Case 6). (6 leaves). 4th grade drawing. Showing construction, representation and decoration. (6 leaves). 5th grade drawing. Showing construction, representation and decoration. (6 leaves). 6th grade drawing. Showing construction, representation and decoration. (3 leaves). Leaves 1, 2 and 3 show work of pupils in construction for the 1st, 2d and 3d terms, respectively, 8th grade. (3 leaves). Leaves 1, 2 and 3 show work of pupils in representation for the 1st, 2d and 3d terms, respectively, 8th grade. (3 leaves). Leaves 1, 2 and 3 show work of pupils in decoration for the 1st, 2d and 3d terms, respectively, 8th grade. GEOGRAPHY. (3 leaves). 3d and A 3d grades geography. Showing work of pupils for each month of the 3d and 4th years. (3 leaves). 4th and 5th grades geography. Showing work of pupils for each month of the 5th and 6th years. 528 (3 leaves). 6th grade history. Showing work ol pupils for each month of the 7th grade. (3 leaves). 7th grade, 1st term. Showing map and manuscript work of pupils for the first three months. (3 leaves). 7th grade, 2d term. Showing map and manuscript work of pupils for the 2d three months. (3 leaves). 3d term. Showing work of pupils for the 3d three months, 7th grade. HISTORY. (3 leaves). 6th grade history. Showing work of pupils for each month of the 7th year. (3 leaves). 8th grade history, 1st term. Showing work of pupils for the first three months. (2 leaves). 8th grade history, 2d term. Showing work of pupils for the 2d three months. (4 leaves). 8th grade history, 3d term. Showing work of pupils for the 3d three months. ELEMENTARY SCIENCE. (3 leaves). Showing representation in water colors of home birds. (This work followed a study of the birds). (3 leaves). Plants, 6th grade. Illustrations and de- scriptions drawn and colored from the objects. Shelves. Mounted specimens of birds studied. (1 leaf). 7th grade botany, 1st term. Showing work of .pupils for the 1st three months. (3 leaves). Physiology. Showing work of the pupils for the 1st three months, 8th grade. (3 leaves). Zoology. Showing work of the pupils for the 1st three months, 8th grade. (3 leaves). Physics. Showing work of pupils for the 1st three months, 8th grade. 529 WRITING. 7th grade. (3 leaves). 1st term. Showing work of pupils for the 1st three months. (3 leaves), 2d term. Showing work of pupils for the 2d three months. (3 leaves). 3d term. Showing work of pupils for the 3d three months. NORMAL DEPARTMENT. PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY AND GEOLOGY. (4 leaves). Drawings and manuscripts, exhibiting method used in teaching physics. (4 leaves). Drawings and manuscripts, exhibiting method used in teaching chemistry. (4 leaves). Drawings and manuscripts, exhibiting method used in teaching geology. (3 leaves). Showing drawings and manuscripts, exhib- iting method used in teaching chemistry. (3 leaves). Showing drawings and manipulation of apparatus used in teaching physics. ASTRONOMY. (3 leaves). Showing sketches made by pupils of heav- enly bodies while using telescopes. (4 leaves). Showing original designs representing the solar system. GEOMETRY. (5 leaves). 1st term. Showing examination papers of pupils as written in the hour of fort3~-five minutes, with- out revision. (3 leaves). 2d term. Showing examination papers of pupils, as written in the hour, forty-five minutes, with- out revision. 34 530 DRAWING. 1st Term. (6 leaves). Showing work of pupils in constructive free-hand drawing, objects. (6 leaves). Showing work of pupils in decorative work free-hand drawings. (6 leaves). Showing work of pupils' 2d terra in instru- mental drawing, construction from objects. (7 leaves.) Showing work of pupils in free-hand draw- ing, representation from objects. (6 leaves). Showing work of pupils in Egyptian deco- ration. (7 leaves). Showing work of pupils in applied de- sign (decoration). (6 leaves). Showing work of pupils' 3d term in draw- ing from casts, representative. (7 leaves). Showing work of pupils in representative drawing from blocks and objects. BOOK-KEEPING. (6 leaves). Showing work of pupils in writing business letters. (6 leaves). Showing specimens of account current papers. (6 leaves). Showing work of pupils in the transaction of business. PENMANSHIP. (6 leaves). Showing work of pupils in making a grand balance. (6 leaves). Showing work of pupils in writing practi- cal business letters. GEOGRAPHY. First Term. This case contained three charts of three leaves each, showing work of pupils in map drawing and manuscript work. 531 Second Term. Two charts of four and five leaves re- spectively, showing* work of pupils in map drawing and illustration. Physical Geography. HISTORY. (5 leaves). 2d term. Showing work of pupils in illus- trating some of the interesting facts in the study of United States History. (4 leaves). English History. Showing work of pupils in illustrating different periods in English History by means of map drawing. Two charts containing 6 and 5 leaves respectively, showing drawings by pupils illustrating the principal facts in 1st term of United States History. (3 leaves). 2d term. Showing map and manuscript work of pupils in civil government. GRAMMAR. (1 leaf). Showing outline of work done by pupils in the 2d term in English Grammar. (1 leaf). Showing method of teaching abridgement. GREEK AND LATIN. (3 leaves). Greek. Showing work of pupils in 1st and 2d years of Greek, (6 leaves). Latin. Showing map and manuscript work of class in ''Csesar." K. Latin, 1 book. Review Books, Virgil, 1 book. Prosod}', Virgil, 1 book. Caesar \ 1 h i Sallust 3 1 book. Cicero / J. Latin, 1 book. 532 MANUSCRIPT BOOKS. TRAINING SCHOOL. Reading: 1st and 2d grades, 1 book; 3d and 4th grades, 1; 4th grade, 1; 5th grade, 1; 6th grade, 3; 7th grade, 1; 8th grade, 1. Language: 1st and 2d grades, 1 book; 3d grade, 1; A-3d grade, 1; 4th grade, 1; 5th grade, 1; 7th grade, 1. Writing: 1st, 2d and 3d grades, 1; A-3d and 4th grades, 1; 5th and 6th grades, 1; 7th grade, 1. Drawing: 8th grade, 1 book. Number: 1st grade, 1; 2d grade, 1; 3d grade, 1; A-3d grade, 1; 4th grade arithmetic, 1; 5th grade arithmetic, 1; 6th grade arithmetic, 1; 7th grade arithmetic. Miscellaneous collection of work done by pupils in the geography classes ranging from 3d grade to 6th grade, 1 book; A-3d grade geography, 1 book; 7th grade 1. History: 7th grade, 1 book; 8th grade, 1. Botany: 7th grade, 1. Physiology and zoology: 8th grade, 1 book. Science: 6th grade 1. Representative work from 7 grades, 1 book; 1 book in field work. NORMAL WORK. C pedagogy, 1 book; B pedagogy, 1; history of edu- cation, 1; observation in training school, 2 books. Ps3 r chology A, 1 book. Ethics, 1 book. Physics A, 1 book. Astronomy, 1 book. Botany A, 1 book; plant analysis, 1 book. Zoology A, 1 book. Physiology B, 1 book; A, 1 book. Arithmetic B, 1 book; A, 1 book. Algebra A, 1 book. Geometry, 533 Book-keeping, 3 books. Grammar C, 1 book; B, 1 book; A,"l book. Literature: American B, 1 book; American A, 1 book; English B, 1 book; English A, 1 book. Reading, 1 book. Rhetoric, 2 books. Geography A, 2 books; B, 1 books. History: B, 2 books; A, 1 book; general, 2 books; English, 2 books; Roman, 1 book. Civil Government, 2 books. Drawing: Specimen lessons, 1 book; A, 1 book. Writing, 2 books. English Analysis, 1 book. Latin, 1 book, Csesar. German, 1 book. Greek, 1 book, 1st and 2d year's work. HIGH SCHOOL. Geography, 1 book. Algebra E, 1 book; D, 1 book. CASES. Nos. 22 and 23. Sample cases from museum, showing ducks of Illinois. No. 39. Material used in language, number, color and form study. No. 40. Material used in the study of geography, some mounted plans a/nd photograph album of board work done by students. Nos. 41-52. Photographs of buildings, rooms, appa- ratus and students. No. 47. Photographs of blackboard drawing and ap- paratus in the Science Department. 534 MISCELLANEOUS. Framed photographs of buildings, rooms, faculty, etc. Hand-book giving history, general information and syllabus of work in the different departments. Box of solids. 1 microscope. 71 photographs building and grounds. 26 photographs illustrating class work and apparatus. 1 case of (dry) liquid measures. 1 Graphoscope. Mounted specimens (plants.) REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON STATE CHARIT- ABLE INSTITUTIONS. f'HE act creating the Illinois Board of World's Fair Commissioners, required of them, among other things, "An Exhibit of the Educational and Industrial work as conducted in the State Charitable Institutions." Upon the organizing of your honorable body, the fol- lowing members were appointed as the Committee on State Charitable Institutions, and charged with the duty of performing or securing the performance of the above statutory requirement, to-wit: James M. Washburn, A. B. Hostetter, B. F. Wyman, J. W. Judy and W. D. Stryker. The control of the very liberal appropriation of $800,000.00 was diminished by the sum of $80,000.00, specially appropriated to the Woman's Board and by the further sum of $40,000.00, devoted to the Illinois exhibits of live stock, leaving but $620,000.00 under the control of your honorable board. The pre-determined purpose to invest between $250,- 000.00 and $300,000.00 in the building and its furnish- ings and the ornamentation of its grounds, left less than $350,000.00 with which to prepare, collect and maintain all the exhibits required by the law, to pay the salaries and expenses of the Board, and to entertain hospitably all the visitors to our Building. In order to secure equal- ity between the various committees and economy in the expenditure of the moneys devoted to securing, prepar- ing and maintaining exhibits, a committee was appointed to apportion the moneys to be expended, to the several 557 558 committees, and under this apportionment, the sum of $20,000.00 was assigned to the Committee on State Charitable Institutions with which to make their exhibits. This sum was so unsatisfactory to the Superintendent of the Institution for the Education of the Deaf and Dumb, who desired more than that sum to enable him to maintain a school of seventy-five or eighty of his pupils at the Fair to demonstrate the methods of teaching and the progress of the pupils, that he declined to make any personal exhibit. Your Committee decided that it was not desirable to have a personal exhibit from any of the Charitable Institutions except the Blind and the Deaf and Dumb. Upon a consultation with the superintend- ents of the several charitable institutions, and at their request, the sum of $6,000.00 was set apart for the ex- hibit of the Deaf and Dumb; a, like sum for the Blind, and $1,000.00 for the exhibit of the Asylum for Feeble-Minded Children. Thereupon the Superintendent of the Institu- tion for the Blind decided to make a personal exhibit with twelve or fifteen of his pupils. The Committee also decided to have taken and put on exhibition, photo- graphic views of the several charitable institutions, and to have prepared and published in pamphlet form for judicious gratuitous distribution during the Fair a brief history of each of the State Charitable Institutions. These photographs were taken in two sizes, one 18x22 inches; the other 24x36 inches, and framed with quarter sawed oak. The size of these frames, lesser frame 24x28 inches, moulding 3 inches wide, size of larger frames 30x40 inches, moulding 4 inches wide. They were tastefully suspended around the walls of the rooms occupied by the exhibits of the Charitable Institutions in the Illinois Building, prominently in view of all visitors, and at- tracted much attention and many compliments. There were taken and framed one hundred and forty photo- 559 graphs 18x22 inches and seventy-nine photographs 24x36; the frames of the former cost $8.50 each, the latter $11.00, besides the expenses of the artist while taking the negatives, amounting to $170.00. The Committee have thought these photographs (which were the only exhibits made by six out of ten State Charitable Institutions) worthy of being catalogued in this report. PHOTOGRAPHIC VIEWS OF OUR STATE CHARITABLE INSTI- TUTIONS. VIEWS TAKEN AT THE ILLINOIS CHARITABLE EYE AND EAR INFIRMARY, AT CHICAGO. No. View. Size. 4545. Operating room 18x22 inches 4546. Ear dispensary room 18x22 " 4547. Main sitting room 18x22 " 4548. Refraction room... ..18x22 " VIEWS TAKEN AT THE SOLDIERS' ORPHANS' HOME A.T NORMAL, ILL. No. View. Size. 3584. School and children 24x36 inches 3588. School room 18x22 " 3589. Dynamos 18x22 " 3590. Chapel 24x36 " 3591. Dining room and children 18x22 " 3591% Reception room 18x22 " 3592. Kitchen 18x22 " 3592% Kindergarten dormitory 18x22 " 3593. Library 24x36 " 3593. Clothing and repair room ..18x22 " 3597. Main entrance... ...24x36 " 560 VIEWS TAKEN AT THE SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' HOME AT QUINCY, ILL. No. View. Size. 00. Group of old soldiers.. 18x22 inches 3524. Chapel 18x22 " 3525. Boiler room 18x22 " 3526. Old men's dormitory 18x22 " 3527. Upper hospital ward 18x22 " 3528. Heading room 18x22 " 3529. Kitchen 18x22 " 3530. Amusement room 18x22 " 3531. Laundry 18x22 " 3533. Quartermaster's store room 18x22 " 3534. Guests' chamber 18x22 " 3535. Grounds and flower beds 24x36 " 3536. Battery 24x36 " 3537. Farm buildings 24x36 " 3538. Superintendent's office 18x22 " 3539. Cow barn 24x36 " 3540. Trustee's room.... 18x22 " 3541. Sitting room 18x22 " 3543. Old men's dining room 24x36 " 3548. Bird's eye view of street of cottages.. 24x36 " VIEWS TAKEN AT THE ASYLUM FOR FEEBLE-MINDED CHILDREN AT LINCOLN, ILL. No. View. Size. 3560. Tailoring room 18x22 inches- 3561. Main entrance 18x22 * 3562. Amusement hall 18x22 " 3563. Dormitory, asylum department 18x22 " 3564. Day room, asylum department 18x22 " 3565. Laundry " 18x22 " 3566. Dormitory 18x22 " " " 561 Asylum for Feeble Minded Children Concluded. No. View. Size. 3567. Gymnasium ....................................... 18x22 inches 3571. Dynamo room ................................... 18x22 " 3574. Reception room ................................. 24x36 " 3575. Main kitchen .......... .......................... 24x36 " 3576. Dormitory ......................................... 18x22 " 3577. Infirmary ward, asylum department. 18x22 " 3578. Dining room annex ........................... 18x22 " 3579. Kindergarten school ......................... 18x22 " 3580. Main dining room ............................. 24x36 3581. Lace workers ..................................... 18x22 3582. Emergency hospital room ................ 18x22 3583. Sewing room, south wing ................. 18x22 " 3584. Wood carving room ......................... 18x22 " 3585. Ironing room .................................... 18x22 " 3586. General office ..................................... 18x22 l < 3587. Boiler room ....................................... 24x36 u 3588. Band room... ..18x22 u VIEWS TAKEN AT THE INSTITUTION FOR THE BLIND AT JACKSONVILLE, ILL. No. Yiew. Size. 4395. Bowling alley 18x22 inches 4396. Chapel with pupils 18x22 " 4397. Dining hall 18x22 " 4398. Dormitory, 1 of 16 18x22 " 4399. Girls' cottage... 18x22 " 4400. Band wagon and hospital 18x22 " 4401. Military companies 18x22 " 4402. Orchestra 18x22 " 4405. Chapel, front view 18x22 " 4406. Main hall, main building .18x22 " -36 562 Institution for the Blind Concluded. No. View. Size. 4407. Store room, broom dept 24x86 inches 4408. Printing room 24x36 " 4409. Sitting room, men's dormitory 24x36 " 4410. High school 24x36 " 4412. Kindergarten 24x36 " 4413. Sewing room 24x36 " 4414. Main hall, girls' cottage 24x36 " 4415. Hospital, girls' ward 24x36 " 4416. Type writing room 24x36 " 4417. Broom shop, sewing room 24x36 " 4418. Kitchen 24x36 " 4419. Broom shop, tying room 24x36 " 4420. Bakery 24x36 " At the Institution for the Deaf and Dumb at Jackson- ville, there were sixty-four photographic views taken (thirty at the instance of your Committee and thirty- four at the instance of Dr. Gillett). Of these, thirty were selected and framed as follows, the remainder put on stretchers: No. View. Size. 4191. Dairy herd 24x36 inches 4197. Girls going to school 24x36 " 4200. School room, 1 of 28 24x36 " 4201. Boys' class, Alma Gillette 24x36 " 4204. Articulating class, Lyde Kent 18x22 " 4209. Front view of main building 24x36 " 4213. Garden walk, etc 24x36 " 4216. Girls' gymnasium class with poles. ..24x36 " 4218. Articulation class, Grace Higgins... .18x22 " 4220. Store room of cabinet shop 18x22 " 4221. School building and grounds 24x36 " 4223. Articulating class, Jane Russell 18x22 " 4224. Cadets: Stack arms... ...24x36 " 563 Institution for the Deaf and Dumb Concluded. No. View. Size. 4225. Articulating class, Alma Gillett 18x22 inches 4226. " " 18x22 " 4228. Swinging room and class 18x22 " 4229. Little girls at play 24x36 " 4232. Articulation class (2d year), Mary Haider 18x22 " 4237. General store, counting room, etc. ...18x22 " 4243. Shoe shop 18x22 " 4247. Girls' gymnasium with dumb bells. .18x22 " 4248. Cabinet shops 18x22 " 4249. Chapel with pupils, 520 18x22 " 4250. Printing office 18x22 " 4261. Class No. 1, sign department 18x22 " 4263. Garden view boys at work 18x22 " 4264. Art room and drawing class 18x22 *' 4265. Articulation class, Helen Waite 18x22 " 4268. Articulation class, Jane Gillette 18x22 4< 4292. Back view of store, library, bakery, cold storage, kitchen, boiler house, etc 24x36 " PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN AT THE CENTRAL HOSPITAL FOR INSANE AT JACKSONVILLE, ILL. No. View. Size. 3620. Trustees' room, main building 18x22 inches 3621. Associate dormitory annex build- ing 18x22 " 3622. Dining room, 1 of 24 18x22 " 3623. View of grounds 24x36 " 3624. Laundry, ironing room 24x36 " 3625. Swimming pool 24x36 ' 3626. Offices in main building 18x22 " 3627. Patient's bed room, 1 of 300 18x22 ' 4 3628. Ward No. 7, main building 18x22 " 564 Central Hospital for Insane Concluded. No. View. Size. 3629. Kitchen in annex 24x36 inches 3630. Farm building 24x36 " 3632. Grounds and main building 24x36 " 3633. Reservoir 24x36 " 3634. Engine room 24x36 " 3635. Associate dining room in annex 24x36 " 3636. Alcove in ward 7, main building 18x22 " 3637. Cross ward, main building 24x36 3638. Machine and repair shop 24x36 3639. Sitting room in main building 18x22 3640. Chapel in main building 18x22 3641. Amusement hall, seats 400 18x22 3642. Amusement hall annex, seats 530. ..18x22 3643. Laundry and wash room 18x22 3644. Officers and employes 18x22 " 3645. Alcove and ward in annex 18x22 " 3646. Chapel in annex, seats 530 18x22 iC 3647. Bird's eye view to westward 18x22 " 3658. Bird's eye view, includes reservoir 24x36 " 3659. Bird's eye view of annex building. ...24x36 " 3661. Band... ...24x36 " PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN AT NORTHERN HOSPITAL FOR INSANE AT ELGIN, ILL. No. View. Size. 3294. Superintendent's office 18x22 inches 3295. Associate dining hall 24x36 " 3296. Associate dining hall, alcove and conservatory 24x36 " 3298. Boiler room 24x36 " 3299. Dormitory in annex 18x22 " 3300. Officers and employes 18x22 " 3301. Engine and dynamo room 18x22 " 565 Northern Hospital for Insane Concluded. No. View. Size. 3302. Associate dining hall, male patients.. 18x22 inches 3303. Ward A, 2d floor, male patients' halL18x22 " 3304. Conservatory 18x22 " 3305. Main entrance and stairway, center building 18x22 " 3306. Chapel in center building 18x22 " 3307. Disturbed ward D, male patients 18x22 " 3308. Superintendent's hall, center building!8x22 " 3309. Alcove and hall, ward A 18x22 " 3310. Associate dining hall, female patients!8x22 " 3311. Lake and summer house 24x36 " 3312. Tennis grounds 18x22 " 3313. Disturbed ward C, female patients... 24x36 " 3314. Disturbed ward south, annex building24x3 6 " 3316. Croquet grounds 18x22 " 3318. Summer house 24x36 " PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN AT THE SOUTHERN HOSPITAL FOB INSANE AT ANNA, ILL. No. View. Size. 3660. Ward A-l, north wing, male patients.!8x22 inches 3661. Disturbed ward E-3, south wing 18x22 " 3662. Main hall-way in center building 18x22 " 3663. Ward No. 3 and alcove 18x22 u 3664. Amusement hall, center building 18x22 " 3665. Laundry room... 18x22 " 3666. Cottage ward 18x22 " 3667. Bird's eye view of lawn front, main building 18x22 " 3668. Ward E-l, south wing 18x22 " 3669. Bird's eye view, annex building .24x36 " 3670. Bird's eye view, annex southeast 18x22 " 3671. Farm buildings 24x36 " 3672. Main building from north 24x36 " 566 Southern Hospital for Insane Concluded. No. View. Size. 3673. Dining room, main building 18x22 inches 3674. Alcove in north wing, main building.. 24x36 " 3675. Kitchen in annex 24x36 " 367^6. Superintendent's office, main build- ing 18x22 " 3677. Clothes room in annex ......18x22 " 3678. Dining room in annex 24x36 " 3679. Dining room in disturbed ward 18x22 " 3680. Hall-way on 2d floor, main building.24x36 " 3681. Boiler room in annex 18x22 " 3682. Ward in main building 18x22 " 3683. Ward 4 in annex, females 24x36 " 3684. Ironing room 18x22 " 3685. Dynamo room 18x22 " 3685 Hall way in annex 18x22 " 3686. Dormitory in ward 3 24x36 " 3687. Physician's office, annex 18x22 " 3689 Billiard room, ward A, 1 24x36 " PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN AT THE EASTERN HOSPITAL FOR INSANE AT KANKAKEE. No. View. Size. 3500. Cottage dining room 18x22 inches 3501. Fire department 18x22 " 3502. Ladies' ward, room 2 north 24x36 " 3503. Main dining room 24x36 " 3504. Business manager's office 18x22 " 3505. Supply clerk's office 18x22 " 3506. Sitting room 24x36 " 3507. Mattress and rug room 24x36 " 3508. Laboratory 24x36 " 3509. Bakery .*. 18x22 " 3510. Water tower and engine house 18x22 " 3511. Kitchen... ...-. 24x36 " 567 Eastern Hospital lor Insane Concluded. No. View. Size. 3512. Printing and shoe room 18x22 inches 3513. Boiler room 24x36 " 3514. Cottage sitting room 18x22 " 3515. Carpenter shop 18x22 " 3516. Dormitory 24x36 " 3517. Waterworks, pumps, fire engine 18x22 " 3518. Laundry room, washing machines... 24x36 " 3519. Soap factory 18x22 " 3520. Machine shop 24x36 " 3521. Slaughter and packing house 18x22 " 3522. Cottage infirmary 18x22 " 3523. Associate dining room 18x22 " 3532. Amusement hall 18x22 " In all, there seem to be one hundred and forty photo- graphs 18x22 inches, framed 24x28 inches; and seventy- nine photographs 24x36 inches, framed 30x40 inches; total, two hundred and nineteen photographs framed, and thirty-four photographs on stretchers, not framed. Another highly interesting and important exhibit made by each of the State Charitable Institutions was a brief history (largely statistical) of each institution, prepared by the Superintendent thereof, which your Committee had printed in pamphlet form and illustrated with a number of photographic views taken at the several in- stitutions for judicious free distribution during the Expo- sition to the visitors most interested in the work of charitable institutions. Of these histories 10,000 copies of the history of the Institution for the Blind; 8,000 copies of the history of the Institution for the Deaf and Dumb; and 5,000 copies of the history of each of the other State Charitable In- stitutions were printed and most of them distributed during the Exposition by those in su peri n ten dance of the exhibits of these institutions. 568 Copies of those histories were bound in more perma- nent form and distributed as follows : One copy to the office of each county clerk in the State, One copy to each of the State officers, One copy to each State Charitable Institution, One copy to each member of this Commission and to its secretary. The cost of making and framing and hanging the pho- tographs taken at the State Charitable Institutions, in- cluding the supervision and assistance of members of this Committee, was approximately the sum of $3,000.00, and the cost of the histories of the several Institutions was approximately $1,000.00. These photographs and histories were the only exhibits made by the Soldiers' and Sailors' Home; the Soldiers' Orphans' Home; the Eye and Ear Infirmary, and the Hospitals for Insane, except the Northern Hospital at Elgin. This Institution made a most beautiful and interesting exhibit of fine art and handiwork (made by the patients) consisting of eighteen oil paintings, chiefly of various kinds of flowers, book-marks, handkerchiefs, glove-boxes; twenty-one specimens of fine needlework of various arti- cles, including pin-cushions, chair tidies, photograph holders, handkerchiefs, mats, etc., and thirty specimens of crochet-work of different articles, including sofa-pillows, paper-holders, ladies' aprons and skirts, chair tidies, and about one dozen bunches of lace. EXHIBIT OF THE ASYLUM FOR FEEBLE-MINDED CHILDREN. The Asylum for Feeble-Minded Children made a most wonderful, extensive and varied exhibit, consisting of forty-five specimens of hand carved wood-work. Among the more prominent of these, and worthy of special men- tion are two large door shutters, one mantel, one book- 569 case, a what-not and a settee or sofa, and a large num- ber of picture frames, thirteen pieces of hammered brass work, six oil paintings, thirty specimens of paper and needlework of different articles, thirty-nine specimens of lace, embroidery and crochet work of various articles, fifteen specimens of needlework on various articles of dress, pillows, rugs and mats, boots, and seven pairs of shoes. EXHIBIT MADE BY THE INSTITUTION FOB THE DEAF AND DUMB. As described by the Superintendent, Prof. S. T. Walker: First, the school represented by complete sets of lesson papers from each class bound in attractive volumes. Second, the art department was represented by a large number of pictures, the work of our students in this de- partment, including pen and ink work in black and white, water color and oil work, one piece being a very credit- able oil painting of Rev. Thomas Gallaudet, the founder of deaf education in America. The industrial department of this Institution which is co-important, was represented by several pieces of furni- ture from the cabinet shop, including a bedstead, dresser, wash-stand, book-case, office desks and a very elabo- rately carved sideboard. The furniture was the work of the pupils. The carving on the sideboard was the work of the art pupils. There was also a carved chair, carved bench and carved easel. The shoe shop was represented by several pairs of both men's and women's shoes, the work of pupils in this department, and the printing office was represented by bound volumes of the weekly paper published at the Institution called The Deaf Mute Ad- vance, and by a large album of samples of job printing done in the office by pupils; also a very handsome illus- trated twenty-eight page prospectus of the school printed in the printing office. 570 The room set aside for the exhibition was also embel- lished by very large sized photographs of the building and grounds of the Institution. And what attracted most of the public attention was the photographs illus- trating the methods of teaching the dumb to talk. EXHIBIT MADE BY THE INSTITUTION FOR THE BLIND, As described by Frank H. Hall, Superintendent of the In- stitution and of the exhibit prior to the 1st of July, 1893. Machinery and type for printing embossed characters; operated by a blind boy; thousands of slips printed for free distribution. Machinery for making brooms; operated by a blind man; hundreds of whisk brooms made and sold at 10 cents each. Sewing machines; operated by a blind girl; a great variety of articles made and sold as souvenirs. Remington typewriter; operated by a blind bo} T ; wrote large numbers of slips for free distribution, and occasion- ally wrote letters from dictation for pay. The Braille-writer; operated sometimes by a blind boy, at other times by a blind girl; slips prepared for free distribution. The stereotype-maker; operated by a blind man; from six to ten pages of copper stereotypes of standard music prepared each day. These plates are now the property of the Illinois Institution for the Blind, and from them music is printed for use in the school. The "New York Point Slate" was in constant use by the side of the "Illinois Braille-writer/' thus bringing the old and the new into striking contrast. Several girls were employed in making bead work, in crocheting, knitting, hammock making, etc. One or two pupils were kept constantly busy illustrat- ing the method of reading by touch. 571 At stated intervals music was provided; a piano, cor- net, violin, violoncello, clarionet, euphonium and trom- bone being the principal instruments used. A great variety of work from the shops and sewing rooms of the Institution was also on exhibition. Twenty-two blind persons took part in the exhibition, the usual number present at any one time being thir- teen. LIST OF ARTICLES MADE BY THE BLIND AND EXHIBITED IN THE ILLINOIS BUILDING. Shop-work. Brooms of all kinds, caned chairs. Needle-work. Aprons, handkerchiefs, dress, bed quilt,, embroidered doylies. Knitting and Crochet. Pillow sham, laces, mats, head- rests, carriage afghan, cushions, dressed dolls, capes,, fascinators, shawls, skirts, mittens, holders. Netting. Hammocks, horse nets, throws, bead work,/ rope table, paper and cloth flowers. Machinery and Appliances. Sewing machine, Reming- ton typewriter, Braille-writer, stereotype maker, Braille and New York point slates, printing press, books and music in embossed characters, broom machine, map of Jackson Park. Thirteen pupils at work in the foregoing. The personal exhibit made of twelve to fifteen of the students of the Institution for the Education of the Blind under the direct supervision of Prof. Frank H. Hall, Superintendent of that Institution, and of his suc- cessor in office, Dr. W. F. Short, was by far the most interesting and attractive of all the exhibits made by the State Charitable Institutions and one of the most attractive made in the Illinois State Building. And this Committee desires to pay the tribute of their high regard and admiration of the consummate ability and fidelity of Prof. Hall in organizing and superintend- ing this personal exhibit, and especially to the equani- 572 mity and good humor shown by him under his retirement from the position of Superintendent, which in no wise dampened or diminished his energy in making his ex- hibit a grand success, and which was in marked contrast with the conduct of the superintendents of two or three of the other institutions, under this discouraging ordeal. And this Committee would come short of its duty did it fail to express its disapprobation of the withdrawal of this most interesting and attractive personal exhibit by the Trustees of that Institution soon after the attendance at the Exposition had grown to very large proportions. For this unfortunate withdrawal, we believe that the Superintendent, Dr. Short, was in no wise responsible. This Committee may be excused for congratulating itself and the Commission and the State Charitable In- stitutions upon the general success of the exhibits made by them, and especially upon the fact that this exhibit was made at an expenditure of less than half the amount of money apportioned to them for making it, and that of the $20,000 apportioned for this purpose, more than half, nearly three-fifths, yet remain in the State treasury. Kespectively submitted, JAMES M. WASHBURN, Chairman; A. B. HOSTETTER, B. F. WYMAN, W. D. STRYKER. Committee. REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON LIVE STOCK. Y virtue of Division (f) of Section 2 of "An act to provide for the participation of the State of Illi- nois in the World's Columbian Exposition, etc.," it is provided that "Five per cent, of the amount appro- priated by this act shall be devoted to the encourage- ment of an exhibit of the live stock owned in the State of Illinois." In the organization of the Illinois Board of World's Fair Commissioners, to carry out the mandate of the Legislature in this respect, a committee on "Live Stock Exhibit" was appointed, consisting of Messrs. Fulkerson, Chairman; Chester, Virgin, Wyman and Johns. On December 3, 1891, the Committee called a meeting at Springfield, Illinois, to which were invited "all persons interested in the exhibit of Illinois live stock at the World's Fair," together with a delegate representative from each of the different live stock associations of the State, to consider the most satisfactory method of mak- ing and managing the exhibit and disbursing the ap- propriation. After full consideration of the subject at the meeting above referred to, and at subsequent conferences, the following schedule and rules, adopted by the Committee and approved by the Board, were published : To the Live Stock Exhibitors of the State of Illinois: The Illinois Board of World's Fair Commissioners have made the following rules and schedule for the distribu- tion of the sum set apart by the Act of June 17, 1891, for the encouragement of an exhibit of live stock owned in the State of Illinois and exhibited at the World's Columbian Exposition. 573 574 First. The freight charges will be paid on all horses, cattle (including cows in the Dairy School), swine and sheep from all points in Illinois. Second. The express charges will be paid on poultry from all parts of Illinois. Third. Receipted bills of lading only will be accepted as evidence of charges paid. Fourth. After the payment of charges as provided for in rules 1, 2 and 3, the balance of the appropriation so set apart for the encouragement of live stock exhibit for the State of Illinois will be divided as follows: To horses, 37 per cent., To eattle, 30 per cent., To swine, 15 per cent., To sheep, 12 per cent., To poultry, 6 per cent., A catalogue of the exhibits made and by whom, also an itemized statement of disbursements to exhibitors, is hereunto appended. Respectfully submitted, W. H. FULKERSON, Chairman. BALANCE SHEET. Dr. To amount State appropriation $40,000 00 Cr. By amount charged administra- tion $3,000 00 By amount freight on live stock. 3,308 78 By amount horses, 37% 12,404 29 By amount cattle, 30% 10,10617 By amount hogs, 15% 5,053 09 By amount sheep, 12% 4,042 47 By amount poultry, 6% 2,021 23 Balance on hand... 3 97 $40,000 00-$40,000.00 EXHIBIT OF LIVE STOCK. Division A. Cattle. CLASS I. SHORT-HORN. SECTION 1. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Thistlewood SECTION 2. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville L, W. Brown & Sou, New Berlin Yeodor's Mazurka Green Bros., Indianola O. W. Fisher, Assumption Mary's Waterloo Earl, SECTION 3. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Lavender King. L. W. Brown & Son, New Berlin. .King Richard... Green Bros, Indianola SECTION 4. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Lavender King 6th L. W. Brown & Son, New Berlin. .Gold Dust J. D. Varner, Indianola Red Knight Columbus (not shown). O. W. Fisher, Assumption Clear-the-Way T. W. Hunt, Ashton Springing Star 575 576 SECTION 5. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Sempstress of Oakland 5th U (C L. W. Brown & Son, New Berlin.. Account of Maplewood " " 16th Nelly Bly of River- dale Green Bros., Indianola Scottish Lady 0. W. Fisher, Assumption Lovely Pride " " 17th Scottish Lady SECTION 6. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Fannie Airdrie 25th L. W. Brown & Son, New Berlin.. Fannie Oxford 4th Green Bros., Indianola Sharoness of Maple Grove 3d 0. W. Fisher, Assumption Rose Montroth 4th " " Jessie Hopewell SECTION 7. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville " Caroline of Oakland 6th L. W. Brown & Son, New Berlin.. Marguerite 5th Green Bros., Indianola Easter Day of Maple Grove 3d " " Lucille 5th 0. W. Fisher, Assumption Glen Ythan 5th (not shown) " Maid of Atta 2d T. W. Hunt, Ashton 577 SECTION 8. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Fannie Airdrie 35th L. W. Brown & Son, New Berlin.. Lady Mason of Berlin 10th " 2d Cordelia of Maple- wood (not shown).... Green Bros., Indianola Young Mary of Maple Grove 4th J. D. Varuer, " Claribelle . . 0. W. Fisher, Assumption Ruth. T. W. Hunt, Ashton SECTION 9. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. 4< tt U it L. W. Brown & Son, New Berlin. .Young Marshall u Acomb of Maplewood " " Fannie Oxford 4th tl it II It Green Bros., Indianola Scottish Lady 18th " Sharoness of Maple Grove " Luella 5th tl 1C -37 578 SECTION 10. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Lavender King 4th u u " Sanspareil of Oakland 6th " " Emma 13th Green Bros., Indiauola " " Easter Day of Maple Grove 2d u " " Young Mary of Maple Grove 3d " " Sharoness of Maple Grove 5th J. D. Varner, " " " Red Princess U (( New Year's Gift Isabelle 0. W. Fisher, Assumption (not shown) SECTION 11. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. King of Aberdeen Chancellor " " Emma llth Surprise of Oakland 3d Surprise of Oakland 4th L. W. Brown & Son, New Berlin.. ..(not shown) Green Bros., Indianola Royal Britton Royal Phillis 3d Royal Consul 2d M " ...Roulette... 579 Green Bros., Indianola Sharoness of Maple Grove 2d J. D. Yarner, Indianola (not shown) T. W. Hunt, Ashton " SECTION 12. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville. .Emma 7th... Emma 14th. " Surprise u it u T. W. Hunt, Ashton.. Hattie Bell Beautiful Bell Silver Flower (Sweepstakes animals shown in above sections.) CLASS II. HEREFORD. SECTION 1. Thos. Clark, Beecher Sanhedrim SECTION 2. H. J. Fluck, Goodenow Sitting Bull .. Todd Benjamin, Sugar Grove Wilton Grove SECTION 3. Thos. Clark, Beecher Lars SECTION 4. H. J. Fluck, Goodenow Monitor F SECTION 5. Thos. Clark, Beecher Bess., ...Plum. 580 SECTION 6. Thos. Clark, Beecher Jingle. SECTION 7. H. J. Fluck, Goodenow Sarah Bernhardt. Thos. Clark, Beecher Evergreen Fairy.. " u ...Juvenile.., SECTION 8. Thos. Clark, Beecher Beauty. .Sunflower 2d SECTION Thos. Clark, Beecher <( it a u tt n SECTION 10. Thos. Clark, Beecher (not shown) SECTION 11. Thos. Clark, Beecher Peerless Wilton U It IS It it u SECTION 12. Thos. Clark. Beecher (not shown)... (Sweepstakes same as above shown). 581 CLASS III. ABERDEEN ANGUS. SECTION 1. B. K. Pierce, Creston (not shown). SECTION 2. J, J. Eodgers, Abingdon Young Wellington. SECTION 3. J. J. Eodgers, Abingdon Columbian Prince.. SECTION 4. B. R. Pierce, Creston Blackbird June. SECTION 5. B. R. Pierce, Creston Heather Bloom Bell of Cottage Grove... J. J. Rodgers, Abingdon Myrtle Pride SECTION 6. B. R. Pierce, Creston Princess of Woodland.. J. J. Rodgers, Abingdon Nell of Cottage Grove.. SECTION 7. B. R. Pierce, Creston Blackbird of Woodland Pride 2d of Woodland.. J. J. Rodgers, Abingdon Little Belle " " Princess Martha Wash- ington SECTION 8. B. R. Pierce, Creston ...Young Pearl J. J. Rodgers, Abingdon Lola Pride. " " ...Edith Belle. 582 SECTION 9. B. R. Pierce, Creston (not shown) J. J. Rodgers, Abingdon U it It it u (I SECTION 11. B. L. Pierce, Creston Wellington, J. J. Rodgers, Abingdon Prince Regnant " " .............. Columbus, Jr.... '* " .............. Mino Columbia (t t< (Sweepstakes same as shown above.) CLASS IV. GALLOWAY. SECTION 1. S. P. Clarke, Dover Crusader King. SECTION 2. S. P. Clarke, Dover Dixon Dixie SECTION 3. S. P. Clarke, Dover Dixie's King. 583 SECTION 4. S. P. Clarke, Dover, SECTION 5. S. P. Clarke, Dover Florence Dixie " " ...Victoria 2d... SECTION 6. S. P. Clarke, Dover Tobey 2d of Dover SECTION 7. S. P. Clarke, Dover Nancy of Dover. (4 SECTION 8. S. P. Clarke, Dover SECTION 9. S. P. Clarke, Dover " " Victoria 2d of Closeburn it " " Glen of Ivy Gate " *' Laurigg 8th SECTION 10. S. P. Clarke, Dover Prince Mark " " Nannie Dover *t * " Rose of Joy Gate. 584 SECTION 11, S. P. Clarke, Dover. t( U U U it SECTION 12. S. P. Clarke, Dover " " ...Dixon's Dixie 3d (Sweepstakes same as shown above). CLASS V. DEVON. SECTION 1. John Hudson, Moweaqua Royal Somerset. (C II SECTION 2. John Hudson, Moweaqua Lord Birkley U SECTION 3. John Hudson, Moweaqua " " Walter Farthing. SECTION 4. John Hudson, Moweaqua Gladstone " " Fragrant Lad SECTION 5. John Hudson, Moweaqua Picture 7th 585 SECTION 6. John Hudson, Moweaqua SECTION 7 John Hudson, Moweaqua tt it SECTION 8. John Hudson, Moweaqua Duchess of Woodland 2d " Honey Dew of Wood- land 6th SECTION 9. John Hudson, Moweaqua tt n tr if tt (t tt tt {( tt tt t( tt (t tt (t .Fancy Kobin SECTION 10. John Hudson, Moweaqua ,, Honey Dew of Wood- land 4th " " Myrtle 18th 586 SECTION 11. John Hudson, Moweaqua Quebec , u k< Tulip of Woodland 4th. Sarah of Woodland 1 { Heartsease of Woodland " " Duchess of Woodland.... " " Milverton Ben Eldridge " " Myrtle 17th " Tulip of Woodland 7th, " " Tulip of Woodland 8th. SECTION 12. John Hudson, Moweaqua Myrtle 15th , " " Prince of Woodland c u U tt ...... ......... Mount Blanc ............... Leap Year Blanc, " ....... ........ Grover Blanc ....... 4t SECTION 13. A. Bourquin, Nokomis Margis Dam, t( U U U U U ti U U U E. M. Barton, Hinsdale. It U ( U ...Biber. C( U " " Bernhard (Sweepstakes same as shown above) 593 Division B. Horses. CLASS XXL STANDARD TROTTER. SECTION 1. L. A. Davis, Geneva Boy Wilkes J. R. Peak & Son, Winchester Kentucky Peak E. B. Smith, Chicago Keswick SECTION 7. Crum Bros.,Literberry Nannie SECTION 8. J. R. Peak & Son, Winchester Flossie Fletcher. SECTION 9. J. R. Peak & Son, Winchester Ardarth SECTION 10. J. R. Peak & Son, Winchester Nelly Marshall. SECTION 11. Crum Bros., Literberry Algerda SECTION 13. J. R. Peak & Son, Winchester Marion N. CLASS XXIII. FRENCH COACH. SECTION 1. Ed. Miller, Ancona Jongleur... M. W. Dunham, Wayne Perfection. Kervella.... -38 594 SECTION 2. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Lord Fritz Graft. SECTION 3. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Rapid " ...Urbin.. SECTION 4. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Nunphar " Monaco., J. P. Me Williams, Dwight General.. SECTION 5. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Patrician ...Prince Colbri SECTION 6. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Partisan. " " Prospero. SECTION 7. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Sopha.... u " Elegance " " ...Gabrielle SECTION 8. T. Butterworth, Chicago Fugitive.. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Liberta... " Ecletante SECTION 9. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Tempest.. ...Modestin. 595 SECTION 10. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Vereine SECTION 11. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Mignonne. J. P. McWilliams, Dvvight Beauty Daisy SECTION 12. J. P. McWilliams, Dwight Estella SECTION 13. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Gabrielle... " ...Marrianne, SECTION 14. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Perfect " ....Idole J. P. McWilliams, Dwight Dandola (Sweepstakes not shown above). COLLECTION, M. W. Dunham, Wayne Barbarianna. " Parthean " " ...Peruvian... Esmeralda >. ...Heroine... 596 CLASS XXIV. OLDENBUKG, HANOVERIAN, TRAKEHNEN AND HOLSTEIN COACH. SECTION 1. Olt mantis Bros., Agent, Watseka. .Emmo 695 T. Boekhoff, Watseka Phillipp Oltmanns Bros., " Wochtmister 942 " " ...Hero., SECTION 2. Oltmanns Bros., Agent, Watseka.. Mons 950 Ulfert Poppen, German Valley Young Alexandria. SECTION 3. Oltmanns Bros., Watseka Maninngo 945 Oltmanns Bros., Agent, Watseka. .Hobbo 948 SECTION 4. Oltmanns Bros., Agent, Watseka.. A j ax 949... " " ...Bertus 947 SECTION 5. Ulfert Poppen, German Valley Felix 747 " " Ferdinand 749 SECTION 6. Ulfert Poppen, German Valley Magnet 751 SECTION 7. Ulfert Poppen, German Valley Young Alexander 585. 41 y W. I. Buchanan. C B. Pratt, Chicago Monie B. M. W. Dunham, Wavne. Annie.... 612 CLASS XXXIX. JACKS AND JENNETS. SECTION 2. Converse Bros., Springfield Boston SECTION 3. Mason & Hill, Auburn Antar, Jr SECTION 4. A. W. Hopkins, Peru Black Forest. " ...Duke... SECTION 5. A. W. Hopkins, Peru Black Oak ...Favorite.., SECTION 6. Converse Bros., Springfield.... .....Columbus. SECTION 7. Converse Bros., Springfield.... .Antar. SECTION 8. Converse Bros., Springfield Sangamon Belle. " " ...Belle of Illinois... SECTION 12. Converse Bros., Springfield Columbia.. SECTION 14. Converse Bros., Springfield Miss Lyon (Sweepstakes same as shown above). 613 SPECIAL CLASS MULES. SECTION 6. Converse Bros., Springfield Belle..., ...Ruth... Special Horses to Harness. STANDARD TROTTER. SINGLE STALLION. J. R. Peak & Son, Winchester Kentucky Peak PAIR MARES TO HARNESS. J. R. Peak & Son, Winchester Flossy Fletcher Ardarth Crum Bros., Literberry Peerse ...Nannie... FRENCH COACH. SINGLE STALLION. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Premier " Prince Colbri ...Parthian... SiNGLE MARE. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Esmeralda.... Atlanta " Barbarianna. " " ...Heroine... (514: FRENCH TROTTER. SINGLE STALLION. M. W. Dunham, Wayne ............... Ionian .............. SINGLE MARE. M. W. Dunham, Wayne ............. ..Peerless ............ <; ............... Inez ................... HORSES, EQUIPAGES AND APPOINTMENTS. SECTION 1. J. R. Peak & Son, Winchester ..... Flossy C ........... ..... Patsy ............... Crum Bros., Literberry ................ Bonny .............. Marmaduke Wood, Chicago ......... Salvador " u ......... Jupiter SECTION 2. Marmaduke Wood, Chicago Neptune SECTION 3. J. R. Peak & Son, Winchester Flossy... SECTION 9. Crum Bros., Literberry Alice. PONIES IN HARNESS. Mallen Bowen, Chicago ^Nightingale. Special Prize Bronze Statue offered by French Government. M. W. Dunham, Wayne Iphigene " " Maringo Laigle : 615 M. W. Dunham, Wayne Trafalgar " u Lauchier Kasbath Indre Ketty " San Vergogne. " " Isan Clemence. " " Modestine " Fleur-de-Lis.... Italie * Agnadel " Forcina " Marauder " Euclair " Tii ker m an Allixia u Mimosa ...Eneid.. SPECIAL. L. A. Davis, Geneva Roy Wilkes M. W. Dunham, Wayne Brilliant " " Aiglon " u LaFerte " " Valentine " u Alone Indre 11 Elizabeth " " Isaur Clemence " u San Vergogne.. " li Bettino, u u Pervenche u " San Tache " ..Perfection.. 616 Division C. Sheep. CLASS XLIIL SOUTHDOWN. SECTION 2. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Viceroy. . SECTION 3. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Monarch, " " ..Brightly. SECTION 4. J. H. Potts & Son, Jackson ville..Athol SECTION 5. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Diamond " " ..Belle of Morgan SECTION 6. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Lady Coleman'.., SECTION 7. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Lady Webb 18. ..Pet llth... SECTION 8. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Pet 12th, SECTION 10. J. H. Potts & Sou, Jacksonville. .Queen ..Lady Coleman 14th, 617 SECTION 11. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. King ..Pet llth ..Lady Webb 19th (Sweepstakes same as shown above). CLASS XLIV. SHROPSHIRE. SECTION 1. Oeo. Allen & Son, Allerton Proud Salopian. " *' ...McFee's Miracle. SECTION 3. Oeo. Allen & Son, Allerton ....Young Salopian Conqueror 2d SECTION 4. Oeo. Allen & Son, Allerton The Swell SECTION 5. Oeo. Allen & Son, Allerton Allen's 1138., Allen's 1231.. SECTION 6. Oeo. Allen & Son, Allerton Allen's 1359.. Allen's 1281.. SECTION 7. Oeo. Allen & Son, Allerton Lady Thorpe. ..Allen's 1581.. 618 SECTION 8. Geo. Allen & Son, Allerton Victoria Queen. " Queen SECTION 10. Geo. Allen & Son, Allerton Allen's 1334 SECTION 11. Geo. Allen & Son, Allerton Bar None Allen's 1650.. .. Allen's 1642.. (Sweepstakes same as shown above). CLASS XLV. OXFORD. SECTION 1. Stone & Harris, Stonington Royal Tom.... SECTION 2. Stone & Harris, Stonington Jim Corbett. SECTION 3. Stone & Harris, Stonington Chicago of Stonington, " ...Dick Stone... SECTION 4. Stone & Harris, Stouington Lord Dornford .Woodstock SECTION 5. Stone & Harris, Stonington Waddesdon Gir ...Winchendon 5.. 619 SECTION 6. Stone & Harris, Stonington Waddesdon Lass 5th. Waddesdon Lass 6th. SECTION 7. Stone & Harris, Stonington Winchendon 78 ...Winchendon 72... SECTION 8. Stone & Harris, Stonington Howell Pollie. ...Howell Pet.. SECTION 9. Stone & Harris, Stonington Waddesdon Girl 3d.. SECTION 10. Stone & Harris, Stonington Stone & Harris 688. 681. " 663. " " 642. " " " 617. SECTION 11. Stone & Harris, Stonington.. ......Stone & Harris 720. " 736. 731. 702. " u " 721. (Sweepstakes same as shown above). 620 CLASS XLVIL MERINO (A), SECTION 1. E Peck & Son, Geneva 873 ...986.. SECTION 2. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 311 ...99.. SECTION 3. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 321 " ...326 SECTION 5. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 2380 SECTION 6. E. Peck & Son, Geneva... 212.. " " ...220... SECTION 7. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 238. ...242., SECTION 8. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 2734 " ..1280 621 SECTION 10. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 1248 2870 2035 .... : 1211 ..1214 SECTION 11. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 2563 1068 1255 1277 1266 (Sweepstakes same as shown above), CLASS XLVIIL MERINO (B), SECTION 1. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 2475 ...980.., SECTION 2. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 1006 ..1012 SECTION 3. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 322 " " ...328 SECTION 5. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 2385 622 SECTION 6. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 210 ...223 SECTION 7. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 258 ...235 SECTION 8. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 1279 SECTION 10. E. Peck & Son, Geneva 841 2(>69 1240 1239 . (Sweepstakes same as shown above). Division D. Swine. CLASS LY. BERKSHIRE. SECTION 1. B. P. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Barry Grand Duke. SECTION 2. A. J. Lovejoy, Roscoe Golden King " Royal Lee 2d B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Sullivan's Choice.... SECTION 3. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Broad Fellow 623 SECTION 4. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Dandy " " ...Handsome SECTION 5. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Queen of Quality SECTION 6. A. J. Lovejoy, Roscoe Lady Kings Cote u " Cherry Blossom Sallie. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Beauty 6th ...Columbia.. SECTION 7. A. J. Lovejoy, Roscoe .................. Lady Kings Cote 5th.. ' li .................. Lady Kings Cote 6th.. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry ......... Lady of Carlisle 7th.... " ......... Lady of Carlisle 8th.... SECTION 8. A. J. Lovejoy, Roscoe .................. Riverside Belle 16th ..... B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry ......... Queen of Quality 2d.... " " ......... Queen of Quality 3d.... SECTION 9. A. J. Lovejoy, Roscoe .................. Riverside Belle 5th ....... B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry ......... Beauty 7th ................... " .. ....... Beauty 6th ................... SECTION 10. A. J. Lovejoy, Roscoe .................. Cherry Blossom Sallie 5th... 624 SECTION 11. A. J. Lovejoy, Roscoe King's Duke 1 1 . i B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Lady of Carlisle 9th SECTION 13. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Sullivan (Sweepstakes same as above shown). CLASS LYL POLAND-CHINA. SECTION 1. F. M. Bauder, New Milford Tecumseh King B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Short Stop u Stumpy Ashby. C. W. Trone, Rushville Roy Wilkes SECTION 2. Danforth Bros., Deer Creek Onward SECTION 3. F. M. Bauder, New Milford Black U. S. Boy. B, F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Catcher SECTION 4. F. M. Bauder, New Milford Black Jack... B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Allerton " Allerton Boy. Thomas Bennett, Rossville George 625 SECTION 5. Danforth Bros., Deer Creek Columbia B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Lady Allerton " Lady Nelson... C. W. Trone, Rushville Nora Stark.... SECTION 6. Danforth Bros., Deer Creek Grand Lady F. M. Bauder, New Milford Lady Surprise " Free Trade Queen B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Fanny Joker 4th., " Cleopatra SECTION 7. Danforth Bros., Deer Creek Our Daisy F. M. Bauder, New Milford Model " Lady Wanamaker B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Ideal Lady ...Eulalia... SECTION 8. Thomas Bennett, Rossville Topsey F. M. Bauder, New Milford Rosa Bell 2d. Rosa Bell 3d., B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry May Allerton u ..Perfection SECTION 9. Danforth Bros., Deer Creek Hopeful. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Sportsman " Lady Dorsey " Columbia Lady -40 626 SECTION 11. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Nelson Allen SECTION 12. Danforth Bros., Deer Creek Loyal Duke.... " " Notoriety Peaceful Kate. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Ollie SECTION 13. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Fancy Joker. SECTION 14. B. F. Dorsey & Sons, Perry Umpire " Myrtle " " May French.... (Sweepstakes same as shown above). CLASS LVIL CHESTER WHITE. SECTION 1. M. E. Newburn, Hennepin Putnam Duke. SECTION 2. M. E. Newburn, Hennepin Eclipse Royal SECTION 3. M. E. Newburn, Hennepin Jupiter. SECTION 4. M. E. Newburn, Hennepin Storm.. 627 SECTION 5. M. E. Newburn, Hennepin Hennepin Belle., Hennepin Maid, SECTION 6. M. E. Newburn, Hennepin Queen .Princess A SECTION 7. M. E. Newburn, Hennepin Venus. .Venus 2d.. SECTION 8. M. E. Newburn, Hennepin Ida. SECTION 9. M. E. Newburn, Hennepin Princess B. SECTION 11. M. E. Newburn, Heunepin Venus 3d.., SECTION 14. M. E. Newburn, Hennepin General Snow (Sweepstakes same as shown above). CLASS LVIII. DUROC JERSEY. SECTION 1. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Cuckoo J. M. Stonebraker, Panola Exchanger SECTION 2. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Cleveland.... G. W. Trone, Rushville Buffalo Bill. 628 SECTION 3. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Hero J. M. Stonebraker, Pauola Buchanan G. W. Trone, Rushville Rattlesnake Pete. SECTION 4. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Jim " John J. M. Stonebraker, Panola Royal Duke " Henry Clay G. W. Trone, Rushville Phil Armour Johnny Mack SECTION 5. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Remarkable... J. M. Stonebraker, Panola Guina G. W. Trone, Rushville ..Trone's Prize. SECTION 6. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Nancy Quick.. J. M. Stonebraker, Panola Marthy SECTION 7. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Brightness " " Famous.... G. W. Trone, Rushville Boxy 1st.. " " Roxy 2d... SECTION 8. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Eugenia " " Hattie J. M. Stonebraker, Panola Model of Beauty. " " Princess Eulalia.. G. W. Trone, Rushville Grace Darling " " Grace Darling 2d 629 SECTION 11. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Mattie.... G. \V. Trone, Rushville Roxy 3d SECTION 12. J. M. Stonebraker, Pauola Perfection ts Duchess of Woodford, SECTION 13. J. M. Stonebraker, Panola Chart " Sir Knight " .. Exchanger 2d G. W. Trone, Rushville Grace Darling 3d SECTION 14. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Prosperity Eugene J. M. Stonebraker, Panola Red Lady (Sweepstakes same as shown above). CLASS LIX. SMALL YORKSHIRE. SECTION 1. A. P. Chapman, Sugar Grove Caesar 3d... SECTION 2. A. P. Chapman, Sugar Grove Grover Boy SECTION 3. A. P. Chapman, Sugar Grove Wilber SECTION 4. A. P. "Chapman, Sugar Grove Robbie " u ...Caesar's Frankie 630 SECTION 5. A. P. Chapman, Sugar Grove Hannah Girl, ..Prize Chub. SECTION 6. A. P. Chapman, Sugar Grove Prize Chub's Best. SECTION 7. A. P. Chapman, Sugar Grove Jennie Cole SECTION 8. A. P. Chapman, Sugar Grove Caesar's Pansy. " " Caesar's Violet. SECTION 9. A. P. Chapman, Sugar Grove Caesar 4th (Sweepstakes same as shown above). CLASS LX. ESSEX. SECTION 1. H. H. Taylor, Heyworth Seldom Seen SECTION 2. Thos. Taylor, Waynesville Grover SECTION 3. H. H. Taylor, Heyworth Dan. SECTION 5. Thos. Taylor, Waynesville Sarah 7th " " Lady Perfection 2d SECTION 6. Thos. Taylor, Waynesville Nellie G 631 SECTION 7. H. H.Taylor, Heyworth Bell 2d, ...Bell 3d. SECTION 10. Thos. Taylor, Waynesville Lady Perfection SECTION 11. H. H.Taylor, Heyworth Bell 4th SECTION 13. H. H.Taylor, Heyworth Bert (Sweepstakes same as shown above). Fat Stock. CLASS CXLVIIL SHORT-HORN. SECTION 1. M. E. Jones, William sville Dr. Talmage.. " '. Headlight J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Viceroy SECTION 2. M. E. Jones, Williamsville Drum Major " " Whiskers J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville.. Yroder Jr.... SECTION 3. M. E. Jones, Williamsville Roll of Honor Bon Ton J. H. Potts & Son, Jackson ville..Prather (Herd and sweepstakes same as shown above) 632 CLASS CXLIX. HEREFORD. SECTION 2. H. J. Fluck, Goodenow Percy Tom C. Pouting, Moweaqua Ogden Armour SECTION 3. Torn C. Ponting, Moweaqua Potter Palmer (Herd and sweepstakes same as shown above). CLASS CL. ANGUS. SECTION 2. B. R. Pierce, Creston Prince of Woodlawn CLASS CLIL DEVON. SECTION 1. John Hudson, Moweaqua Lord Stanley Taffy on the Stick... " ...Yankee Doodle... SECTION 2. John Hudson, Moweaqua Taffy Jr. .Sam Kidner. SECTION 3. John Hudson, Moweaqua Constitution " " Inter Ocean (Herd and sweepstakes same as shown above). CLASS CLY. GRADES AND CROSSES. M. E. Jones, Williamsville Baymer Bearer T. C. Ponting, Moweaqua Montgomery Ward 633 SECTION 2. M. E. Jones, Williamsvillo Jack in the Bush H. J. Fluck, Goodenovv N Freeport SECTION 3. M. E. Jones, Williamsville Flying Dutchman. (Herd and sweepstakes same as above shown) CLASS CLXIV. SOUTHDOWN. SECTION 1. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville. .Charlie Coleman.. Prince Charlie. Duke.., SECTION 2. J. H. Potts & Son, Jacksonville..Duke 2d... Champion /SECTION 3. J. H. Potts & Sou, Jacksonville.. Arthur David Herbert (Sweepstakes same as shown above). CLASS CLXXI1L BERKSHIRE. SECTION 1. Cass & Burns, Buffalo Hart., Artist SECTION 2. Cass & Burns, Buffalo Hart Matchless. " ...Bar None. 634 SECTION 3. Cass & Burns, Buffalo Hart Dandy Goodenow.. SECTION 4. (Pen same as shown above.) CLASS CLXXIY. POLAND-CHINA. SECTION 1. Thos. Bennet, Rossville Emperor.... CLASS CLXXVL DUROC JERSEY. SECTION 1. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Chief SECTION 2. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Record ...News.. SECTION 3. Thos. Bennett, Rossville Tribune. " " Times (Pen same as shown above). CLASS CLXXV1L SMALL YORKSHIRE. SECTION 1. A. P. Chapman, Sugar Grove Gus COi-H ^ 05 CO n r-l 00 OrH T* ' O 'i^S1^KH!f"OUR Committee on Transportation begs leave re- v spectfully to report: That the thanks of this Board are respectfully and cordially tendered to the railroads of Illinois for unfail- ing courtesy in all legitimate and proper ways extended to this Commission during the preparation for and con- tinuance of the World's Columbian Exposition. Respectfully submitted, J. IRVING PEARCE, Chairman Committee on Transportation. 666 REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON COMPENSATION. UGUST 5, 1891, your Committee on Compensation made their report to your honorable body, which your records will show. Since then they have been re- lieved from any active service, the Board assuming the responsibility of fixing compensation for members and employes. J. IRVING PEARCE, B. PULLEN, D. W. VITTUM, Committee on Compensation. REPORT OP FINANCE COMMITTEE, fiHE Committee on Finance herewith submits a classi- fied statement of the expenditures incurred by the Illinois Board of World's Fair Commissioners, in all of the departments. Respectfully submitted, WM. STEWART, Chairman. FINANCIAL, STATEMENT. General Fund. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 15 American Desk and Seating Co $70 00 121 " " 10 00 2095 Anderson Bros. & Co 17 84 25 Andrews, A. H. & Co 24225 780 " 8 00 2704 " 8 64 2032 Armour & Co 1,30000 2064 Automatic Fountain Co 10 00 2137 Allen.F.S 20300 28 Buckles, W. H 7 00 701 Bidenger,J 286 1191 " 104 794 Bennett, Geo 312 1395 Bartels.W. H 26459 1657 Bates,G.G 225 2105 Butler, W. P 31840 2122 Beck, A. E., Lumber Co 5333 2482 Baker.A.H 500 1696 Bullard & Gormley 2700 2100 BushneU, G.W 19420 2742 Bunn, Jno. W 51 40 2658 Brennan, Thos 5400 2774 Blakeslee, Helen . 4000 2106 Case.W.C 1200 2700 Chicago Herald 34 00 1912 Crawford, C.F 3000 2702 Coons, J.P 100 68 Chicago Directory Co 600 901 " "' 7 50 2119 Cook, E. C. & Co 20000 2166 " " 22000 2103 Clark W. M ... 3 22 2728 Chicago & Northwestern Ky 5 60 662 Cunningham, M. B 10 00 397 Carl Young Transfer Co 15 70 461 " " 10 00 2099 Chicago Calcium Light Co 20600 979 Carter, D. S 2000 2527 Cook & Kathbun 9 00 1965 Devoe & Keynolds 650 2191 Dynes, J 30000 2290 " 500 2033 Drake, F. B 2800 2071 Dernberg, Glick & Co 11 15 43 m 674 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2188 Dermison Manufacturing Co $13 50 1777 39 60 1794 Foote A. E 5 00 2102 Fay O H 300 00 2104 Ferris J A . 11 00 2112 3 00 1689 Fair The . ... 3 9> 1852 H 4 91 2138 Gillett L. H 15 00 2096 Gilmore C. . . 2 25 1624 Goodyear Rubber Co .... ... 17 60 2031 Greer Robt 3 814 25 2326 Gore T K . . 9 2 50 2109 Green J. W 76 85 2680 Gurley W F. E ...... 7 50 1792 Gilbert, F. F 39 60 2431 Geserich H. 17 77 2772 Gardner, C. P 26 00 2788 Halliday & Kessberger 1 00 2397 36 66 1005 Herbst, A. J., & Co 1 70 1356 2 75 2111 Hoeg, C. M 5 40 1779 Hackett, W. H 115 00 2009 Heath & Milligan 4 15 2083 Higgins, Todd & Co 18 00 2654 Henry, Geo. B 69 00 37 Iliff G D 10 00 2118 Judd, L. S 70 00 2679 JfinlfinSj WITI t . . .......... 21 45 2710 200 00 2711 24 10 2783 288 98 47 Johnson, J. S., Ford & Co : 194 90 650 Johnson, J. H 3 20 846 1 60 1144 1 60 2401 5 65 2391 Johnston, W. J 22 95 2740 Jewell, O. H., Filter Co 21 00 1353 Kilbride, Thos.. 2 50 2093 Koch, C. R. E 72 50 2491 Kahl, Hugo 45 00 2779 Kirk, W. R... 2 90 1855 Lansing Wheelbarrow Co 13 00 1973 Lloyd, E. S 2 90 1998 Lewis, W. H 65 00 1999 u 65 00 2065 Lord, Owen & Co 3 00 2107 Lino, Paul B . . 145 80 675 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2428 Loy, D. O 2703 Lel'and Hotel , 2741 , 2744 2771 2784 2712 Lindahl, Josua 2097 Muller, K. P 39 McClurg, A. C., & Co , 1778 McAdams, Wm , 1911 Mitchell, H. K , 2726 McCoy, E. E , 2777 " 2696 Orendorff, H 2393 Paddock, D. H 1692 Pitkin & Brooks 2214 Portable Chair Co 1695 Palmer, Fuller & Co 2011 2413 Pettibone, Wells & Co , 1878 Rosette, Clinton , 1879 , 263 Revell, A. H. & Co 19 Ransom, Caroline 1733 Reidle, Florence 1865 " 69 Rand, NcNally & Co 93 1346 Reniington, A. H 1474 " 2713 Reed, KB 2008 Roberts, Bros 2108 Schaffinger & Haan 2399 Smiley, C. H 1793 Sherrard & Co 2787 Springer & DuBois 29 Springer, Annie G. 21 1 Smith Premier Typewriter Co 1697 Sefton Bros 2123 Salzenstein, E 2182 Stubbings, W. H. & Co 169 1 Summerfleld, E H 1857 Schlesinger & Mayer 2066 " ' 1205 Salisbury. W. H. & Co 2197 South Chicago Ice Co 2286 Steiner & Reed 2532 Shattuck, S. W 2660 " 2701 $100 00 9 75 82 00 8 75 85 00 28 00 100 00 11 75 20 00 100 00 100 00 32 00 20 00 98 50 100 00 11 84 5 40 2 25 16 00 135 00 47 50 47 50 6 00 46 75 30 45 42 00 1 00 12 00 133 33 83 33 1 29 24 00 34 20 113 67 150 00 20 00 3 25 2 00 25 65 693 20 250 00 7 00 64 00 66 00 24 15 3 60 22 00 3 55 40 10 15 00 676 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2648 Seeberger, A. F $379 80 2651 St. Nicholas Hotel 8 00 2736 19 50 2789 " 26 25 2695 Springfield Carpet Co 2500 2753 State Board of Agriculture 25 00 1880 Tinney, 0. M 2125 1881 " 2125 1964 Tomaso, S 27 00 2010 Turnbull & Cullerton 2270 1470 Tobey Furniture Co 4250 1752 Ure, John C 22 50 1945 " 2500 2780 Udden, J.A.. 850 1358 Vance, J. W 12800 1814 Woodruff & Hanchett 30 00 2481 Waukesha Mineral Spring Co 1000 2121 Wheeler, H. A 45 00 205 Wiggins, N. B 52 50 1908 30 00 2791 Western Photo-Engraving Co 25 50 2390 Wausau Excelsior Co 12 00 1632 Wilcox, W.W 20 00 1415 White, Wm. Sons 600 00 2653 60000 2094 Withtngtpn, H 3 00 2699 Wilbur, Bi. S 3950 1736 Yale Towne Manufacturing Co 16 30 2098 Yeager, Phil 181 78 2168 Zahnd, Jacob 60 00 2785 Zeese, A., & Sons 1350 2790 ., 13 75 Total $15,625 30 5 J. Harley Bradley, per diem and expenses . . $27 00 280 " " " 30 00 817 " " 7910 911 " " 2100 1734 - 8815 2015 37500 2090 " " 125 00 2174 " " 125 00 2346 " " 126 50 2488 " " 139 87 2738 " " 10 70 2764 1500 2776 " " 1000 Total $1,172 32 677 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Ajoount. 1 61 127 214 324 465 577 751 816 921 988 1188 1325 1488 1681 1833 1961 2053 2154 2344 2417 2508 2666 2725 2748 2755 7 73 133 207 325 449 576 702 819 980 1168 1287 1496 1680 3871 1960 2043 2146 2308 2466 2514 E. E. i 4 Tota Sam'l Dy M ( M << Chester, per t < 1 diem and t expenses. . $25 00 43 00 48 00 33 25 20 00 51 00 10 00 31 00 46 25 20 00 30 00 22 35 15 00 68 75 152 10 150 24 154 00 150 55 157 45 163 15 156 70 47 70 17 40 33 00 20 00 10 00 p ; $1,675 89 $30 00 20 00 60 50 30 00 40 00 20 00 22 75 15 00 65 00 40 00 40 00 25 00 107 60 204 80 205 00 199 35 198 15 201 85 164 30 138 48 53 06 sart, per diem and expenfl < i 22 75 1492 ii ii ii 55 15 1678 a H 146 90 1836 H n 171 30 1971 ii ii 169 80 2057 ii ii 153 70 2157 ii 162 40 2314 ii ii 154 40 2420 ii 147 65 683 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2512* J. W. Judy, per diem and expenses $46 70 2697 " ' " " 12 85 2770 " " 30 00 Total $1,545 60 2 S. W. Johns, per diem and expenses $34 75 59 M " " 2525 118 ' " " 65 17 224 " " " 52 95 327 " " " 47 70 574 " " " 43 50 813 " " " 52 00 913 " " " 23 00 973 " " " 2385 1148 " M " 59 10 1295 " " " 8250 1486 " ' " 106 75 1671 " ' " 160 90 1827 " ' " 142 80 1932 " ' " 176 00 2039 " ' " 166 00 2144 " ' " 146 50 2305 " ' " 158 75 2422 " ' " 149 25 2507 " " " 68 60 2667 " " " 19 50 2717 " " " 11 00 2731 " " " 3 50 2767 " " " 2125 Total $1,840 57 74 J. Irving Pearce, per diem and expenses $71 00 132 " " 13 80 135 " " 65 00 1165 ' ... 220 00 1294 " 6735 1491 52 75 1732 129 40 1835 126 95 1958 ... 127 65 2089 13420 2195 132 10 2347 140 00 2354J 464 35 2472 " 129 80 2512 " 40 60 684 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2677 J. Irving Pearce, per diem and expenses $10 15 2766 " " " 69 00 2785 " " " 5 00 Total $1,999 10 6 B. Pullen, per diem and expenses $44 50 57 " " " 41 50 130 " " " 28 75 265 " " " 44 25 370 " " " 40.25 453 " " " 55 70 571 " " 26 50 654 " " " 29 25 815 " " " 120 00 977 " " " 60 35 1131 " " " 61 50 1261 " " " 26 65 1487 " " " 41 85 1673 " " " 173 94 1839 " " " 178 32 1931 " " " 171 80 2042 " " " 178 15 2153 " " " 179 60 2310 " " " 190 35 2421 " " " 166 50 2518 " M " 51 72 2672 " ' " 56 05 2723 " * " 28 20 2735 " w 21 25 2749 " " M 11 50 2758 " 10 00 Total $2,038 43 62 E. 0. Pace, per diem and expenses $8225 123 " " " 67 00 227 " " " 36 50 326 " 27 75 447 " 1425 579 1750 806 94 94 907 2600 976 5595 1158 ' 86 77 1255 " 4526 1532 4243 1660 " 14261 1838 14354 1934 13855 2041 " 150 20 685 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2151 E C Pace per diem and expenses $147 70 2312 225 75 2426 ( 1C 152 04 2509 i u 67 35 2688 u i i< 28 10 2714 1C 1 II 21 00 2747 II 1 II 29 50 2762 II It II 10 00 2781 II II II 10 00 Total $1,862 84 18 $583 33 33 583 33 51 78 (l 583 34 583 33 104 it ii 583 33 154 u u 583 34 198 ii K 583 34 254 i ii 583 33 298 u u 583 34 360 ii ii 583 33 416 ii ii 583 33 483 i i< 583 34 550 ii *t 583 33 638 ii ii 583 33 700 i 6 80 2327 " " 212 80 2468 " " " 202 80 2517 .;.'!;.*;;;'. 6465 2668 " " " 10 60 2687 " " " 20 96 688 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2707 2745 2763 9 72 116 170 215 329 390 529 704 808 1002 1186 1301 1500 1674 1832 1951 2061 2152 2304 2463 2645 2685 2727 2757 12 55 120 217 303 466 583 748 814 916 983 1157 1495 1670 1842 1955 2054 John Virgin, Total per fjiflm and fotpenses T . $16 00 15 75 10 00 tt tt $2,168 81 $50 20 21 85 54 20 27 05 13 00 29 60 28 10 34 10 36 90 94 30 50 00 65 70 31 75 120 00 212 25 206 40 201 85 211 95 204 05 .172 00 143 90 100 30 99 50 37 20 98 02 J.M.Washbur tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt tt .1 ft tt Total n t per diem and expenses tt tt tt tt tt n ft . ft u ft it tt ft tt ft tt n tt tt tt $2,344 17 $47 75 21 50 42 50 30 00 35 00 26 50 15 00 15 00 45 80 15 75 30 75 36 85 173 80 212 16 211 28 207 70 207 55 B. F. Wyman, a tt it ft per diem and expenses u ft tt .1 ft u f( ft ft ft tt tt tt ft tt tt tt tt ft tt ft tt ft tt ft tt tt u 689 Gkneral Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom paid. Amount. 2143 B. F. Wyman, per diem and expenses $207 95 2303 " " " 162 40 2315 " " 5 80 2419 " 136 30 2515 " " " 87 25 2765 " " " 33 19 2662 " " 3144 2716 " 73 43 Total $2,112 65 1397 Employe's pay-rolls $110 00 1417 115 50 1501 14125 1540 1,670 84 1541 2500 1661 1,91382 1751 1,899 99 1821 2,330 17 1882 2,407 66 1953 2,46332 2003 2 ,530 33 2052 2,548 52 2116 " 2,39632 2136 ' 2,450 82 2206 ' 2,35998 2302 " " 2,49434 2369 " " 90060 2416 " " 856 09 2498 " " 40165 2504 348 00 Total $30,364 20 2492 Adams Express Co $29 40 2370 American Express Co 16905 2462 74 25 2479 57 00 2682 22 55 2395 Associated 106 10 2457 16 35. 2496 48 05 2501 12 50 2733 1 95 1719 Brinks' 0. 0. 7 00 1744 59 04 1917 5 00 Total $608 24 -44 690 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 13 32 49 91 107 126 149 199 242 294 345 409 475 542 639 687 781 871 950 1027 1120 1234 20 40 100 1894 2192 157 177 898 987 1048 1133 1283 1481 158 267 467 679 928 2177 P. C. ] T( Chicag K T( Chicag T( Chicaf T( Brooks, r< )tal 5 nt $100 00 100 00 100 00 100 00 100 00 141 65 128 33 128 34 128 33 128 34 128 33 128 33 128 34 128 33 128 33 128 34 128 33 128 33 128 34 128 33 128 33 128 34 $2,694 99 $219 65 46 60 1 75 770 04 10 00 -o Carpet >tal Co ... $1,048 04 $2 10 1 25 2 75 4 65 4 50 3 12 2 64 1 44 jo Gas Li >tal.. . . H a $22 45 $25 77 31 25 31 25 31 25 31 25 92 50 jo Teleph )tal... one Co $243 27 691 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1802 M. A. Ersham & Co., badges. 1867 2401 Total.. 1851 Marshall Field & Co. 1978 2169 2414 Total. 1853 Pearson Lumber Co. 2415 2458 Total. 101 Garden City Towel Co. 180 330 610 832 1214 2394 Total. 38 Trevor Spring Water Co. 138 2C8 429 656 899 1150 1735 Total. 897 C. P. Van Inwegen, coal. 1155 1204 1322 1690 1929 2163 2404 2456 2525 Total. $55 00 3 00 4 50 $62 50 $41 00 23 40 3 42 68 00 $135 82 $78 23 67 79 60 21 $206 23 $2 80 3 75 2 50 $23 30 $3 33 12 83 12 66 13 33 13 16 13 16 12 83 6 00 $87 30 $22 50 38 25 22 50 135 00 123 75 90 00 23 00 92 00 67 50 30 00 $644 50 692 General Fund Continued. Voucher To Whom Paid. Amount. 1555 Wellington Catering Co $97500 1820 . . . , 800 00 2002 483 74 2034 400 00 2120 1,83500 2212 400 00 2398 332 25 Total $5,225 99 31 Daisy Chaffee, employd $83 33 52 " 10000 76 " 100 00 106 " 100 00 152 " 100 00 196 " 100 00 256 " 100 CO 300 " " 10000 362 " " 100 00 412 " " 100 00 485 " " 100 00 552 " " 100 00 Total $1,183 33 1654 Emma Covington, employe* $35 00 1862 " 50 00 2000 " 50 00 2073 " 50 00 2165 " 50 00 2319 " 50 00 Total $285 00 663 J. E. Hamlin, employe* $50 00 693 " . . 25 00 785 ' 50 00 903 * 60 00 945 ' 60 00 1039 ' 60 00 1123 ' 60 00 1231 " 60 00 1384 " " 60 00 Total $485 00 50 N. B. Beed, employ 6. . $4 00 906 " " 33 33 946 " " 66 67 1041 " " 10000 1122 " " 100 00 693 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1230 N. B. Keed, employe'. 1380 2490 2657 2661 2674 " " 2743 Total 108 I. Soderstrom, employ 6. 148 194 243 " " 295 344 Total 421 Oscar Thearin, employe* 472 553 660 8 7s6 872 949 1040 " " 1119 1232 1383 " " Total. 2189 Herald, Chicago, advertising. 2461 2523 2190 Inter Ocean, 2402 2609 News, Springfield, 2646 " Chicago, 2301 Record, 2194 Tribune, 2403 2524 2681 " " 22 <9 Times, 2642 " Total. $100 00 100 00 33 00 100 00 101 35 21 00 62 25 $821 60 $40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 $240 00 $40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 40 00 $480 00 $95 00 13 00 12 00 55 00 1 05 6 30 70 20 43 75 69 50 7 80 8 80 21 45 87 50 15 00 $496 35 694 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2129 C., C., C. & St. L., railroad transportation $87 73 2691 Chi. &N.,W., " 21999 2124 I. C. R. R., 3,639 12 2130 R. I. & Peo., 28 00 2199 St. L., A. & T. H., " 6227 2128 T. P. & W., 1 30 2139 " 87 40 2198 T. H. & I., 90 19 Total $4,216 10 1937 F. G. Cobb, room rent $45 35 2048 " " 40 00 2175 " " 40 00 2345 " 44 00 1918 S. H. Dempsey, " 4000 2049 " 40 00 2158 " " 40 00 1448 J. S. Mahan, ' 40 00 1636 " ' 50 00 1753 " ' 30 00 1804 " ' 50 00 1805 " ' 4000 1936 " " 50 00 1938 " ... 40 00 2044 " " 40 00 2047 " " 50 00 2133 " " 50 00 2135 " " 4000 2288 " " 40 00 2322 " " 50 00 2045 N. B. Reed, " 7600 2141 ' " 76 00 2275 " " 5000 2279 " 32 00 2337 " "' 42 00 2340 " " 18 00 2365 " " 20 00 2372 " 16 00 1637 A. Robinson, " 50 00 1748 " " 45 00 1902 " " 30 00 1939 " " 50 00 2046 " " 50 00 2145 " " 2500 2644 " 75 00 Total $1,51435 695 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1687 Hibbard, Spencer & Co., hardware, etc 1854 1968 2068 2167 2318 2494 1884 C. H. Eice, 2176 " " 2285 " " 2460 1625 Felix & Marston, 1688 1858 2069 " " 2162 Total 22 John Morris Co., printing and stationery. 1218 1775 1796 " " 2526 2641 2689 Total 2338 E. E. McCoy, agricultural exhibit 2367 2373 2407 2429 2471 2283 J. M. Kichart, 2329 2333 2362 2366 " 2408 2208 W. A. Young, 2276 " " 2328 2332 " 2335 " 2364 " 2374 2409 " 2430 " 2470 " " $199 52 39 78 62 23 5 25 26 89 52 75 2 77 53 02 19 30 1 20 18 70 26 39 9 34 18 78 18 55 23 10 $577 57 $37 80 13 60 95 40 503 99 10 80 35 91 5 60 $703 10 $26 55 16 35 26 65 10 95 10 49 6 30 244 45 217 00 136 50 53 35 248 90 6 10 115 25 208 00 114 60 35 10 119 45 104 15 133 40 116 65 78 40 93 80 696 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2282 D. 0. Hoyt, agricultural exhibit '$44 00 2361 A. E. DuBois, 31 00 2334 A. G. Springer, 3020 2371 11 60 Total $2,239 19 1362 A. Orendorff $6050 1533 " 9400 1623 " 37 70 1864 4700 1916 " 2500 2480 1200 Total $276 20 1738 J. M. Page $35000 1739 " 5305 1850 " 300 00 1883 " 8690 1997 " 81475 2072 " 32800 2164 " 31850 2320 " 326 14 Total $2,077 34 782 Sommer & Pierik $23000 2222 * 10 00 2392 " 4000 2643 40 00 Total $320 00 680 M. C. Ames $1 60 830 " 1 60 1154 " 160 Total $4 80 27 Sherman House $312 35 117 " 370 25 161 " 331 55 343 " 263 40 499 " 25440 578 " 259 85 752 " 263 25 834 " 74640 835 " carriages 200 00 1000 " 618 50 1167 '* 50065 697 General Fund Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1304 Sherman House $402 25 1527 645 25 1737 759 00 1860 421 75 1963 438 50 2082 423 75 2159 44325 2343 538 50 2477 64575 2522 51350 2663 17300 2734 29 00 2756 1425 Total $9,525 10 1890 World's Columbian Exposition $17 00 1992 59 50 2125 747 00 2186 38 00 2221 31 50 2301 335 04 2400 32 01 2405 125 58 2684 6 50 Total $1,392 13 23 Wyckoff, Seamans & Benedict $9500 35 " 45 00 1576 31 50 Total $171 50 2203 National Fire Works, fire works $100 00 2038 Paine & Sons, 1,200 00 Total $1,300 00 2036 Pullman Band, musio $306 00 2211 " 306 00 1556 A. F. Weldon, * 21300 Total... $825 00 698 General Fund Concluded. E ecapitulation. Miscellaneous $15,625 30 Members of Commission, per diem and salary 53,993 34 Pay-rolls employe's 33 , 139 26 Fireworks 1 , 300 00 Music 825 00 Express charges 608 24 Kent, offices 2,694 99 Carpets 1,048 04 Coke 22 45 Telephone servide 243 27 Badges 62 50 Sundries 135 82 Lumber 206 23 Towels 23 30 Mineral water 87 30 Coal 644 50 Wellington Catering Co 5 , 225 99 Employe's in office 3,494 93 Advertising 496 35 Transportation of militia. 4,216 10 Room rent, Commissioners 1,514 35 Hardware 577 57 Printing and stationery 703 10 Agricultural Exhibit, National Building 2,239 19 A. Orendorff, account Memorial Exhibit 276 20 Illinois Press Association J. M. Page 2 , 077 34 Medals 320 00 Newspapers 4 80 Sherman House, hotel bills 9 , 368 35 Carriage hire Dedication Day 200 00 World's Columbian Exposition 1 ,392 13 Typewriter supplies 171 50 W. C. Garrard, sundries 126 82 Total $143,064 26 REPORT OF CONSTRUCTION COMMITTEE. 'HE Committee on Construction, have examined and compared that part of the report of the Com- mittee on Finance and the vouchers which relate to the Committee on Construction with the final report of the Comittee on Construction, and fail to find that there is any discrepancy between the two reports when the additional expenditures made by order of the Board are added to the expenditures reported by this Committee. JOHN VIRGIN, J. IRVING PEARCE, J. W. JUDY, D. W. VlTTUM, J. M. WASH BURN, B. PULLEN. CONSTRUCTION COMMITTEE DISTRIBUTION. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 165 Harlev & Son $1,50000 169 2,00000 179 3,50000 204 8,00000 239 18,00000 264 14,00000 279 5,00000 309 10,00000 364 10,00000 365 45140 392 4,653 75 393 29948 398 5,00000 399 38000 446 12,000 00 457 8,50000 498 4,30000 531 5,00000 555 15,30000 700 Construction Committee Distribution Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 21 113 495 1113 2647 117 161 343 499 578 752 1000 1167 612 Harlev&Son $19,70000 645 " 10,03000 646 * 1,24000 684 ' 5,50000 685 * 2,400 00 787 ' 4,00000 822 ' 4,50544 974 " 3,00000 975 " 3,50000 1134 " 57 10 1135 " 29011 1136 " 15 90 1137 " 60000 1138 " 300 84 1139 " 278 03 1140 " 1,00000 1141 " 761 15 1142 " 18472 1387 " 91 04 1388 " 10,000 00 1480 " 25016 1238 W. E. Palmer, account of Harlev & Sons 1,07600 1239 0. G. Wade, " .... 1,76225 1240 Beck Lumber Co., account of Harlev & Sons 1 , 924 00 1241 Paige Iron Co., " " 2,51100 1505 Philip Steiner, " " 331 01 1544 Geo. F. Kimball, " " 437 79 1546 Turnbull & Cullerton, " " 408 42 1783 Smith & Levering, " " 23 00 1784 111. Hoofing & Supply Co.. " " 750 00 Total W. W. Boyington. Total Sherman House. Total. $204,812 50 $2,000 00 4,000 00 3,000 00 2,000 00 500 00 $11,500 00 $13 00 71 76 68 25 45 75 50 00 48 50 111 50 21 00 $429 75 701 Construction Committee Distribution Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 119 D. H. Paddock $7050 225 ' '..... 6400 902 " 20000 1102 22350 Total $558 00 5 J. H. Bradley $20 00 280 " 2000 817 " 49 80 911 ' ., 3375 1112 3308 Total $156 63 74 J. Irving Pearce $20 00 1165 17000 1294 10 00 1491 " 1000 2085 36 60 Total $246 60 8 John Virgin $20 00 65 5 00 129 2500 178 45 00 306 105 00 494 141 70 744 160 77 818 82 10 985 186 45 1098 167 45 1223 70 00 1299 180 85 Total $1 , 189 32 115 J. W.Judy '.. $5 00 487 ' 32 00 Total $37 00 62 E.G. Pace $1500 749 " 2275 907 29 25 Total $67 00 702 Construction Committee Distribution Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 130 B. Pullen 1131 " 1261 " Total 4 L. Funk 71 " 305 " 562 " 986 " Total 64 David Gore.. 910 " Total 116 J. M. Washburn.. 810 D. W. Vittum MISCELLANEOUS VOUCHEES. 90 State Journal 97 Daily News 98 Chicago Times , 99 Tribune Co 134 Chicago Herald 139 V. F. Lawson 140 State Journal 159 T. W. S. Kidd 331 World's Columbian Exposition , 458 Orr&Lockett 492 Inter-State Industrial Exposition 554 World's Columbian Exposition . . 575 J.C.Ure 747 " 755 Roberts Bros 788 Jno. C. Ure 831 Roberts Bros 836 Orr & Lockett 874 J. O.Ure 924 Fire Extinguisher Manufacturing Co. 944 J. C. Ure 969 Fuller & Warren Co 996 D. H. Burnham 1010 PaulLietz 1011 " 1012 W. C. Garrard 1016 Horton&Pfeiffer.. $36 20 11 00 22 80 $70 00 $11 50 5 00 44 70 36 20 11 75 $109 15 $15 00 29 50 $44 50 $39 65 33 00 $66 50 ,57 76 57 00 153 00 100 00 61 88 55 00 20 00 47 84 14 00 401 67 594 00 321 40 215 12 693 31 500 00 24 00 3 37 660 00 375 00 166 85 71 95 567 28 50 00 90 00 25 12 50 703 Construction Committee Distribution Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1018 World's Columbian Exposition. $286 60 1019 < 605 00 1045 Delaware & Hudson Canal Co. . . 54 35 1049 Horton, Pfeiffer & Lee 20 78 1050 C. N. Dennis 25 00 1070 1,300 00 1072 C. P. Van Inwegen 22 50 1083 N. Y. Ins. Wire Co 50 00 1103 Paul Lietz 110 00 1106 Thos. Collins 62 00 1118 Paul Lietz . . .... 240 71 1143 Am. Desk and Seating Co 43 00 1181 C. H. Eice 37 60 1183 Jno. 0. Ure 14 50 1193 Detroit Heating & Co 1,010 00 1219 25 00 1220 Jno C. Ure. 83 37 1233 Paul Lietz 25 07 1235 Horton, Pfeiffer & Lee 405 71 1236 n 138 68 1242 Kelley Bros 2,300 00 1251 Jno. C. Ure 17 50 1326 i< 106 50 1359 Chicago Carpet Co 2,400 CO 1370 W. H. Hackett 359 00 1373 Horton Pfeiffer & Lee 498 64 1398 Kelley Bros 2,329 20 1464 Parkhurst & Wilkinson . . ... 37 20 1502 Grand Kapids S. F. Co 1,093 11 1528 Am. Desk and Seating Co 255 45 1530 J. H. Kice Co . . 55 02 1534 Bullard & Gormley .... 4 65 1539 J. B. Mora . 500 00 154S F. B Baglev & Co ... .... 4 80 1551 J S Ford Johnson & Co. . 138 00 1552 L. Funk . ... 2 25 1553 Jno. C. Ure 296 21 1558 Channon Canvas R. Co 536 48 1559 W. H. Bartels. 23 20 1560 O. H. P. Connell 25 00 1561 E. B. Preston & Co 1,276 00 1562 H. Channon Co . . 99 70 1563 B Steiner .... 305 98 1564 Horton, Pfeiffer & Lee 773 84 1565 M 230 84 1566 Interior Building Co 1,783 78 1578 Tobey Furn. Co 27 50 1579 Tyler & Hippach 13 00 1580 Higgins, Todd & Co. . 54 00 1581 C. H. Kice 7 50 1626 Chicago Carpet Co . . 1.986 36 704 Construction Committee Distribution Continued.. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1630 1631 1633 1644 1645 1646 1647 1656 1658 1662 1664 1665 1666 1704 1705 1706 1707 1745 1749 1750 1752 1780 1781 1782 1797 1798 1799 1801 1803 1822 1885 1894 1895 1910 1966 1967 1996 2001 2012 2013 2117 2180 2184 2185 2193 2217 2220 T B. Mora $1,00000 A. Summerfield ISO 00 Am. Desk and Seating Co 86 60 " " 51 50 Horton, Pfelffer & Lee 895 36 World's Columbian Exposition 799 J. S. Ford, Johnson & Co 35 25 Hostrawser & Hamilton 122 00 Pearson Lumber Co 28 52 Brooks & Clark 600 00 W.H.Hackett 77161 H. DibleeCo 38 50 Heath & Million 3 81 Grand Kapids S. F. Co 1,102 72 Jno. McLane 156 42 W. H. Stubbins Co 2,500 00 Sherrard & Co 55 00 Horton, Pfeiffer & Lee 68 50 Wm. Ficklin Co 257 00 A. B. Beck L. Co 3,671 99 Jno. C. Ure 210 00 Paul Lietz 100 00 Pomeroy & Co 97 40 S. A. Maxwell & Co ' 246 57 A. H. Kevell & Co 145 00 L. G. Hansen 32 00 Am. Desk & Seating Co 29 00 Hildreth Furn. Co 170 00 J. S. Ford, Johnson & Co 31 00 P. Steiner 479 91 F. J. Barnes 144 00 Chicago Carpet Co 282 63 E. C. Cook & Bro 114 00 Turnbull & Cullerton . . .- 985 00 Shelden & Hall 34 95 W. H. Stubbins 2,736 10 L. Wurzburg 75 00 Philip Steiner 400 00 Horton, Pfeiffer & Lee 114 42 Devoe & Raynolds Co 125 27 J. C. Ure 150 00 Turnbull & Cullerton 215 25 Horton, Pfeiffer & Lee 2,919 74 Paul Lietz 300 00 Chicago Carpet Co 229 13 Horton, Pfeiffer & Lee 175 44 Turnbull STATIONERY COMMITTEE. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 14 H. W. Kokker. 70 A. J. Herbst & Co . 96 176 244 629' 528 T. W. S. Kidd, 659 H. W. Bokker. 896 L. Selsmere 1169 Pantagraph Co. 1252 H. J. Burt. Total 54 S. D. Childs&Co.. 81 102 156 422 630 839 Total 373 Eand, McNally & Co. . . 1898 1903 2721 Total 48 Illinois State Journal 253 828 1104 2497 Total 578 Sherman House. . 1527 Total 1496 Samuel Dysart. . 711 $7 00 6 25 2 75 2 00 2 00 2 35 1 40 3 50 4 00 5 10 64 75 $101 10 $22 05 6 05 9 75 1 75 17 30 3 80 3 00 $63 70 $35 00 34 50 7 50 29 25 $106 25 $35 00 23 00 26 00 11 00 9 36 $104 36 $11 50 4 90 $16 40 $5 00 712 Financial Statement Continued.. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 22 John Morris Co. . $78 75- 103 281 40 0*7 7 20 396 M 3 5a 568 tt 55 00 609 tt 3 85 655 1 80- 754 ;< 18 55 796 I. 1 80 844 51 50- R70 >< 10 oa 915 68 ia 926 M 63 00 967 14 23 00 1069 <( 15 90 1914 ft 74 35 1993 (t 1,146 80 2074 i 15 Oa 2115 (I 79 10 2291 tt 74 30 2357 2,761 85 2495 It 49 00 2ti06 2 938 19 2641 II 40 00 2650 7 66 2690 II 176 oa Total $8,045 60- 2750 J. K. Dickirson $25 oa 2757 J M Washburn. 20 oa Recapitulation. Miscellaneous $101 10 S D Childs & Co 63 70 Rand McNally & Co 106 25 Illinois State Journal 104 36 Sherman House 16 40 Samuel Dysart . . .... 5 00 8,045 60 J K Dickirson 25 00 J M Washburn 20 00 Total $8,487 41 NATURAL, HISTORY COMMITTEE. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 24 80 94 142 151 172 201 240 283 297 316 347 411 460 473 525 534 627 1006 1046 1339 1472 60 79 95 150 166 197 210 241 296 346 410 474 543 616 686 688 769 798 869 951 1028 Wm. McAdams. Total W. F. Nicholson $15 00 125 00 125 00 79 15 125 00 98 90 125 00 125 00 129 27 125 00 86 80 125 00 125 00 108 45 125 00 73 00 125 00 62 00 15 00 49 40 82 90 120 80 $2,170 67 $250 00 83 33 83 3S 83 34 18 59 83 34 12 6& 83 35 83 34 83 34 83 33 83 3a 83 3a 83 33 64 37 83 34 83 33 7 74 83 35 83 34 83 33 713 714 Natural History Committee Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1129 W. F. Nicholson $83 33 1246 " 83 34 1338 * 1 12 1402 83 33 Total $1,937 85 131 Josua Lindahl $111 99 145 " 20 00 167 " 4 20 208 30 30 277 ' 522 304 57 55 431 54 55 520 5647 601 165 28 683 35 65 743 55 12 932 170 39 998 110 10 1091 89 73 1201 53 90 1303 18 75 1343 550 2018 .. 22 00 2019 59 05 2739 10 75 Total $1,136 50 117 Sherman House $25 75 161 43 25 343 " 19 00 499 " 67 75 1167 108 25 Total $264 00 765 Frank Leverett $9931 838 251 50 248 47 Total $599 28 MISCELLANEOUS. 266 Schulz & Co $3010 312 DeMuth Bros '...'. 29 80 340 State Journal 18 75 715 Natural History Committee Continued.. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 681 H. L. Ide 682 J. M. Nickles 790 H. L. Ide 793 David White 828 State Journal 842 F. P. Anderson 844 Jno. Morris Co 862 W. A. Snow 863 Lillie M. Hart 864 C. A. Hart 865 Hugo Kahl 866 J. E. Hallinen 867 C.F.Adams 884 885 Paul Lietz 888 Crescent Dist. Co 889 C. Bominger 900 A. R. Whitney 920 W. K. Yeakel 1013 S. F. Denton 1037 W. A. Snow 1038 H. Kahl 1078 J. C. Ure 1079 N. DuBois 1108 J. W. Taylor 1109 1115 McGrue & Powell . . . . 1146 Illinois State Journal.. 1152 Orr & Lockett 1185 Jos. Skeavington 1202 Jno. K^ay 1243 L. E. Wyman 1250 Mary Sanford 1293 J. C. Conkling 1309 Freeman's Transfer. . . 1311 A. S. Aloe & Co 1312 J. M.Nick es 1314 Jno. Keay 1318 J. M. Clarke 1326 J. C. Ure 1327 State Journal 1337 Jas. Seaman 1340 L. R. Ibbotson 1345 J. W. Taylor 1368 McGrue & Powell 1369 Freeman's Transfer . . . 1509 O. K. Nelson 1510 Jno. Keay 1511 Kahn & Guerin 1529 Devoe & Eaynolds Co . 1553 J. C. Ure.. $10 35 140 90 9 15 73 35 5 50 6 20 50 00 50 00 35 00 62 50 40 00 50 00 100 00 14 31 50 00 42 03 62 00 77 50 37 00 20 00 50 00 40 00 3 50 7 00 ]03 00 120 00 38 50 50 00 8 35 3 60 12 00 4 35 6 20 31 25 2 91 8 50 12 15 56 35 30 00 163 00 10 00 190 35 1 05 72 00 106 50 10 00 2 50 36 00 2 20 7 88 39 00 716 Natural History Committee Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1573 L.K.Ibbotson $3000 1574 J. M. Nickles 12895 1577 Kelsey Press Co 2350 1663 Murphy Varnish Co 183 60 1711 Devoe & Eaynolds Co 1595 1752 J. C. Ure 126 50 1877 Jewell Filter Co 5 00 1889 D. A. Arnold 28 80 1892 C. D. Henry 1 00 1899 N. W. Terra Gotta Co 2522 1904 J. D. Peters 1 00 1972 Thos. Collins, agent 2420 1985 Jno. Keay 3640 2067 A. C. McClurg & Co 40 00 2076 Architectural Department, University of Illinois. 429 48 2078 J. C. Ure 1000 2132 Jewell FilterCo. 117 89 2205 ' 10 75 2292 " 10 75 2298 J. C. Ure 23250 2301 World's Columbian Exposition 11 71 2350 Cook & Eathbone 16 5 2353 O. Guthrie 5000 2499 PaulLietz 140 00 2683 The Gazette 50 05 2686 University of Illinois 40 87 146 Fred Perry 35000 155 S. D. Peet .. 14 80 221 J. B. & B. G. Worthen 8,00000 1893 W. & L. E. Gurley 8 09- Total $12 , 406 18- 209 Adams Express Co $18 00 523 American Express Co 495 768 United States Express Co 660 1199 Adams ' 1 15 1200 United States ' 25 30 1313 Adams ' 2 10 1315 Pacific ' 1 05 1467 United States ' 2 70 1744 Brinks' Chicago City Express Co 21 50 1891 American Express Co 8 25 Total $91 60 490 J. A. Udden $8136 665 180 10 777 248 60 1390 15000 Total... $660 Oft 717 Natural History Committee Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1508 Fannie Fisher 1747 1876 1940 Total. 1789 D. 0. Loy 1896 Total 1976 W. F. E. Gurley. 2092 2178 2360 2474 Total 211 H. W. Kokker. 1870 Total. 144 W. D. Stryker. 259 302 489 919 981 1067 1146 1392 Total 227 E. G Pace 326 447 579 907 1532 Total. $45 75 69 05 57 20 33 05 $205 05 $165 05 99 26 $264 31 $38 65 93 80 94 50 122 79 77 05 $426 79 17 90 48 80 $66 70 $5 00 10 00 1.) 00 10 00 27 60 10 00 77 35 39 70 20 20 $214 85 $20 00 34 25 60 00 16 00 11 00 42 00 $183 25 718 Natural History Committee Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 234 David Gore. 323 454 910 1089 Total 164 A. B. Hostetter. 220 226 260 308 367 582 978 1149 Total. 265 B. PuUen 453 977 Total 305 L. Funk. 1552 1962 Total. 909 J. M. Washburn. 1002 1186 1484 Total. 954 S. Dysart 1081 1496 Total., 982 Wm. Stewart. 1101 Total. 1182 Jno. P. Reynolds 1531 B. F. Wymaii $5 00 10 00 5 00 5 50 19 50 $45 00 $16 75 23 00 53 60 16 25 47 35 16 50 10 00 10 75 9 00 $203 20 $40 00 15 00 20 50 $75 50 $6 45 40 00 2 00 $48 45 $53 48 210 99 70 102 67 $367 84 $34 00 10 75 7 00 $51 75 $10 00 61 00 $71 00 120 25 8 03 719 Natural History Committee Concluded. Recapitulat ion. Wm. McAdams $2 , 170 67 W. P. Nicholson 1,937 85 Josua Lindahl 1 , ] 36 50 Sherman House 264 00 Frank Leverett 599 28 Miscellaneous 12 ,406 18 Express 91 60 J. A. Udden 660 06 Fannie Fisher 205 05 D. O. Loy 264 31 W. F. E. Gurley 42679 H. W. Kokker 66 70 W. D. Stryker 214 85 E. C. Pace 183 25 David Gore 45 00 A. B. Hostetter 203 20 B. Pullen 75 50 LaFayette Funk 48 45 J. M. Washburn 367 84 Samuel Dysart 51 75 Wm. Stewart 71 00 Jno. P. Reynolds 120 25 B. F. Wyman 8 03 Total $21,618 11 NATURAL HISTORY COMMITTEE. PROFESSOR S. A. FORBES DEPARTMENT. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. MISCELLANEOUS. 339 522 611 622 625 626 641 642 643 644 708 714 726 731 734 739 740 757 762 763 775 776 843 890 892 893 895 933 939 956 957 958 960 1014 1015 1033 1036 1 116 1117 1160 1161 T. H. Trevett .............. Pacific Express Co ......... H. S. Erode .............. C. E. Husk ................ S. Shiga .................... Hugo Kohl ................ L. A. Stave ................ B. D. Holston .............. H. S. Erode ................ American Express Co ...... J.E. Hallinen .............. W.E.Pratt ................ Pacific Express Co ......... Hugo Kahl ................ J. E. Hallinen .............. H. S.Brode ............... . Crescent Dist. Co .......... H. S.Brode ................ Hugo Kohl ................ J. E. Hallinen ............. W. A. Snow ............... LillieM. Hart .............. J. E. Hallinen ............. " ............. Henry Trevett ............. A. G. Higgins .............. W. H Hansen ............. Pacific Express Co ......... J. E. Hallinen .............. LillieM. Hart .............. Hugo Kohl ................. W. A. Snow ............... J.E. Hallinen .............. Southwick & Critchley ..... Sangamon Paper Co ........ Lillie M. Hart ............. J.E. Hallinen .............. Bausch & Lomb Co ........ Emer& Amend ............ C.E.Chamblis ............ LillieM. Hart ............. 720 $18 63 1 00 100 00 4 96 29 05 58 36 2 59 44 17 17 81 5 00 31 78 60 01 9 50 40 00 46 08 7 99 41 64 100 00 40 00 50 00 50 00 35 00 99 33 28 34 56 10 33 00 63 00 14 15 50 00 35 00 40 00 50 00 71 92 47 81 10 00 35 00 25 00 13 99 8 70 50 00 35 00 721 Natural History Committee Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1162 J. E. Hallinen $2500 1163 LiUie Heath 2500 1164 Hugo Kahl 40 00 1170 Blake & Co 2 55 1171 Withall, Tatum & Co 9 63 1172 Hitchcock Lamp Co 450 1173 Emer "XO balance on hand 3 97 Total $40,000 00 745 AGRICULTURAL, COMMITTEE. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. MISCELLANEOUS. 799 925 927 953 1017 1017 1099 1153 1196 1215 1216 1217 1225 1226 1310 1333 1336 1360 ]393 1458 1460 1461 1462 1463 1476 1516 1537 1567 1568 1634 1650 1668 1684 1708 1709 1744 1752 1906 1946 1977 1982 2006 Searing & Dillinger J. J.Butler A. E. Kussell A. Neeper J. W. McHenry George G. Bates E. Marsh Borton, Pf eiffer & Lee Beede Bros W. A. Bicket Daniel Hill J. H. Ewing T. P. Chester E. O. Chester ameron, Amberg & Co Hibbard, Spencer & Co A. W. Crawford .'.'.'.'. ... E. O. Chester E. A. Vittum. H. P. Edmonds W. R. Hostetter E. A. Vittum The Fair Eagle Bros. & Co Cameron, Amberg & Co Hibbard, Spencer & Co A.F.Cox World's Columbian Exposition . . , E. O. Chester Owen, Lord & Co Eagle Bros & Co T. P. Chester. . J. W. Bailey O. P. Chester , Brinks' Chicago City Express Co. John 0. Ure S. A. Lancaster E. A. Vittum Daniel Hill D. H. Freeman W. A. Burdick 740 $8 50 31 87 52 25 25 00 54 55 8 95 36 00 106 00 41 78 68 70 33 76 7 70 11 20 53 64 5 00 6 32 29 42 25 00 27 30 92 45 10 77 9 85 141 60 12 28 17 H 16 75 50 69 250 00 100 00 9 10 1 00 3 37 8 90 14 50 4 32 47 46 16 00 5 00 16 63 25 00 8 40 23 00 747 Agricultural Committee Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2007 G. E. Morrow , $1 50 2037 Orange Judd Co , 41 52 2170 C.C.Judy 1000 2200 N. Weston , 10 20 2201 W. A. Burdick 40 75 2202 M. Plummer & Co 22 83 2209 N.B.Reed 2140 2225 A. F. Cox ' 250 00 2216 Robert Shedden 50 00 2218 Sommer & Pierik 100 00 2219 W. A. Young 46 50 2223 D. H. Freeman 11735 2274 A. E. DuBois 31 50 2278 H. P. Edmonds : 53 60 2287 E. A. Vittum 74 70 2293 T. Holmes 1 75 2294 Nick Berks 4 75 2295 George Barber 7 60 2296 J.L.Reid ' 800 2299 J. C. Ure 5550 2301 World's Columbian Exposition : 83 2339 C. S. Eaton ' . 14 25 2341 George Hesing 9 00 2355 Cook & Rathbone 1320 2359 M. Plummer & Co 28 54 2528 H. G. Teel 625 2530 D. H. Freeman 1975 2539 H P. Edmonds 14 17 1856 J. M. Richart 11 25 2729 Boatman & Duckies , 1000 Total $2,58381 1319 Illinois Glass Co $47407 1351 " 123 16 2356 20 25 Total $617 48 1686 Marshall Field & Co $11799 1197 25 45 1347 ' 35 74 1457 83 23 1649 69 69 2280 26 48 Total $358 58 569 E. S. Fursman , $12850 850 299 97 918 " 60 00 748 Agricultural Committee Con ti nued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1004 E. S. Fursman $5000 1087 " . . 50 00 1094 38 13 1190 5000 1253 5 32 1279 80 76 1517 109 70 1518 100 00 18*8 75 00 1901 6 25 2284 220 36 2336 50 00 2363 50 00 2375 50 00 2410 :.. 5000 2529 22 50 JTotal $1 , 486 49 851 Paul Lietz $100 00 852 100 00 Total $200 00 570 L. E. Wyman $2550 750 " 47 07 886 19 43 Total $92 00 1334 A. Dickinson Seed Co . $7 05 1545 " 142 30 1666 6 75 Total $156 10 117 Sherman House $21 75 161 1550 499 27 00 578 39 00 1000 51 75 1167 75 75 1304 105 00 1527 45 50 Total $381 25 1397 R. N. Ramsay $719 50 1417 806 30 1501 65315 1506 " 25250 719 Agricultural Committee Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1546 E. N. Ramsay $245 95- 1554 22650 Total $2,903 90 1222 Jno. P. Reynolds $36464 1227 23646 1284 84 03 1285 265 25 1298 471 65 1349 602 70 Total $2,024 73 562 L. Funk $525 745 " 15 00 986 " 550 1552 " 4141 1795 9 38 Total $7654 563 W. D. Stryker.. $40 85 766 " 30 75 919 5 00 1280 500 Total $81 60 75 D. W. Vittum $500 810 35 90 812 50 00 1001 4600 1095 2800 1105 11 10 1187 41 10 1224 40 79 1328 87 85 1361 48 00 1391 32 25 1483 138 35 1485 18 90 1497 13220 1700 30 64 2004 11 85 Total $712 93 561 A. B. Hostetter. . $9325 653 " 30 95 741 " 34 75 750 Agricultural Committee Continued.. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 904 A. B. Hostetter $30 72 905 M 7 05 1149 14 70 1249 it 17 30 1300 ( 85 30 1344 i< 8 21 1378 < 9 80 1493 4 69 68 1547 < 6 85 1788 . 9 25 '1900 I 11 90 2005 (I 13 90 Total $443 61 574 S. W. Johns $136 60 773 24 75 1082 20 75 1148 2 00 Total $184 10 72 J. M. Washburn . $16 05 116 13 05 704 < 19 50 1301 12 10 1459 ii 22 35 Total $83 05 583 B. F. Wymau . . $10 00 748 u 40 05 916 < 5 00 1086 " 20 58 1157 < 5 50 1307 .... 94 20 1355 a 6 54 1495 n 12 50 1531 t< 6 95 Total $201 32 751 E. E. Chester/.., $15 00 921 10 00 988 5 00 1096 20 00 1188 " 17 00 1325 tt 58 25 1488 u 28 30 2725 '< 10 00 Total... $163 55 751 Agricultural Committee Concluded . Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 706 B. Pullen $47 54 908 " 5 50 1042 * 600 Total $59 04 572 W. H. Fulkerson $13 50 746 " 27 00 984 30 75 Total $71 25 1273 John Virgin $4 79 2272 " 33 92 Total $43 71 779 E. B. David $33 00 1287 S. Dysart 3 40 Recapitulation. Miscellaneous - $2,583 81 Illinois Glass Co 617 48 Marshall Field & Co 358 58 E. S. Fursman 1,486 49 Paul Lietz 200 00 L. E. Wy man , 92 00 Albert Dickinson Seed Co 156 10 Sherman House 381 25 B.N.Ramsay 2,90390 Jno. P. Reynolds ,. 2,024 73 L. Funk 7654 W. D. Stryker 81 60 D. W. Vittum f 754 93 A. B. Hostetter . . . 443 61 S. W. Johns 184 10 J. M. Washburn 83 05 B. F. Wyman 201 32 E. E. Chester 163 55 B. Pullen 59 04 W. H. Fulkerson 71 25 John Virgin 43 71 E. B. David 33 00 Samuel Dysart 3 40 Total... $13,00644 HORTICULTURE. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. MISCELLANEOUS. 41 F. I. Mann.... $538 42 E. A. Biehl 16 59 43 E. T. Fry 418 44 A. 0. Hammond 720 45 Arthur Bryant 625 46 H. M. Dunlap 7 70 533 Illinois State Journal 1 50 756 Jno. M. Durham 1485 826 C. G. Cloud 45 00 833 F. Newhall & Sons 344 21 841 G. D. Slanker 8728 941 Pitcher & Manda 41 65 1093 W. Kuecher & Co 75 60 1097 Lang Bros 22 50 1281 Horton, Pfeiffer & Lee 4 46 1478 Thayer & Jackson 9 25 1535 Pitkin & Brooks 46 67 1569 Pitcher & Manda 9560 1635 Denison Manufacturing Co 11 48 1744 Brink's Chicago City Express Co 4 00 1844 E. H. Hunt 6101 1970 J. C. Vaughan 795 1983 " 8 50 2016 Jno. Grohn 2700 2020 Pitcher & Manda 77 00 2079 E. H. Hunt 29 60 2080 Geo. Wittbold 136 00 2179 A.W. Mapes 600 2210 Pitkin & Brooks 1092 2297 American Express Co 44 12 2387 Portland Lawn Sprinkler 12 00 2388 M. Field & Co 81 09 Total $1 ,342 54 216 J. K. Dickirson $1000 322 ' 23 2.> 580 " 16 50 2737 1725 Total $67 00 1542 A. B. Hostetter $1380 7*2 753 Horticulture Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 66 E. B. David. $25 25 124 9 50 271 15 00 377 . 14 50 500 - 31 50 779 i 21 32 971 t 32 26 1100 i 30 00 1494 * 7 00 2709 . 10 00 2732 < 32 65 Total $228 98 314 C. N. Dennis $62 25 372 57 45 425 34 5t) 501 21 28 566 35 22 647 46 08 707 33 74 823 56 72 993 40 OL 1071 38 06 1475 62 05 Total $487 36 117 Sherman House. $31 75 161 17 50 343 ( 105 60 499 33 00 578 14 50 752 73 25 1167 23 75 1304 22 00 1527 67 35 Total $388 70 224 S. W. Johns $15 00 327 30 70 574 (i 17 25 2731 it 15 00 Total . . $77 95 305 LaFayette Funk $5 00 562 25 00 1552 4 82 1795 (( U 70 68 48 754 Horticulture Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 1859 LaFayette Funk $112 62 1905 " ' 10482 1962 " ' 90 13 2036 " ' 24825 2114 " ' 6840 2181 " ' .- 295 24 2287 " ' A 315 18 2473 ' 15 30 Total $1353 44 265 B. Fallen $10 00 370 " 3500 45S ' 15 00 571 " 10095 654 " 42 73 706 " 6385 825 " 10 00 908 " 1600 977 ' ' 5 00 1042 ' 30 50 1131 ' 11 50 1261 ' 3680 1487 ' 104 30 Total $481 63 144 W. D. Stryker $1500 259 " ' 10 00 302 " 15 00 563 " 1000 2730 10 00 Total $60 00 323 David Gore . . $19 50 570 10 00 Total I $29 50 874 Jno. C. Ure.. $330 06 1078 " 14600 1220 8338 1286 10000 1326 106 50 1553 30538 1752 435 53 1945 200 00 2021 1380 2077 500 00 2078 51 15 755 Horticulture Continued. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 2113 2117 2160 2161 2342 Jno. C. Ure, Total. 159 70 250 00 392 00 500 00 765 00 $4,338 50 Recapitulation, Miscellaneous $1 , 342 54 J. K. Dickirson 67 00 A. B. Hostetter 13 80 E. B. David 228 98 C. N. Dennis 487 36 Sherman House 388 70 S. W. Johns 77 95 L. Funk 1,355 44 B. Pullen 481 63 W. D. Stryker ' 60 00 David Gore 29 50 Jno. C. Ure 4,338 50 Total $8,871 40 FISH EXHIBIT. Voucher. To Whom Paid. Amount. 573 S. P. Bartlett $32 00 618 " 2650 943 " 75 45 1374 15825 2086 " 19617 2349 213 15 2478 39 26 Total , $740 78 371 Geo. Breuning $88 50 652 " 93 33 76 50 1352 67 34 Total $325 67 1367 J.B.Mora $50000 1655 " 1,00000 1823 " 37500 Total $1,875 00 MISCELLANEOUS. 929 J. W. Taylor $47 50 1547 A.. B. Hostetter 1090 1712 Sandusky C. O. & D. S. Co 2060 1752 Jno. C. Ure 145 95 1773 J. C. Vaughan 15656 2196 Jno. Schulte 2750 2325 Geo. W. Langford 83 10 Total $492 11 Recapitulation. S. P. Bartlett $740 78 Geo. Breuning 325 67 J. B. Mora , 1,875 00 Miscellaneous 492 11 Total.. $3,433 56 756 STATEMENT OF EXPENDITURES. ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF WORLD'S FAIR COMMISSIONERS. Amount of original appropriation by General As- sembly, July 1, 1891 DR. $800,000 00 CR. $80,000 00 15,000 00 20,000 00 8,000 00 10,909 90 3,500 00 662,590 10 Amounts reappropriated as follows : Illinois Woman's Exposition Board State Dairymen's Association ... State Horticultural Society Brick and Tilemakers' Association Illinois National Guard Beekeepers' Association Leaving net appropriation to I B W. F. C ... Total $800,000 00 $800,000 00 EXPENDITURES OF THE ILLINOIS BOARD OF WORLDS' FAIR COMMISSIONERS. To amount of net appropriation $662,590 10 3,926 50 *$140,090 41 277,872 58 8,199 73 4,817 65 f!5,949 13 21,618 11 8,252 53 20,461 61 6,604 30 15,596 50 4,775 07 39,996 03 13,006 44 8,871 40 3,433 56 76,971 55 To amount received from sale of building, furni- ture, etc By expenditures account of general fund construction and interior fur- nishing By expenditures State Institutions grounds printing and stationery natural history education maps and drawings relief map statistics live stock agriculture horticulture fish exhibit To balance unexpended. .. Total $666,516 60 $666,516 60 Total balance to account of $800,000 appropriation from all sources, $89,480 25 *$26.15, expenses Saml. Dysart, not included in itemized statement of General Fund. t$7, 461.72 for publishing and distributing this report, not included in report of Printing and Stationery Committee, published elsewhere. 757